As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2005

Registration No. 333-64292

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

 

FORM S-8

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware

 

13-6167838

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

4000 Dain Rauscher Plaza

60 South Sixth Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402

(Address, including Zip Code, of Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC. SALARIED 401(k) PLAN

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC. HOURLY 401(k) PLAN

(Full Title of the Plans)

 


 

ALEXANDER H. WARE

 

Copies to:

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

BRIAN D. WENGER, ESQ.

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

BRETT D. ANDERSON, ESQ.

4000 Dain Rauscher Plaza

 

Briggs and Morgan, P.A.

60 South Sixth Street

 

2200 IDS Center

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

80 South Eighth Street

(612) 661-4000

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

(Name, address, inc luding zip code,

 

(612) 977-8400 (phone)

and telephone number, including

 

(612) 977-8650 (fax)

area code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 is being filed by PepsiAmericas, Inc. (the “Company,” the “registrant,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) to provide information regarding historical changes in our 401(k) plans.  This Registration Statement registered (a) 50,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan, (b) 50,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, and (c) 500,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan.  Pursuant to our Rights Agreement, as amended, preferred share purchase rights are associated with our common stock.

 

On January 1, 2000, the Whitman Corporation Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective February 15, 2001, the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective December 31, 2001, the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan were merged into the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective January 1, 2003, the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan.

 

On January 1, 2000, the Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective February 15, 2001, the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective July 1, 2001, the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan was merged into the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective October 1, 2001, the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan was merged into the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan.  Effective January 1, 2003, the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan was renamed the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan.

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 is filed to report that the 600,000 shares of common stock registered in the aggregate under the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan, the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried Retirement Savings Plan now represent shares registered under the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan.

 

An additional 2,000,000 shares of common stock registered in the aggregate under the Whitman Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and the Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings Plan, which now, pursuant to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto, also represent shares registered under the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan, are registered under Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-79095).

 

2



 

PART II

 

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Item 3.            Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to documents we file with the SEC.  The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this registration statement.  Information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.  We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we will make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act until all of the shares covered by this registration statement have been sold or deregistered:

 

                  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005;

 

                  Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended April 2, 2005, July 2, 2005, and October 1, 2005;

 

                  Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2005, February 25, 2005, March 3, 2005, March 4, 2005, March 17, 2005, March 22, 2005, May 17, 2005, May 23, 2005, June 16, 2005, July 1, 2005, July 22, 2005, September 7, 2005, September 7, 2005, September 30, 2005, and December 9, 2005;

 

                  The description of our common stock, $0.01 par value, and the description of our preferred stock purchase rights associated with the common stock, contained in registration statements we filed to register the common stock and the rights under the Exchange Act, including any amendments or reports filed for the purpose of updating such descriptions;

 

                  Definitive Schedule 14A (Proxy Statement) filed on March 11, 2005; and

 

                  Annual Reports on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005, which were filed by the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan with the SEC on June 29, 2005.

 

Item 4.            Description of Securities.

 

 Not applicable.

 

Item 5.            Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

 

 Not applicable.

 

Item 6.            Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents of corporations under certain conditions and subject to certain limitations.  Article V of the Company’s By-Laws, as amended and restated on February 16, 2001, provides for indemnification of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any person serving in the same capacity in any other enterprise at the request of the Company, under certain circumstances.  Article NINTH of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the

 

3



 

liability of directors of the Company under certain circumstances for breaches of fiduciary duty to the Company and its shareholders.

 

Directors and officers of the Company are insured, at the expense of the Company, against certain liabilities which might arise out of their employment and which might not be subject to indemnification under the By-Laws.

 

Item 7.            Exemption From Registration Claimed.

 

 Not applicable.

 

Item 8.            Exhibits.

 

 See “Exhibit Index.”

 

 We will submit or have submitted the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan and any amendment to either such plan to the IRS in a timely manner, and have made or will make all changes required by the IRS in order to qualify each such plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Item 9.            Undertakings.

 

(a)                                    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)                                   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)                                      To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)                                   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii)                                To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

Provided, however, That:

 

(A)                               Paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8 (§239.16b of this chapter), and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the

 

4



 

registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement; and

 

(B)                                 Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 (§239.13 of this chapter) or Form F-3 (§239.33 of this chapter) and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) that is part of the registration statement.

 

(C)                                 Provided further, however , that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is for an offering of asset-backed securities on Form S-1 (§ 239.11 of this chapter) or Form S-3 (§ 239.13 of this chapter), and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c)).

 

(2)                                   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)                                   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)                                   If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.  Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided , that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or Rule 3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

 

(5)                                   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

(i)                                      If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§230.430B of this chapter):

 

(A)                               Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (§230.424(b)(3) of this chapter) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

(B)                                 Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) (§230.424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) of this chapter) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) (§230.415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) of this chapter) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities

 

5



 

Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus.  As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.  Provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

(ii)                                  If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.  Provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(6)                                   That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)                                     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii)                                  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)                               The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)                              Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(b)                                  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or

 

6



 

Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(h)                                  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

7



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on the 29th day of December, 2005.

 

 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Robert C. Pohlad

 

 

 

Robert C. Pohlad

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert C. Pohlad and Brian D. Wenger as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert C. Pohlad

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief

 

December 29, 2005

Robert C. Pohlad

 

Executive Officer (Principal Executive

 

 

 

 

Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alexander H. Ware

 

Executive Vice President and Chief

 

December 29, 2005

Alexander H. Ware

 

Financial Officer (Principal Financial

 

 

 

 

Officer and Principal Accounting

 

 

 

 

Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Herbert M. Baum

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Herbert M. Baum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard G. Cline

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Richard G. Cline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Pierre S. du Pont

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Pierre S. du Pont

 

 

 

 

 

8



 

/s/ Archie R. Dykes

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Archie R. Dykes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jarobin Gilbert, Jr.

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Jarobin Gilbert, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James R. Kackley

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

James R. Kackley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew M. McKenna

 

Director

 

December 29, 2005

Matthew M. McKenna

 

 

 

 

 

9



 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned administrators of the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their respective behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Schaumburg, State of Illinois, on this 29th day of December, 2005.

 

 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC. SALARIED 401(k) PLAN

 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC. HOURLY 401(k) PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Anne D. Sample

 

 

 

Anne D. Sample

 

 

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

 

10



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

 

 

4.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation.*

 

 

 

4.2

 

By-Laws, as amended and restated on February 16, 2001.*

 

 

 

4.3

 

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 20, 1999, to the Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993, between Whitman Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee.

 

 

 

4.4

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of May 20, 1999, between Whitman Corporation and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-15019) filed on May 25, 1999).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Amendment, as of August 18, 2000, to the Rights Agreement, dated as of May 20, 1999, between Whitman Corporation and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-46368) filed on September 22, 2000).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Appointment of Successor Rights Agent, dated as of September 9, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-15019) filed on March 28, 2003).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Indenture dated as of August 15, 2003 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-108164) filed on August 22, 2003).

 

 

 

4.8

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan.

 

 

 

4.9

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan.

 

 

 

5

 

Opinion of Briggs and Morgan, Professional Association.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Briggs and Morgan, Professional Association (included in Exhibit 5).

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

24

 

Powers of Attorney (included on Signature Page).

 


* Previously filed.

 

11


Exhibit 4.3

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

 

AS TRUSTEE

 


 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF MAY 20, 1999

 

TO

 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF JANUARY 15, 1993

 


 

WHITMAN CORPORATION

 



 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) is made and dated as of May 20, 1999 by and between Whitman Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly known as Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc. (“New Whitman”), and The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, Whitman Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (“Old Whitman”) and Trustee entered into an Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993, pursuant to which Old Whitman issued debt securities in the form of unsecured notes (the “Securities”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Contribution and Merger Agreement dated as of March 18, 1999 among Old Whitman, PepsiCo, Inc., a North Carolina corporation (“PepsiCo”), and Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of PepsiCo (“Heartland”), Old Whitman has been merged (the “Merger”) with and into Heartland, with Heartland surviving as New Whitman, and New Whitman has assumed various liabilities and obligations of Old Whitman, including those under the Indenture and with respect to the Securities;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger and in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the parties desire to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of the holders of the outstanding Securities, in order to evidence the succession under the Indenture of New Whitman to Old Whitman and the assumption by New Whitman of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Old Whitman contained in the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Old Whitman has delivered to the Trustee the Certified Board Resolution and Opinion of Counsel required by Sections 10.01 and 11.03 of the Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, New Whitman and the Trustee agree as follows:

 

1.              Assumption of Obligations.  In accordance with Section 11.01 of the Indenture, New Whitman hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any interest on all the Securities, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by Old Whitman.

 

2.              Succession.   In accordance with Section 11.02 of the Indenture, New Whitman hereby succeeds to and is substituted for Old Whitman, with the same effect as if New Whitman were a party to the Indenture.

 

3.              Effect of Supplemental Indenture.  In accordance with Section 10.03 of the Indenture, the Indenture is hereby deemed to be modified and amended by this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Securities and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under the Indenture of the Trustee, Old Whitman and the Holders of Securities shall be determined, exercised and enforced under the Indenture, as

 

1



 

supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, and all the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be and are hereby deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of the Indenture for any and all purposes.  As supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.  From and after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, all references in the Indenture to this “Indenture” shall refer to the Indenture as supplemented hereby.

 

4.              Notation of Changes.  In accordance with Section 10.04 of the Indenture, Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of this Supplemental Indenture in exchange for or in lieu of any Securities outstanding shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a legend as follows:

 

“Pursuant to a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 20, 1999 (the “Supplemental Indenture”) between Whitman Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly known as Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc. (“New Whitman”), and the Trustee, New Whitman has expressly assumed all the obligations under this Security and of the Indenture expressed therein to be performed by Whitman Corporation, a Delaware corporation which corporation merged into New Whitman on May 20, 1999.  Copies of the Supplemental Indenture are on file with the Trustee.”

 

5.              Acceptance by Trustee.   The Trustee accepts the amendment of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform the Indenture as supplemented hereby, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

6.              Governing Law.   This Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Illinois, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State.

 

7.              Counterparts.   This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.              Notices.  Any required notices or demands under the Indenture shall be delivered or sent to New Whitman at the address set forth in Section 14.03 of the Indenture.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

2



 

 

WHITMAN CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William B. Moore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

William B. Moore

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ Olga Iszczuk

 

 

Asst.  Secretary

 

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

 

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
CHICAGO, AS TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Janice Ott Rotunno

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Janice Ott Rotunno

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ Sandy Caruba

 

 

Secretary

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

3



 

WHITMAN CORPORATION

 

AND

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
CHICAGO

 

Trustee

 

 


 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

Dated as of January 15, 1993

 



 

WHITMAN CORPORATION

 

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939
and Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993

 

Trust Indenture

 

 

 

 

Act Section

 

 

 

Indenture Section

§ 310

 

(a)

(1)

 

 

7.10

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

7.10

 

 

(a)

(3)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(a)

(4)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(a)

(5)

 

 

7.10

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

7.09, 7.11

§ 311

 

(a)

 

 

 

7.13

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

7.13

 

 

(b)

(2)

 

 

7.03(a)(2), 7.03(b)

§ 312

 

(a)

 

 

 

5.01 and 5.02(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

5.02(b)

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

5.02(c)

§ 313

 

(a)

(1)-(5) and (7)-(8)

 

 

5.04(a)

 

 

(a)

(6)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(b)

(1)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(b)

(2)

 

 

5.04(b)

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

5.04(a), 5.04(b), 5.04(c)

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

5.04(d)

§ 314

 

(a)

(1)-(3)

 

 

5.03

 

 

(a)

(4)

 

 

4.08

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(c)

(1)

 

 

14.05

 

 

(c)

(2)

 

 

14.05

 

 

(c)

(3)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(e)

 

 

 

14.05

 

 

(f)

 

 

 

Not Applicable

§ 315

 

(a)

 

 

 

7.01(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

7.02

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

7.01

 

 

(d)

 

 

 

7.01

 

 

(d)

(1)

 

 

7.01

 

 

(d)

(2)

 

 

7.01(b)

 

 

(d)

(3)

 

 

7.01(c)

 

 

(e)

 

 

 

6.14

§ 316

 

(a)

 

 

 

8.04

 

 

(a)

(1)(A)

 

 

6.12

 

 

(a)

(1)(B)

 

 

6.02, 6.13

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

Not Applicable

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

6.08

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

8.01(b)

§ 317

 

(a)

(1)

 

 

6.03

 

 

(a)

(2)

 

 

6.04

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

4.04

§ 318

 

(a)

 

 

 

14.09

 

Note:  This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

SECTION 1.01.

 

Certain Terms Defined

 

1

SECTION 1.02.

 

Other Definitions

 

5

SECTION 1.03.

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act of 1939

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

 

6

SECTION 2.01.

 

Amount Unlimited; Establishment of Series

 

6

SECTION 2.02.

 

Form of Securities and Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

9

SECTION 2.03.

 

Global Securities

 

9

SECTION 2.04.

 

Denomination, Authentication and Dating of Securities

 

11

SECTION 2.05.

 

Execution of Securities

 

13

SECTION 2.06.

 

Registration of Transfer and Exchange

 

13

SECTION 2.07.

 

Temporary Securities

 

14

SECTION 2.08.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities

 

14

SECTION 2.09.

 

Cancellation of Surrendered Securities

 

15

SECTION 2.10.

 

Provisions of Indenture and Securities for the Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders

 

16

SECTION 2.11.

 

Computation of Interest

 

16

SECTION 2.12.

 

Authenticating Agents

 

16

SECTION 2.13.

 

Compliance with Certain Laws and Regulations

 

17

SECTION 2.14.

 

Medium-Term Securities

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES – SINKING FUND

 

18

SECTION 3.01.

 

Applicability of Article

 

18

SECTION 3.02.

 

Notice of Redemption; Selection of Securities

 

18

SECTION 3.03.

 

When Securities Called for Redemption Become Due and Payable

 

19

SECTION 3.04.

 

Sinking Fund

 

19

SECTION 3.05.

 

Use of Acquired Securities to Satisfy Sinking Fund Obligation

 

20

SECTION 3.06.

 

Effect of Failure to Deliver Officers’ Certificate or Securities

 

21

 

i



 

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 3.07.

 

Manner of Redeeming Securities

 

21

SECTION 3.08.

 

Sinking Fund Moneys to Be Held as Security During Continuance of Event of Default; Exceptions

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

22

SECTION 4.01.

 

Payments of Principal of (and Premium, If Any) and Interest, If Any, on Securities

 

22

SECTION 4.02.

 

Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Securities

 

22

SECTION 4.03.

 

Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee

 

22

SECTION 4.04.

 

Duties and Rights of Paying Agents; Company as Paying Agent

 

22

SECTION 4.05.

 

Limitation on Liens

 

23

SECTION 4.06.

 

Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back

 

25

SECTION 4.07.

 

Exempted indebtedness

 

26

SECTION 4.08.

 

Annual Certificate of Compliance

 

26

SECTION 4.09.

 

Further Instruments and Acts

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

26

SECTION 5.01.

 

Company to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders

 

26

SECTION 5.02.

 

Presentation of Information; Communications to Holders

 

27

SECTION 5.03.

 

Reports by Company

 

28

SECTION 5.04.

 

Reports by Trustee

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

REMEDIES

 

30

SECTION 6.01.

 

Events of Default

 

30

SECTION 6.02.

 

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

 

32

SECTION 6.03.

 

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

 

33

SECTION 6.04.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

34

SECTION 6.05.

 

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

 

35

SECTION 6.06.

 

Application of Moneys Collected

 

35

SECTION 6.07.

 

Limitation on Suits

 

36

 

ii



 

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 6.08.

 

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

 

36

SECTION 6.09.

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

 

37

SECTION 6.10.

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

 

37

SECTION 6.11.

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

37

SECTION 6.12.

 

Control by Holders

 

37

SECTION 6.13.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

37

SECTION 6.14.

 

Undertaking for Costs

 

38

SECTION 6.15.

 

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

38

SECTION 7.01.

 

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

 

38

SECTION 7.02.

 

Notice of Defaults

 

39

SECTION 7.03.

 

Certain Rights of Trustee

 

40

SECTION 7.04.

 

Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Securities

 

41

SECTION 7.05.

 

Trustee, Paying Agent or Security Registrar May Own Securities

 

41

SECTION 7.06.

 

Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in Trust

 

41

SECTION 7.07.

 

Compensation and Reimbursement

 

41

SECTION 7.08.

 

Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically Prescribed

 

42

SECTION 7.09.

 

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests

 

42

SECTION 7.10.

 

Corporate Trustee Required; Requirement for Eligibility

 

48

SECTION 7.11.

 

Resignation and Removal of Trustee, Appointment of Successor

 

48

SECTION 7.12.

 

Acceptance by Successor to Trustee

 

50

SECTION 7.13.

 

Successor to Trustee by Merger, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

51

SECTION 7.14.

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

 

52

SECTION 7.15.

 

Appointment of Additional and Separate Trustees

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

 

57

SECTION 8.01.

 

Evidence of Action by Holders

 

57

 

iii



 

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 8.02.

 

Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities

 

58

SECTION 8.03.

 

Who May Be Deemed Owner of Securities

 

59

SECTION 8.04.

 

Securities Owned by Company or Controlled or Controlling Companies Disregarded for Certain Purposes

 

59

SECTION 8.05.

 

Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS AND CONSENTS

 

60

SECTION 9.01.

 

Purposes for Which Meeting May Be Called

 

60

SECTION 9.02.

 

Call of Meeting by Trustee

 

60

SECTION 9.03.

 

Call of Meetings by Company or Holders

 

60

SECTION 9.04.

 

Who May Attend and Vote at Meetings

 

61

SECTION 9.05.

 

Regulations May Be Made by Trustee

 

61

SECTION 9.06.

 

Manner of Voting at Meetings and Record to Be Kept

 

61

SECTION 9.07.

 

Written Consent in Lieu of Meetings

 

62

SECTION 9.08.

 

No Delay of Rights by Meeting

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

62

SECTION 10.01.

 

Purposes for Which Supplemental Indentures May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders

 

62

SECTION 10.02.

 

Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of a Majority in Principal Amount of Securities

 

64

SECTION 10.03.

 

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

 

65

SECTION 10.04.

 

Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE OR LEASE

 

65

SECTION 11.01.

 

Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

 

65

SECTION 11.02.

 

Successor Corporation to Be Substituted

 

66

SECTION 11.03.

 

Opinion of Counsel to Be Given Trustee

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS

 

67

SECTION 12.01.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

 

67

SECTION 12.02.

 

Defeasance and Discharge of Securities or Certain Obligations

 

67

 

iv



 

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 12.03.

 

Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities

 

70

SECTION 12.04.

 

Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent

 

70

SECTION 12.05.

 

Repayment of Moneys Held by Trustee

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

 

71

SECTION 13.01.

 

Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors and Employees of Company Exempt from Individual Liability

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

71

SECTION 14.01.

 

Successors and Assigns of Company Bound by Indenture

 

71

SECTION 14.02.

 

Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Corporation Valid

 

71

SECTION 14.03.

 

Required Notices or Demand

 

72

SECTION 14.04.

 

Indenture and Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of Illinois

 

72

SECTION 14.05.

 

Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Request by the Company

 

72

SECTION 14.06.

 

Payments Due on Non-Business Days

 

73

SECTION 14.07.

 

Moneys of Different Currencies To be Segregated

 

73

SECTION 14.08.

 

Payment to Be in Proper Currency

 

73

SECTION 14.09.

 

Provisions Required by Trust Indenture Act of 1939 to Control

 

73

SECTION 14.10.

 

Indenture May be Executed in Counterparts

 

74

SECTION 14.11.

 

Separability Clause

 

74

 

v



 

INDENTURE, dated as of the 15th day of January, 1993 between Whitman Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), and The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series in an unlimited amount as provided in this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement in accordance with its terms have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Securities, and of the Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto, as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.   Certain Terms Defined .  The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01:

 

Authorized Newspaper ” shall mean a newspaper printed in the English language or official language of the country of publication and customarily published at least once a day on each business day in each calendar week and of general circulation in the place or places of publication, whether or not such newspaper is published on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.  Whenever, under the provisions of this Indenture, two or more publications of a notice or other communication are required or permitted, such publications may be in the same or different Authorized Newspapers.  If, because of temporary or permanent suspension of publication or general circulation of any newspaper or for any other reason, it is impossible or impracticable to publish any notices required by this Indenture in the manner herein provided, then such publication in lieu thereof or such other notice as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” shall mean Title 11 of the U.S.  Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors ” when used with reference to the Company, shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of such Board authorized to act on its behalf with respect to any particular matter.

 



 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday and other than a day on which banking institutions in Chicago, Illinois, or New York, New York, are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close or, with reference to any Securities of any series, as set forth in the instrument establishing the series and in the Securities of such series.

 

Certified Board Resolution ” shall mean one or more resolutions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted or consented to by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

Company ” shall mean Whitman Corporation and, subject to the provisions of Article Eleven, shall mean its successors and assigns from time to time hereafter.

 

Company Direction ” or “ Company Request ” shall mean a written direction or request of the Company, signed by its Chairman, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President and by its Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, its Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” or other similar term, shall mean the principal office of the Trustee in Chicago, Illinois, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, or, if no such office is maintained, such other office of the Trustee as shall be designated.  The Corporate Trust Office on the date hereof is located at One First National Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago, Illinois 60670, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

 

Coupon ” shall mean any interest coupon appertaining to a Security.

 

Depositary ” shall mean, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the person designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 2.01 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter ‘Depositary’ shall mean or include each person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such person, ‘Depositary’ as used with respect to the Securities of any such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of that series.

 

Dollars and $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Event of Default ” shall mean any event specified in Section 6.01, continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

 

Global Security ” shall mean a Security evidencing all or part of a series of Securities issued to, and registered in the name of, the Depositary for such series (or its nominee) in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Government Obligations ” with respect to any series of Securities shall mean (i) direct noncallable obligations of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities of that series are denominated or (ii) noncallable obligations the payment of the principal of and interest on which is fully guaranteed by such government and which, in either case, are full faith and credit obligations of such government.

 

2



 

Holder ,” with respect to a registered Security, shall mean any person in whose name such Security shall be registered on the Security Register, and, with respect to an unregistered Security, shall mean the bearer thereof or any Coupon appertaining thereto.

 

Indenture ” shall mean this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, and shall include the terms and forms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

 

“I nterest Payment Date ” shall mean the date on which an installment of interest on any series of Securities shall become due and payable, as therein or herein provided.

 

Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security shall mean the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of the Company, signed by its Chairman, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President and by its Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, its Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, delivered to the Trustee.  Each such certificate shall include (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture) the statements provided for in Section 14.05.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” shall mean an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company.  Each such opinion shall include (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture) the statements provided for in Section 14.05.

 

Original Issue Discount Security ” shall mean any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Stated Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

Outstanding ” when used with reference to Securities of any series, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, shall mean, as of any particular time, all Securities of such series authenticated by the Trustee and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)            Securities of such series theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b)            Securities of such series or portions thereof for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided that, if such Securities or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Article Three or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice;

 

(c)            Securities of such series in lieu of or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07, other than Securities as to which the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that

 

3



 

such Security is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company; and

 

(d)            Securities which have been defeased pursuant to Section 12.02; provided, however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Securities of any or all series then Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the portion of the principal amount thereof that could be declared to be due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and the continuation thereof pursuant to the terms of such Original Issue Discount Security as of such time.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Principal Property ” shall mean any manufacturing plant or warehouse owned or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary and located within the United States of America, whether owned or leased on the date hereof or hereafter, the gross book value of which exceeds one percent of Consolidated Net Worth, other than manufacturing plants and warehouses which the Board of Directors by resolution declares are not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety and which, when taken together with all other plants and warehouses as to which such a declaration has been so made, is so declared by the Board of Directors to be not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety.

 

Record Date ” as used with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall mean the close of business on the 15th day of the month preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of such month, or the first day of the month in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, if such Interest Payment Date is the 15th day of such month, in each case whether or not a Business Day, or such other dates with respect to a particular series of Securities as may be specified in the instrument establishing such series.

 

Responsible Office ” when used with respect to the Trustee shall mean the chairman or any vice chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or any vice chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the cashier, any assistant cashier, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer, any assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary (i) substantially all the property of which is located, or substantially all of the business of which is carried on, within the United States of America or which is incorporated under the laws of any State of the United States of America and (ii) which owns or leases a Principal Property.

 

4



 

Security or Securities ” shall have the meaning stated in the recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean any Security or such Securities, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sinking Fund ” shall mean any fund established by the Company for redemption of the Securities of any series prior to Stated Maturity.

 

Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security, shall mean the date on which the last payment of principal of such Security is due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation at least a majority of the outstanding securities of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (whether or not any other class of securities has or might have voting power by reason of the occurrence of a contingency) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or by one or more Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries.

 

Trustee ” shall mean the Trustee named in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include all Trustees hereunder, and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven, shall also include its successors and assigns, and, unless the context otherwise requires, shall also include any co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or trustees appointed pursuant to Section 7.15.

 

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 ” and “ TIA ” (except as herein otherwise expressly provided) shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force on the date of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions .  The terms listed below in this Section 1.02 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in the sections of this Indenture set opposite the particular term:

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

Consolidated Net Worth

 

6.01

 

Debt

 

4.05

 

Defaulted Interest

 

2.04

 

Funded Debt

 

4.06

 

Liens

 

4.05

 

Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment

 

3.04

 

Market Exchange Rate

 

14.08

 

Minority Interest

 

6.01

 

Optional Sinking Fund Payment

 

3.04

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction

 

4.06

 

 

5



 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

Security Register and Security Registrar

 

2.06

Specified Currency

 

14.08

Value

 

4.06

 

SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act of 1939 .  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  All terms not defined in this Article One which are defined in the TIA, or which are by reference therein defined in the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (except as herein otherwise expressly provided and unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TIA and in such Securities Act as in force as of the date of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in the provisions of the TIA incorporated by reference in this Indenture shall have the following meanings:

 

Commission ” shall mean the SEC.

 

Indenture Securities ” shall mean the Securities.

 

Indenture to Be Qualified ” shall mean this Indenture.

 

Indenture Trustee or Institutional Trustee ” shall mean the Trustee.

 

Obligor ” with reference to indenture securities shall mean the Company.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.01.   Amount Unlimited; Establishment of Series .  The aggregate principal amount of securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series; and each such series shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as the Company in an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 2.01 or in any supplemental indenture may otherwise provide.  The Securities may bear interest at such lawful rate or rates, from such date or dates, shall mature at such time or times, may be redeemable at such price or prices and upon such terms, including, without limitation, out of proceeds from the sale of other Securities, or other indebtedness of the Company, and may contain and/or be subject to such other terms and provisions as shall be determined by the Company prior to the issuance of such Securities in accordance with the authority granted in one or more resolutions of the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate or a supplemental indenture, which instrument shall establish with respect to each series of Securities:

 

(1)            the designation of the Securities of such series, which shall distinguish the Securities of one series from all other Securities;

 

6



 

(2)            the limit upon the aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (not including Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 3.02 or 10.04);

 

(3)            the rate or rates at which the Securities of such series shall bear interest, if any, or the formula or method by which interest shall accrue, the dates from which interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable, and, in the case of registered Securities, the Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

 

(4)            the Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series;

 

(5)            the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Securities of such series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

 

(6)            the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of such series pursuant to a sinking, purchase or analogous fund or at the option of the holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Securities of such series shall be redeemed, or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

(7)            if other than the principal amount at Stated Maturity, the portion of the principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02;

 

(8)            if other than denominations of $1,000, if registered, and $5,000, if unregistered, and any integral multiple of such denominations for Securities denominated in Dollars, the denominations in which the Securities of such series shall be issuable;

 

(9)            the form of Security to be used to evidence ownership of Securities of such series;

 

(10)          any terms with respect to conversion of the Securities of such series, warrants attached thereto or terms pursuant to which warrants may exist;

 

(11)          the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of such series shall be payable;

 

(12)          any additional offices or agencies maintained pursuant to Section 4.02;

 

7



 

(13)          whether the Securities of such series shall be issued as registered Securities or as unregistered Securities, with or without Coupons; whether unregistered Securities may be exchanged for registered Securities of such series and whether registered Securities may be exchanged for unregistered Securities of such series (if permitted by applicable laws and regulations) and the circumstances under which and the place or places where any such exchanges, if permitted, may be made; and whether the Securities of such series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities and whether any Global Securities of such series shall be issuable initially in temporary form, and whether any Global Securities of such series shall be issuable in definitive form, with or without Coupons, and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such definitive Global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series and the circumstances under which and the place or places where any such exchange may occur,

 

(14)          if other than Dollars, the coin, or currency or currencies, or currency unit or units in which the Securities of such series shall be denominated and in which payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any of such Securities shall be payable;

 

(15)          if the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any of the Securities of such series are to be payable at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof or under some or all other circumstances, in a coin, or currency or currencies, or currency unit or units other than that in which the Securities are denominated, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, or the other circumstances under which any of the Securities are to be so payable, and any provision requiring the Holder to bear currency exchange costs by deduction from such payments;

 

(16)          if the amount of payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any of the Securities of such series may be determined with reference to a currency, currency unit, commodity or financial or non-financial index or indices, then the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

(17)          whether and under what circumstances and with what procedures and documentation the Company will pay additional amounts on any of the Securities and Coupons, if any, of such series to any holder who is not a U.S.  Person (including a definition of such term), in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge withheld or deducted and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay additional amounts (and the terms of any such option);

 

(18)          the person to whom any interest on any registered Security of such series shall be payable, if other than the person in whose name that Security is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, the manner in which, or the person to whom, any interest on any unregistered

 

8



 

Security of such series shall be payable, if otherwise than upon presentation and surrender of the Coupons appertaining thereto as they severally mature, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary Global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 4.01;

 

(19)          whether Section 12.02 shall not apply to the Securities of such series; and

 

(20)          any other terms of the Securities of such series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).

 

SECTION 2.02.   Form of Securities and Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .  The Securities of each series shall be substantially in the form established by or pursuant to one or more resolutions of the Board of Directors, with such specific terms, additions or omissions as may be determined pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate or a supplemental indenture as contemplated in Section 2.01 hereof, in each case with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.  The Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Securities shall be in the form set forth below:

 

(Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein issued under the
within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

 

 

As Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

SECTION 2.03.   Global Securities .  If Securities of a series are issuable in whole or in part as Global Securities pursuant to Section 2.01, then, notwithstanding clause (8) of Section 2.01 and the provisions of Section 2.04, such Global Securities shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that they shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced to reflect exchanges or redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Security to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Direction to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.04 or Section 2.07.  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.04 and, if applicable, Section 2.07, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Global

 

9



 

Security in the manner and upon written instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Direction.  If a Company Direction pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.07 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Global Security shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 14.05 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.02 and 4.01, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.01, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

If at any time the Depositary for the Global Securities of a series notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Securities of such series or if at any time the Depositary for the Global Securities of such series shall no longer be eligible to serve as Depositary, the Company shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to the Global Securities of such series.  If a successor Depositary for the Global Securities of such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company’s election pursuant to Section 2.01 that such Securities be represented by one or more Global Securities shall no longer be effective with respect to the Global Securities of such series and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Direction for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, shall authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Securities representing such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

 

The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Securities of any series or portion thereof issued in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities.  In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Direction for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities, will authenticate and deliver Securities of such series in definitive form and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security or Securities being exchanged.

 

Upon the exchange of a Global Security for Securities in definitive form, such Global Security shall be cancelled by the Trustee.  Registered Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.  The Trustee shall deliver such registered Securities to, or upon the order of, the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

 

Unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to Section 2.01, a Global Security representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

10



 

None of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

SECTION 2.04.   Denomination, Authentication and Dating of Securities .  The Securities of each series may be issued as registered Securities or, if provided by the terms of the instrument establishing such series of Securities, as unregistered Securities, with or without coupons.  The Securities of each series, if registered, shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000, and, if unregistered, shall be issuable in denominations of $5,000 and any integral multiple of $5,000, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the instrument establishing such series of Securities.  Each Security shall be dated as of the date of its authentication.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Direction for authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver such Securities in accordance with such Company Direction.  Prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon:

 

(1)            a Certified Board Resolution pursuant to which the issuance of the Securities of such series is authorized;

 

(2)            an executed supplemental indenture, if any;

 

(3)            an Officers’ Certificate, if any, delivered in accordance with Section 2.01 and an Officers’ Certificate as to the absence of any Event of Default or any event which with notice or lapse of time or both could become an Event of Default; and

 

(4)            at the option of the Company, either an Opinion of Counsel or a letter addressed to the Trustee permitting the Trustee to rely on an Opinion of Counsel, substantially to the effect that:

 

(i)             the form and the terms of the Securities of such series have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(ii)            the Securities of such series have been duly authorized, and, when the Securities of such series and the Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall have been executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and delivered to and duly paid for by the purchasers thereof, such Securities will have been duly issued under this Indenture and will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general principles of

 

11



 

equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture;

 

(iii)           no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company is required for the execution and delivery of the Securities of such series by the Company, except such as have been obtained, but no opinion need be expressed as to provincial or state securities or Blue Sky laws; and

 

(iv)           the registration statement, if any, relating to the Securities of such series and any amendments thereto has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, as amended, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose have been instituted or threatened.

 

In addition, such Opinion of Counsel shall address such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such series (A) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken; or (B) if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or vice presidents shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series.

 

So long as there is no existing default in the payment of interest on registered Securities of any series, all such Securities authenticated by the Trustee after the close of business on the Record Date for the payment of interest on any Interest Payment Date relating to such Record Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date shall bear interest from such Interest Payment Date; provided , however , that if and to the extent that the Company shall default in the interest due on such Interest Payment Date, then any such Securities shall bear interest from the next preceding Interest Payment Date relating to such Security with respect to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Securities, or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Securities, from the date from which interest shall accrue as such date is set forth in the instrument establishing the terms of such Securities.

 

The Person in whose name any Security is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Security upon any registration and transfer or exchange thereof subsequent to such Record Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, except if and to the extent the Company shall default in the payment of the interest due on such Interest Payment Date, in which case such defaulted interest (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid to the persons in whose names Outstanding Securities of such series are registered at the close of business on a subsequent record date, which shall not be less than five business days preceding the date of payment of such Defaulted Interest

 

12



 

established for such purpose by notice given by mail by or on behalf of the Company to Holders of such Securities not less than 15 days preceding such subsequent record date.  Such notice shall be given to the persons in whose names such Outstanding Securities of such series are registered at the close of business on the third business day preceding the date of the mailing of such notice.

 

SECTION 2.05.   Execution of Securities .  The Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President and by its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary under its corporate seal.  Such signatures may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities and such Coupons.  The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities and such Coupons.

 

Only such Securities as shall bear thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided in Section 2.04 (or Section 2.12, if applicable), signed manually by the Trustee, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.  The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on any Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Securities or such Coupons shall cease to be such officer before the Securities or such Coupons so signed shall have been authenticated by the Trustee and delivered or disposed of by the Company, such Securities and such Coupons nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the officer who signed such Securities and such Coupons had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Security or such Coupons may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Security or such Coupons, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of such Security or such Coupons or of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such officer.

 

SECTION 2.06.   Registration of Transfer and Exchange.   The Company shall keep, at an office or agency maintained by the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02, a register for each series of registered Securities (such register being herein referred to as the “Security Register”), in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall register Securities of such series and shall register the transfer of such Securities as in this Article Two provided.  At all reasonable times the Security Register shall be open for inspection by the Trustee.  Subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.03, upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any such Security at such office or agency, or such other offices or agencies as the Company may designate, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations, of the same series and of like aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity.

 

Unless and until otherwise determined by or pursuant to one or more resolutions of the Board of Directors, the Security Register for the purpose of registration, exchange or registration

 

13



 

of transfer of registered Securities shall be kept at the Corporate Trust Office and, for this purpose, the Trustee shall be designated the “Security Registrar”.

 

Subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.03, at the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for Securities of the same series of like aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity and of other authorized denominations.  Securities to be so exchanged shall be surrendered at the offices or agencies to be maintained by the Company as provided in Section 4.02, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor the Security or Securities which the Holder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive.

 

All Securities presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

The Company shall not be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of any series for a period of 15 days next preceding any selection of Securities of such series to be redeemed, or (b) to register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of such series selected, called or being called for redemption in whole or in part except, in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not so to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 2.07.   Temporary Securities .  Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute and deliver and the Trustee, upon Company Direction, shall authenticate and deliver temporary Securities (printed, lithographed, or typewritten), of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Securities, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company.  Temporary Securities may be issued without a recital of the specific redemption prices, if any, applicable to such Securities, and may contain such reference to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate.  Every temporary Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities.  The Company shall execute and furnish definitive Securities as soon as practicable and thereupon any or all temporary Securities may be surrendered in exchange therefor at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities a like aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of definitive Securities of the same series.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

SECTION 2.08.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities.   In case any temporary or definitive Security and, in the case of a definitive Security, Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may

 

14



 

execute, and upon a Company Request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security or such Coupons of the same series bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security or such Coupons, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security or such Coupons so destroyed, lost or stolen.  In every case, the applicant for a substituted Security or such Coupons shall furnish to the Company and to the Security Registrar and any paying agent, such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from all risk, however remote, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and to the Security Registrar and any paying agent, evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security or such Coupons and of the ownership thereof.  The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Security and deliver the same upon Company Direction.  Upon the issuance of any substituted Security or such Coupons, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith.  In case any Security which has matured or is about to mature or which has been called for redemption shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substituted Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish the Company and any paying agent with such security or indemnity as either may require to save it harmless from all risk, however remote, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Company of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substituted Security of any series or Coupon issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.08 by virtue of the fact that any Security or Coupon is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security or Coupon shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of such series or Coupons duly issued and delivered hereunder.  All Securities and Coupons shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and Coupons, and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

SECTION 2.09.   Cancellation of Surrendered Securities .  All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange, and all Coupons surrendered for payment, shall, if surrendered to any person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be cancelled by it, and all Securities delivered to the Trustee in discharge or satisfaction in whole or in part of any Sinking Fund payment (referred to in Section 3.04) shall be cancelled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture.  By Company Request, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company cancelled Securities and Coupons held by the Trustee.  With the consent of the Company, the Trustee may destroy cancelled Securities and Coupons and deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company.  If the Company shall acquire any of the Securities or Coupons, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness or rights represented by such

 

15



 

Securities or Coupons unless and until the same are delivered or surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 2.10.   Provisions of Indenture and Securities for the Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders .  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and the Holders, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained, all its covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and the Holders.

 

SECTION 2.11.   Computation of Interest .  Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 2.12.   Authenticating Agents .  The Trustee shall, if requested pursuant to a Company Request, promptly appoint an agent or agents of the Trustee who shall have authority to authenticate Securities of any series in the name and on behalf of the Trustee Such appointment by the Trustee shall be evidenced by a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee delivered to the Company prior to the effectiveness of such appointment designating such agent or agents and stating that all appropriate corporate action has been taken by the Trustee in connection with such appointment.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent.

 

Any such authenticating agent shall be an agent acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation which is organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to act as authenticating agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000, and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.

 

An authenticating agent may at any time resign with respect to one or more series of Securities by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent with respect to one or more series of Securities by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent.  Any successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent herein.  No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Trustee agrees to pay to each authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 7.07.

 

16



 

The provisions of Sections 7.03, 7.04 and 7.05 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

 

Pursuant to each appointment of an authenticating agent made under this Section, the Securities of each series covered by such appointment may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

 

(ALTERNATE FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

 

AUTHENTICATION)

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

SECTION 2.13.   Compliance with Certain Laws and Regulations .  If any unregistered Securities are to be issued in any series of Securities, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to provide for arrangements and procedures designed pursuant to then applicable laws and regulations, if any, to ensure that such unregistered Securities are sold or resold, exchanged, transferred and paid only in compliance with such laws and regulations and without adverse consequences to the Company, the Holders and the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.14.   Medium-Term Securities .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Company Direction, Officers’ Certificate, supplemental indenture or Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.03, 2.04, 2.07 and Section 14.05 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued; provided that any subsequent direction by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such direction, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.

 

An Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture, delivered pursuant to this Section 2.14 in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph, may provide that Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee on original issue from time to time upon the telephonic or written order of persons designated in such Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture (telephonic instructions to get promptly confirmed in writing by such

 

17



 

person) and that such persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Officers’ Certificate or any applicable supplemental indenture, such terms and conditions of the Securities as are specified in such Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES – SINKING FUND

 

SECTION 3.01.   Applicability of Article.   The Company may become obligated, or reserve the right, to redeem and pay, prior to Stated Maturity, all or any part of the Securities of any series, either by optional redemption, Sinking Fund or otherwise, by provision therefor in the instrument establishing such series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 or in the Securities of such series.  Redemption of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and to the extent that this Article does not conflict with such terms, in accordance with this Article.

 

SECTION 3.02.   Notice of Redemption; Selection of Securities.   In case the Company shall be obligated, or shall exercise the right, to redeem Securities as provided for in the first sentence of Section 3.01, it shall fix a date for redemption (unless, by the terms of the instrument establishing such series of Securities or the terms of such Securities, such date is fixed) and the Company, or, at its request the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company, shall give notice of such redemption to the Holders of the Securities to be redeemed as a whole or in part, with respect to registered Securities, by mailing a notice of such redemption not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Security Register and, with respect to unregistered Securities, by publishing in an Authorized Newspaper notice of such redemption on two separate days, each of which is not less than 30 nor more than the 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption.  Any notice which is mailed or published, as the case may be, in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder actually receives such notice.  In any case, failure duly to give notice by mail, or any defect in the notice, to the Holder of any registered Security of any series designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security of such series.

 

In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Holders of registered Securities when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

 

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the designation of the series of the Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption and the redemption price at which Securities are to be redeemed, and shall state that payment of the redemption price of the Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed will be made at the offices or agencies to be maintained by the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 upon presentation and surrender of such Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in such notice, and that, on and after such date, interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue.  If less than all the Securities of any series

 

18



 

are to be redeemed, the notice to the Holders of Securities to be redeemed shall specify the Securities to be redeemed.  In case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, such notice shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and shall state that on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of the same series in authorized denominations and in a principal amount at Stated Maturity equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

 

If less than all the Securities of like tenor and terms of any series are to be redeemed, the Company shall give the Trustee written notice, at least 60 days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Trustee) in advance of the date fixed for redemption, as to the aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of Securities of such series to be redeemed, which shall be an integral multiple of the minimum authorized denomination of such series, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, in such manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Securities of such series to be redeemed in whole or in part and shall thereafter promptly notify the Company in writing of the numbers of the Securities so to be redeemed and, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part only, the principal amount at Stated Maturity so to be redeemed.  If less than all the Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company.

 

SECTION 3.03.   When Securities Called for Redemption Become Due and Payable.   If the giving of notice of redemption shall have been completed as provided in Section 3.02, the Securities or portions of Securities specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after such date fixed for redemption (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption) interest on the Securities or portions of Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue.  On presentation and surrender of such Securities on or after the date fixed for redemption at the place of payment specified in such notice, such Securities shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, provided, however , that installments of interest becoming due on the date fixed for redemption on Securities which are in registered form shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities or of one or more previous such Securities evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Securities, registered as such on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 2.04.

 

Upon presentation of any Security which is redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series in authorized denominations and in a principal amount at Stated Maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

 

SECTION 3.04.   Sinking Fund .  In the event that the instrument establishing the terms of a particular series shall provide for a Sinking Fund, the Company covenants that as and for a Sinking Fund for the redemption of Securities of such series, so long as any of the Securities of such series are Outstanding:

 

19



 

(a)            It will pay to the Trustee or to a paying agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04) on or before each date set forth as a Sinking Fund payment date in the instrument establishing such series, a sum in cash sufficient to retire on each such date, at the Sinking Fund redemption price provided for in such instrument and upon the conditions, if any, applicable thereto as specified in such instrument, the principal amount of such Securities as specified in such instrument.  Each such date is herein called a “Sinking Fund payment date”, and each sum payable as provided in this paragraph (a) is herein called a “mandatory Sinking Fund payment”.

 

(b)            If the instrument establishing any series of Securities so provides, the Company may elect to pay to the Trustee or to a paying agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04) on or before any Sinking Fund payment date with respect to a particular series of Securities, an additional sum in cash sufficient to retire on such Sinking Fund payment date, at the Sinking Fund redemption price, up to any additional principal amount of Securities set forth in such instrument.  Any sum payable as provided in this paragraph (b) is herein called an “optional Sinking Fund payment.”  Any such election by the Company shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (which shall conform to Section 14.05), delivered to the Trustee not later than 60 days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Trustee) preceding such Sinking Fund payment date, which Officers’ Certificate shall set forth the amount of the optional Sinking Fund payment which the Company then elects to pay.  The Company’s election, so evidenced, shall be irrevocable and the Company shall, upon delivery of such Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee, become bound to pay or segregate and hold in trust as aforesaid on or before such Sinking Fund payment date the amount specified in such Officers’ Certificate.  Unless otherwise provided in the instrument establishing such series, any such right to make an optional Sinking Fund payment shall be noncumulative and shall in no event relieve the Company of its obligation set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 3.04.

 

All moneys paid or segregated and held in trust pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be applied on the Sinking Fund payment date in respect of which such payment or segregation was made, to the redemption of Securities as provided in this Article Three.

 

SECTION 3.05.   Use of Acquired Securities to Satisfy Sinking Fund Obligation.   In lieu of making all or any Sinking Fund payment in cash as may be required by Section 3.04(a), the Company may, not later than 60 days (or such shorter period acceptable to the Trustee) preceding any applicable Sinking Fund payment date relating to a particular series of Securities, deliver to the Trustee for cancellation Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company (otherwise than through the use of Sinking Fund moneys pursuant to Section 3.07) and not theretofore made the basis for the reduction of any Sinking Fund payment with respect to such series, accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate (which shall conform to Section 14.05) stating the Company’s election to use such Securities to reduce the amount of such Sinking Fund payment with respect to such series (specifying the amount of the reduction of each such payment) and certifying that such Securities have not theretofore been made the basis for a reduction of any Sinking Fund payment with respect to such series.  Securities so delivered shall

 

20



 

be credited against the Sinking Fund payment due on such Sinking Fund payment date at the Sinking Fund redemption price thereof.

 

SECTION 3.06.   Effect of Failure to Deliver Officers’ Certificate or Securities .  In case of a failure of the Company, at or before the time provided in Section 3.05 to deliver an Officers’ Certificate, together with any Securities of the particular series required by Section 3.05, the Company shall not be permitted to make any such reduction of the amount of the Sinking Fund payment with respect to such series payable on such Sinking Fund payment date.

 

SECTION 3.07.   Manner of Redeeming Securities.   The Securities of any series to be redeemed from time to time through the operation of any Sinking Fund relating to such series, as in Section 3.04 provided, shall be selected by the Trustee for redemption in the manner provided in Section 3.02 and notice thereof shall be given by the Trustee to the Company, and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company, to give notice on behalf of the Company of the redemption of such Securities, all in the manner and with the effect in this Article Three specified, except that, in addition to the matters required to be included in such notice by Section 3.02, such notice shall also state that the Securities therein designated for redemption are to be redeemed through operation of such Sinking Fund.  Such Securities shall be so redeemed and paid in accordance with such notice in the manner and with the effect provided in Sections 3.02 and 3.03.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the amount of cash to be paid into any Sinking Fund with respect to a particular series of Securities on any next succeeding Sinking Fund payment date for such series, together with any unused balance of any preceding Sinking Fund payment or payments with respect to such series which shall not, in any case, include funds held by the Trustee for Securities of such series which previously have been called for redemption, shall not exceed in the aggregate $100,000, the Trustee, unless requested by the Company, shall not select Securities for or give notice of the redemption of Securities through the operation of the Sinking Fund with respect to such series on the next succeeding Sinking Fund payment date.  Such unused balance of moneys deposited in the Sinking Fund with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be added to the next Sinking Fund payment for such series to be made in cash or, at the request of the Company, shall be applied at any time or from time to time to the purchase of Securities of such series, by public or private purchase, in the open market or otherwise.

 

SECTION 3.08.   Sinking Fund Moneys to Be Held as Security During Continuance of Event of Default; Exceptions .  Unless all Securities of any series then Outstanding are to be redeemed, neither the Trustee nor any paying agent shall redeem any Securities of such series with Sinking Fund moneys if the Trustee or such paying agent shall at the time have knowledge of the continuance of any Event of Default with respect to such series, except that where the mailing or publication of notice of redemption of any such Securities shall theretofore have been made, the Trustee or any paying agent, if sufficient funds shall have been deposited with it for such purpose, shall redeem such Securities.  However, the Company itself shall not redeem any such Securities with Sinking Fund moneys during the continuance of any Event of Default with respect to such series.  The Trustee shall not mail or publish any notice of redemption if it shall at the time have knowledge of the continuance of any Event of Default with respect to such series.  Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the Sinking Fund with respect to such series at such

 

21



 

time and any moneys thereafter paid into the Sinking Fund shall during such continuance be held as security for the payment of all Securities of that series; provided, however, that in case such Event of Default with respect to such series shall have been waived as permitted by this Indenture or otherwise cured, such moneys shall thereafter be held and applied in accordance with the provisions of this Article Three.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

SECTION 4.01.   Payments of Principal of (and Premium, If Any) and Interest, If Any, on Securities.   The Company will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of each series at the place, at the time or times and in the manner provided in the instrument establishing such series and in the Securities of such series.  The interest on the Securities, if any, shall be payable (subject to the provisions of Section 2.04) only to or upon the written order of the Holders thereof or, in the case of unregistered Securities with Coupons, the Holders of Coupons relating thereto.  Any installment of interest on registered Securities of any series may at the Company’s option be paid by mailing checks for such interest payable to or upon the written order of the person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.04 to the address of such person as it appears on the Security Register or by wire transfer to an account designated by such person.

 

SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Securities .  As long as any of the Securities of any series remain Outstanding, the Company will maintain one or more offices or agencies in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other locations as the Company may from time to time designate for any series of Securities, where such Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange as in this Indenture provided, where such Securities may be presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of such Securities or of this Indenture may be served.  The Trustee shall be the agent of the Company in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located for all of the foregoing purposes unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office and agency for such purposes and give the Trustee written notice of the location thereof.  The Company will give to the Trustee notice of the location of each such office or agency and of any change of location thereof.

 

SECTION 4.03.   Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee .  The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee for any one or more series of Securities, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.11, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to each series of Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 4.04.   Duties and Rights of Paying Agents; Company as Paying Agent.

 

(a)            The Company shall cause each paying agent, if any, other than the Trustee, for any series of Securities, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, that such agent will:

 

22



 

(1)            hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series;

 

(2)            give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) in making any payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

(3)            at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held by it as such agent.

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series, deposit with such paying agent or agents a sum sufficient to pay such principal (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities so becoming due.

 

(b)            If the Company shall act as its own paying agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series a sum sufficient to pay such principal (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities so becoming due.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure by the Company to take such action or the failure by any other obligor on the Securities of such series to make any payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable.

 

(c)            Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any paying agent hereunder, as required by this Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such paying agent.

 

(d)            Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to the provisions of Sections 12.04 and 12.05.

 

SECTION 4.05.   Limitation on Liens.   Subject to the provisions of Article Twelve (to the extent they are applicable to the Securities of any series), the Company will not, nor will the Company permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, assume or guarantee any notes, bonds, debentures or other similar evidences of indebtedness for money borrowed (hereinafter, “Debt”) secured by a mortgage, security interest, lien, pledge or other encumbrance (hereinafter, “liens”) upon any Principal Property or upon any shares of stock or indebtedness of any Restricted

 

23



 

Subsidiary (whether such Principal Property, shares of stock or indebtedness are now owned or hereafter acquired) without in any such case effectively providing concurrently with such issuance, assumption, or guarantee that the Securities (together with, if the Company so determines, any other indebtedness or obligation then existing and any other indebtedness or obligation, thereafter created, ranking equally with the Securities) shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt so long as such Debt shall be so secured, except that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to:

 

(a)            Liens affecting property of a corporation existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with or purchased by the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(b)            Liens existing at the time of acquisition of the property affected thereby or incurred to secure payment of all or part of the purchase price of such property or to secure Debt incurred prior to, at the time of or within 180 days after the acquisition of such property for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price thereof (provided such liens are limited to such property and improvements thereon);

 

(c)            Liens placed within 180 days of completion of construction of new plants or facilities to secure all or part of the cost of construction of such plants or facilities, or to secure Debt incurred to provide funds for any such purpose;

 

(d)            Liens which secure indebtedness owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(e)            Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

 

(f)             Liens arising by reason of mortgages on property owned or leased by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof, or in favor of any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or in favor of holders of securities issued by any such entity, pursuant to any contract or statute (including, without limitation, mortgages or liens to secure pollution control or industrial revenue bonds or similar financings) or to secure any indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction of the property subject to such mortgages;

 

(g)            Mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workmen’s, vendors’ or other like liens, arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations which are not past due or which are being contested in good faith;

 

(h)            Liens arising by reason of any deposit with, or the giving of any form of security to (i) any surety company or clerk of any court, or in escrow, as collateral in connection with, or in lieu of, any bond or appeal from any judgment or decree against the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or in connection with other proceedings or actions at law or in equity by or against the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) any government or governmental department, agency or instrumentality, which deposit or security is required or permitted to qualify the Company or a Restricted

 

24



 

Subsidiary to conduct business (or perform any contract with such entities), to maintain self-insurance, or to obtain the benefit of, or comply with, any law pertaining to workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, social security, or similar matters;

 

(i)             Liens existing on property acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary through the exercise of rights arising out of defaults on receivables acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)             Liens for judgments or awards, so long as the finality of any such judgment or award is being contested in good faith and execution thereon is stayed;

 

(k)            Liens for taxes or assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet past due or delinquent or which can thereafter be paid without penalty, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, if appropriate; and any other liens of a nature substantially similar to those described in this clause (k) which do not materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the value of such property for the purposes of such business; or

 

(l)             any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part, of any lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) to (k) inclusive or of any Debt secured thereby, provided that the principal amount of Debt secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extended, renewed or replacement lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property which secured the lien extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property).

 

The covenant contained in this Section will be subject to the provision for exempted indebtedness in Section 4.07.

 

SECTION 4.06.   Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back .  Subject to the provisions of Article Twelve (to the extent they are applicable to the Securities of any series), the Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired), except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal, of not more than five years and except for leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person (hereinafter, a “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction”), unless either (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.05 (other than provisions with respect to exempted indebtedness), to incur Debt secured by a lien on such property without equally and ratably securing the Securities, or (ii) the Company within 180 days after the effective date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction applies an amount equal to the Value of such transaction to the voluntary retirement of its Funded Debt.  For the purposes of this Article, “Value” shall mean an amount equal to the greater of the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the property leased pursuant to such Sale and

 

25



 

Lease-Back Transaction, or the fair value in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the leased property at the time of entering into such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.  For the purposes of this Article, “Funded Debt” shall mean indebtedness (including Securities) maturing by the terms thereof more than one year after the original creation thereof.

 

The covenant contained in this Section will be subject to the provision for exempted indebtedness in Section 4.07.

 

SECTION 4.07.   Exempted indebtedness.   Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume, suffer to exist or guarantee Debt which would otherwise be subject to the limitation of Section 4.05, without securing the Securities, or may enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions which would otherwise be subject to the limitation of Section 4.06, without retiring Funded Debt, or enter into a combination of such transactions, if the sum of (i) the principal amount of all such Debt incurred after the date hereof, and which would otherwise be or have been prohibited by the limitations of Section 4.05 or 4.06 and (ii) the aggregate Value of all such Sale and Lease-Back Transactions after the date hereof does not at any such time exceed 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as shown in the audited consolidated balance sheet contained in the latest annual report to the shareholders of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.08.   Annual Certificate of Compliance.   On or before April 30 in each year (commencing April 30, 1993), the Company will furnish the Trustee with an officer’s certificate (executed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company), covering the period during the preceding year that any Securities were Outstanding certifying that after reasonable investigation and inquiry the Company has complied with all conditions and covenants contained in this Indenture or, if such is not the case, setting forth with reasonable particularity the circumstances of any failure so to comply and the steps taken or proposed to be taken to eliminate such failure.

 

SECTION 4.09.   Further Instruments and Acts .  The Company will, upon request of the Trustee, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may reasonably be necessary or proper to carry out more effectually the purposes of this Indenture, including Sections 4.05 and 4.06.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 5.01.   Company to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders.   The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(1)            semi-annually, not later than January 1 and July 1 in each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of the Registered Securities of each series as of the preceding December 15 or June 15, as the case may be; and

 

26



 

(2)            at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list in similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the date such list is furnished;

 

provided, however , that so long as the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar for any series and all of the Securities of such series are Registered Securities, no such list shall be required to be furnished with respect to such series.

 

SECTION 5.02.   Presentation of Information; Communications to Holders.

 

(a)            The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Registered Securities of each series (i) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01, (ii) received by it in the capacity of Security Registrar for such series, if so acting, and (iii) filed with it within the two preceding years pursuant to Section 5.04 (c)(ii).  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it with respect to Securities of any series as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list with respect to such series so furnished.

 

(b)            If three or more Holders (in this Section referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with the other Holders of the Securities of a particular series (in which case the applicants must all hold Securities of such series) or with the Holders of the Securities of all series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either

 

(i)             afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 5.02(a), or

 

(ii)            inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of registered Securities of such series or of all registered Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 5.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Holders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

 

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford to such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of the registered Securities of such series or to each Holder of the registered Securities of all series, as the case may be, whose name and address shall appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 5.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication

 

27



 

which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material proposed to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of the registered Securities of such series or of all series, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law.  Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion.  If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Holders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

 

(c)            Every Holder of the Securities and the Coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section 5.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 5.02(b).

 

SECTION 5.03.   Reports by Company.   The Company shall:

 

(1)            file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in respect of a debt security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

 

(2)            file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

 

28



 

(3)            transmit by mail to all Holders, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 5.04(c), such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

 

SECTION 5.04.   Reports by Trustee.

 

(a)            Within 60 days after July 1 of each year, commencing with the year 1993, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders, as provided in Subsection (c) of this Section, a brief report dated as of such July 1 with respect to any of the following events which may have occurred within the previous 12 months (but if no such event has occurred within such period, no report need be transmitted):

 

(1)            any change in its eligibility under Section 7.10 or its qualification under Section 7.09;

 

(2)            the creation of or any material change to a relationship specified in paragraphs (1) through (10) of Section 7.09(c);

 

(3)            the character and amount of any advances (and if the Trustee elects so to state, the circumstances surrounding the making thereof) made by the Trustee (as such) which remain unpaid on the date of such report, and for the reimbursement of which it claims or may claim a lien or charge prior to that of the Securities, on any property or funds held or collected by the Trustee as Trustee, except that the Trustee shall not be required (but may elect) to report such advances if such advances so remaining unpaid aggregate not more than ½ of 1% of the principal amount of the Securities Outstanding on the date of such report;

 

(4)            the amount, interest rate and maturity date of all other indebtedness owing by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Securities) to the Trustee in its individual capacity on the date of such report, with a brief description of any property held as collateral security therefor, except an indebtedness based upon a creditor relationship arising in any manner described in Section 7.14(b)(2), (3), (4) or (6);

 

(5)            any change to the property and funds, if any, physically in the possession of the Trustee (as such) on the date of such report;

 

(6)            any additional issue of Securities which the Trustee has not previously reported; and

 

(7)            any action taken by the Trustee in the performance of its duties hereunder which the Trustee has not previously reported and which in its opinion materially affects the Securities or the Securities of a series, except action in respect of a default, notice of which has been or is to be withheld by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02.

 

29



 

(b)            The Trustee shall transmit by mail to the Holders, as provided in Subsection (c) of this Section, a brief report with respect to the character and amount of any advances (and if the Trustee elects so to state, the circumstances surrounding the making thereof) made by the Trustee (as such) since the date of the last report transmitted pursuant to Subsection (a) of this Section (or if no such report has yet been so transmitted, since the date of execution of this Indenture) for the reimbursement of which it claims or may claim a lien or charge, prior to that of the Securities, on property or funds held or collected by the Trustee as Trustee and which it has not previously reported pursuant to this Subsection, except that the Trustee shall not be required (but may elect) to report such advances if such advances remaining unpaid at any time aggregate 10% or less of the principal amount of the Securities Outstanding at such time, such report to be transmitted within 90 days after such time.

 

(c)            Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted by mail:

 

(i)             to all Holders of the registered Securities of each series, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear upon the Security Register;

 

(ii)            to such other Holders of the Securities of any series as have, within two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for such purpose; and

 

(iii)           except in the case of reports pursuant to Subsection (b) of this Section, to each Holder of a Security of any series whose name and address are preserved at the time by the Trustee as provided in Section 5.02(a).

 

(d)            A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to the Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities of any series are listed, with the Commission and with the Company.  The Company will notify the Trustee when the Securities of any series are listed on any stock exchange.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default.   “Event of Default,” wherever used herein with respect to the Securities of any series, means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)            default in the payment of any interest upon any of the Securities of such series when and as the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

30



 

(2)            default in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any of the Securities of such series at its Maturity;

 

(3)            default in the deposit of any sinking fund or analogous payment for the benefit of the Securities of such series when and as the same shall become due and payable;

 

(4)            default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in the Securities of such series or in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically provided for or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of the Securities of other series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of all series then Outstanding affected thereby a written notice specifying such default or breach, requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 

(5)            the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of all or substantially all of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;

 

(6)            the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or the taking of possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of all or substantially all of its property, or the making by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(7)            default under any indenture or instrument that evidences or under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has at the date of this Indenture or shall hereafter have outstanding any indebtedness for money borrowed having unpaid principal at the time of such default in excess of the greater of $30,000,000 or 5% of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company, shall occur and be continuing and such indebtedness shall have been accelerated, by action of the holder or holders thereof or any Person duly acting on their behalf, so that the same shall be or become due and payable prior to the date on which the same would otherwise have become due and payable, provided, however , that such

 

31



 

acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled; and provided, further , that if such default under such indenture or instrument shall be remedied or cured by the Company or waived by the holders of such indebtedness, then the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon remedied, cured or waived without further action upon the part of either the Trustee or any of the Holders; or

 

(8)            any other Event of Default provided in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of such series of Securities as provided in Section 2.01 or in the form or forms of Security for such series.

 

For this purpose, “Consolidated Net Worth” means the excess of assets over liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, plus Minority Interests, as determined from time to time in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  “Minority Interest” means any shares of stock of any class of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares) that are not owned by the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.   If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Securities of any series, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all of the Securities of such series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Holders), may declare the entire principal of (and premium, if any, on) all the Securities of such series then Outstanding and the interest accrued thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

The preceding paragraph is subject, however, to the condition that if at any time after the principal of the Securities of one or more series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of such series and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) all the Securities of such series which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest (or at the yield to Stated Maturity, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series, to the date of such payment or deposit) and such additional amount as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, except as a result of negligence or bad faith, and if any and all Events of Default under this Indenture with respect to such series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) the Securities of such series which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein—then, and in each and every such case, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities of such affected series then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or breaches with respect to such series and rescind and annul such declaration

 

32



 

and its consequences, but no such waiver, rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or breach or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

 

For all purposes under this Indenture, if a portion of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Securities shall have been accelerated and declared due and payable pursuant to the provisions hereof, then, from and after such declaration, unless such declaration shall have been rescinded and annulled, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such declaration; and payment of the portion of the principal thereof as shall have become due and payable as a result of such declaration, together with interest, if any, thereon and all other amounts owing thereunder, shall constitute payment in full of such Original Issue Discount Securities.

 

SECTION 6.03.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.   The Company covenants that if:

 

(1)            default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any of the Securities of any series when and as such interest shall become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days, or

 

(2)            default shall be made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any of the Securities of any series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity thereof or otherwise,

 

the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to or deposit with the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities, including all Coupons appertaining thereto, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (with interest to the date of such payment upon overdue principal and premium and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest (or at the yield to Stated Maturity, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series, to the date of such payment or deposit); and, in addition thereto, such additional amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

 

Until such demand shall be made by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such series to the Holders of the Securities of such Series.

 

If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute judicial proceedings for the collection of the amounts so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceedings to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner

 

33



 

provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 6.04.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of any series or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)             to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest (or if the Securities of any series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) owing and unpaid in respect to the Securities of each series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(ii)            to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, except as a result of negligence or bad faith, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee, except in accordance with action taken under Article Nine, to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of any series or the rights of

 

34



 

any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.05.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.   All rights of action and claims under this Indenture, or under the Securities of any series or any Coupons appertaining thereto, may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or such Coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities and Coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto in respect to which action was taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Securities or Coupons parties to any such proceedings.

 

SECTION 6.06.   Application of Moneys Collected.   Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of the Securities of any series shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in the case of any distribution of such moneys on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series, upon presentation of the several Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto in respect of which moneys have been collected and the notation thereon of such distribution if such principal, premium and interest be only partially paid or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07;

 

SECOND:  In case the principal of the Securities of such series shall not then be due and payable, to the payment of interest on the Securities of such series in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest (or yield to Stated Maturity, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in such Securities, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without preference or priority;

 

THIRD:  In case the principal of the Securities of such series shall then be due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon all the Securities of such series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest upon overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest (or yield to Stated Maturity, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal, premium and interest, without preference or priority of principal or premium over interest, or of interest over principal or premium, or of any

 

35



 

installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal, premium and interest; and

 

FOURTH:  To the Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 6.07.   Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 6.08, no Holder of any Security of any series or of any Coupon shall have any right to institute any proceeding; judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(1)            such Holder shall have previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series;

 

(2)            the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(3)            such Holder or Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4)            the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute such proceeding; and

 

(5)            no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of Holders of Securities of any series or Coupons appertaining thereto shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of the Securities or the Coupons, or to obtain or to seek to obtain preference or priority over any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of Securities of the affected series and Coupons.

 

SECTION 6.08.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture or any provision of any Security of any series, the Holder of a Security of any series or Coupon appertaining thereto shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Security or Coupon on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or Coupon or, in the case of redemption, on the date of redemption, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

36



 

SECTION 6.09.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies.   In case the Trustee or any Holder shall have proceeded to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder; and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

 

SECTION 6.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and Coupons in the last paragraph of Section 2.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.11.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of Securities or Coupons to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 6.12.   Control by Holders .  The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series affected then Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities at such series, provided that:

 

(1)            such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture

 

(2)            the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and

 

(3)            subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee need not take any action which might involve the Trustee in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of the Securities of the affected series not joining in the giving of such direction.

 

SECTION 6.13.   Waiver of Past Defaults.   Prior to the declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of any Securities of any series as provided by Section 6.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding with respect to which a default or breach or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Securities of such series waive any past default or

 

37



 

breach or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default or breach or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default or breach shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or breach or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 6.14.   Undertaking for Costs.   All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security or Coupon by acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however , that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (i) any suit instituted by the Company, (ii) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (iii) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, of the Securities of any series holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, or (iv) any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including interest evidenced by a Coupon) on any Security on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or Coupon or, in the case of redemption, on or after the date of redemption.

 

SECTION 6.15.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.   The Company covenants (to the fullest extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the fullest extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities .  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to a particular series of Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred with respect to such series, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture.  In case an Event of Default with respect to a particular series of Securities has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture relating to such series, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

38



 

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(a)            prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to a particular series of Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred with respect to such series:

 

(1)            the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)            in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

 

(b)            the Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(c)            the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith relating to Securities of any series in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series under this Indenture.

 

None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

SECTION 7.02.   Notice of Defaults .  Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give notice of all defaults with respect to the Securities of such series known to the Trustee (i) if any unregistered Securities of such series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof by publication at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Chicago, Illinois, (ii) if any unregistered Securities of such series are then Outstanding, to the Holders

 

39



 

thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.04(c)(ii) by mailing such notice to such Holders at such addresses and (iii) if any registered Securities of such series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register, unless in each case such defaults shall have been cured before the mailing or publication of such notice; provided, however , that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of such series, or in the payment of any sinking fund or analogous payment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided further , that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 6.01 (4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to the Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof.  For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event or condition which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 7.03.   Certain Rights of Trustee .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

 

(a)            the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)            any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Direction or Company Request (unless other evidence in respect thereof is herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by a Certified Board Resolution;

 

(c)            the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(d)            the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

 

(e)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

40



 

(f)             prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the securities of any series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default which may have occurred, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series then Outstanding provided, however , that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and

 

(g)            the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by the Trustee hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.04.   Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Securities .  The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities of any series.  The Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture and perform its obligations hereunder.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities of any series or of the proceeds thereof.

 

SECTION 7.05.   Trustee, Paying Agent or Security Registrar May Own Securities.  Subject to Sections 7.09 and 7.14, the Trustee or any paying agent or Security Registrar with respect to any series of Securities, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities of such series with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent or Security Registrar with respect to such Securities.

 

SECTION 7.06.   Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in Trust .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04 hereof, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received; but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.  So long as no Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon a Company Direction.

 

SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement .  The Company covenants and agrees:

 

41



 

(a)            to pay the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which shall not be limited by any provisions of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(b)            except as otherwise expressly provided, the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents, attorneys and counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith, and

 

(c)            to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises.

 

If any property other than cash shall at any time be subject to a lien in favor of the Holders, the Trustee, if and to the extent authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent jurisdiction or by the supplemental instrument subjecting such property to such lien, shall be entitled to make advances for the purpose of preserving such property or of discharging tax liens or other prior liens or encumbrances thereon.  The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.  Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien, prior to that of the Securities of any series with respect to which the indebtedness arose, upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee, as such, relating to such series except funds held in Trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 7.08.   Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically Prescribed .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such Certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

 

SECTION 7.09.   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

 

(a)            If the Trustee has or shall acquire any conflicting interest, as defined in this Section, with respect to the Securities of any series, it shall, within 90 days after ascertaining that it has such conflicting interest, unless the default (as defined in

 

42



 

Subsection (d)(7) of this Section) to which such conflicting interest relates shall have been cured or duly waived or otherwise eliminated before the end of such 90-day period, either eliminate such conflicting interest or, except as otherwise provided in this Section, resign with respect to the Securities of such series in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

(b)            In the event that the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Subsection (a) of this Section with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall, within 10 days after the expiration of such 90-day period, transmit by mail notice of such failure to the Holders of such series in the manner and to the extent required by Section 5.04(c) and, if any unregistered Securities are then Outstanding, shall publish notice of such failure at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or Chicago, Illinois.

 

(c)            For the purposes of this Section, the Trustee shall be deemed to have a conflicting interest with respect to the Securities of any series if the Securities of such series are in default and:

 

(1)            the Trustee is trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Outstanding Securities of any other series or is trustee under another indenture under which any other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in any other securities, of the Company are outstanding, unless such other indenture is a collateral trust indenture under which the only collateral consists of Securities issued under this Indenture, provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of this paragraph, this indenture with respect to the Securities of any other series and such other indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company are outstanding, if:

 

(i)             this Indenture and such other indenture or indentures (and all series of securities issuable thereunder) are wholly unsecured and rank equally, and such other indenture or indentures are hereafter qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, unless the Commission shall have found and declared by order pursuant to Section 305(b) or Section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 that differences exist between the provisions of this Indenture with respect to Securities of such series, the provisions of the Outstanding Securities of such series and the Outstanding Securities of one or more other series and one or more other series or the provisions of such other indenture or indentures (or any series of securities issuable thereunder) which are so likely to involve a material conflict of interest as to make it necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors to disqualify the Trustee from acting as such under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and such other series or under such other indenture or indentures, or

 

(ii)            the Company shall have sustained the burden of proving on application to the Commission and after opportunity for hearing thereon,

 

43



 

that trusteeship under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and such other series or such other indenture or indentures (or with respect to more than one outstanding series under such other indenture or indentures) is not so likely to involve a material conflict of interest as to make it necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors to disqualify the Trustee from acting as such under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and such other series or under such other indenture or indentures (or with respect to more than one outstanding series under such other indenture or indentures);

 

(2)            the Trustee or any of its directors or executive officers is an underwriter for the Company;

 

(3)            the Trustee directly or indirectly controls or is directly or indirectly controlled by or is under direct or indirect common control with an underwriter for the Company;

 

(4)            the Trustee or any of its directors or executive officers is a director, officer, partner, employee, appointee or representative of the Company, or of an underwriter (other than the Trustee itself) for the Company who is currently engaged in the business of underwriting, except that (i) one individual may be a director or an executive officer, or both, of the Trustee and a director or an executive officer, or both, of the Company but may not be at the same time an executive officer of both the Trustee and the Company; (ii) if and so long as the number of directors of the Trustee in office is more than nine, one additional individual may be a director or an executive officer, or both, of the Trustee and a director of the Company; and (iii) the Trustee may be designated by the Company or by any underwriter for the Company to act in the capacity of transfer agent, registrar, custodian, paying agent, fiscal agent, escrow agent or depositary, or in any other similar capacity, or, subject to the provisions of Subsection (c)(1) above, to act as trustee, whether under an indenture or otherwise;

 

(5)            10% or more of the voting securities of the Trustee is beneficially owned either by the Company or by any director, partner or executive officer thereof, or 20% or more of such voting securities is beneficially owned, collectively, by any two or more of such persons (as defined in Subsection (d)(3) of this Section); or 10% or more of the voting securities of the Trustee is beneficially owned either by an underwriter for the Company or by any director, partner or executive officer thereof, or is beneficially owned, collectively, by any two or more such persons;

 

(6)            the Trustee is the beneficial owner of, or holds as collateral security for an obligation which is in default (as hereinafter in this Subsection defined), (i) 5% or more of the voting securities, or 10% or more of any other class of security, of the Company not including the Securities issued under this Indenture and securities issued under any other indenture under which the Trustee

 

44



 

is also trustee, or (ii) 10% or more of any class of security of an underwriter for the Company;

 

(7)            the Trustee is the beneficial owner of, or holds as collateral security for an obligation which is in default, 5% or more of the voting securities of any person who, to the knowledge of the Trustee, owns 10% or more of the voting securities of, or controls directly or indirectly or is under direct or indirect common control with, the Company;

 

(8)            the Trustee is the beneficial owner of, or holds as collateral security for an obligation which is in default, 10% or more of any class of security of any person who, to the knowledge of the Trustee, owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the Company;

 

(9)            the Trustee owns, on the date of default upon the Securities of such series or any anniversary of such default while such default shall be continuing, in the capacity of executor, administrator, testamentary or inter vivos trustee, guardian, committee or conservator, or in any other similar capacity, an aggregate of 25% or more of the voting securities, or of any class of security, of any person, the beneficial ownership of a specified percentage of which would have constituted a conflicting interest under paragraph (6), (7) or (8) of this Subsection.  As to any such securities of which the Trustee acquired ownership through becoming executor, administrator or testamentary trustee of an estate which included them, the provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply, for a period of two years from the date of such acquisition, to the extent that such securities included in such estate do not exceed 25% of such voting securities or 25% of any such class of security.  Promptly after the date of any such default upon the Securities of such series and annually in each succeeding year that the Securities of such series remain in default, the Trustee shall make a check of its holdings of such Securities in any of the above-mentioned capacities as of such dates.  If the Company fails to make payment in full of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities when and as the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for 30 days thereafter, the Trustee shall make a prompt check of its holdings of such Securities in any of the above-mentioned capacities as of the date of the expiration of such 30-day period, and after such date, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all such securities so held by the Trustee, with sole or joint control over such securities vested in it, shall, but only so long as such failure shall continue, be considered as though beneficially owned by the Trustee for the purposes of paragraphs (6), (7) and (8) of this Subsection; or

 

(10)          except under the circumstances described in paragraphs (1), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of Section 7.14(b), the Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor of the Company.

 

For the purposes of paragraph (1) of this Subsection, and Sections 6.12 and 6.13, the term “series of securities” or “series” means a series, class or group of securities issuable under an

 

45



 

indenture pursuant to whose terms holders of one such series may vote to direct the indenture trustee, or otherwise take action pursuant to a vote of such holders, separately from holders of another such series, provided that “series of securities” or “series” shall not include any series of securities issuable under an indenture if all such series rank equally and are wholly unsecured.

 

The specification of percentages in paragraphs (5) to (9), inclusive, of this Subsection shall not be construed as indicating that the ownership of such percentages of the securities of a person is or is not necessary or sufficient to constitute direct or indirect control for the purposes of paragraph (3) or (7) of this Subsection.

 

For the purposes of paragraphs (6), (7), (8) and (9) of this Subsection only, (i) the terms “security” and “securities” shall include only such securities as are generally known as corporate securities, but shall not include any note or other evidence of indebtedness issued to evidence an obligation to repay moneys lent to a person by one or more banks, trust companies or banking firms, or any certificate of interest or participation in any such note or evidence of indebtedness (ii) an obligation shall be deemed to be “in default” when a default in payment of principal shall have continued for 30 days or more and shall not have been cured; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be deemed to be the owner or holder of (A) any security which it holds as collateral security, as trustee or otherwise, for an obligation which is not in default as defined in clause (ii) above, or (B) any security which it holds as collateral security under this Indenture, irrespective of any default hereunder, or (C) any security which it holds as agent for collection, or as custodian, escrow agent or depositary, or in any similar representative capacity.

 

(d)            For the purposes of this Section:

 

(1)            The term “underwriter,” when used with reference to the Company, means every person who, within one year prior to the time as of which the determination is made, has purchased from the Company with a view to, or has offered or sold for the Company in connection with, the distribution of any security of the Company outstanding at such time, or has participated or has had a direct or indirect participation in any such undertaking, or has participated or has had a participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking, but such term shall not include a person whose interest was limited to a commission from an underwriter or dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors’ or sellers’ commission.

 

(2)            The term “director” means any director of a corporation or any individual performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated.

 

(3)            The term “person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or political subdivision thereof.  As used in this paragraph, the term “trust” shall include only a trust where the interest or interests of the beneficiary or beneficiaries are evidenced by a security.

 

46



 

(4)            The term “voting security” means any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote in the direction or management of the affairs of a person, or any security issued under or pursuant to any trust, agreement or arrangement whereby a trustee or trustees or agent or agents for the owner or holder of such security are presently entitled to vote in the direction or management of the affairs of a person.

 

(5)            The term “Company” means any obligor upon the Securities.

 

(6)            The term “executive officer” means the president, every vice president, every trust officer, the cashier, the secretary and the treasurer of a corporation, and any individual customarily performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, but shall not include the chairman of the board of directors.

 

(7)            The term “default” shall mean, with respect to the Securities of any series, an Event of Default in respect thereof (exclusive of any period of grace or requirement of notice).

 

(e)            Except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of any series, or in the payment of any sinking fund or analogous payment, the Trustee shall not be required to resign as provided by this Section if the Trustee shall have sustained the burden of proving, on application to the Commission and after opportunity for hearing thereon, that:

 

(1)            the default under this Indenture may be cured or waived during a reasonable period and under the procedures described in such application, and

 

(2)            a stay of the Trustee’s duty to resign will not be inconsistent with the interests of the Holders of the Securities of the applicable series.

 

The filing of such an application shall automatically stay the performance of the duty to resign until the Commission orders otherwise.

 

(f)             The percentages of voting securities and other securities specified in this Section shall be calculated in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(1)            A specified percentage of the voting securities of the Trustee, the Company or any other person referred to in this Section (each of whom is referred to as a “person” in this paragraph) means such amount of the outstanding voting securities of such person as entitles the holder or holders thereof to cast such specified percentage of the aggregate votes which the holders of all the outstanding voting securities of such person are entitled to cast in the direction or management of the affairs of such person.

 

(2)            A specified percentage of a class of securities of a person means such of the aggregate amount of securities of the class outstanding.

 

47



 

(3)            The term “amount,” when used in regard to securities, means the principal amount if relating to evidences of indebtedness, the number of shares if relating to capital shares and the number of units if relating to any other kind of security.

 

(4)            The term “outstanding” means issued and not held by or for the account of the issuer.  The following securities shall not be deemed outstanding within the meaning of this definition:

 

(i)             securities of an issuer held in a sinking fund relating to securities of the issuer of the same class;

 

(ii)            securities of an issuer held in a sinking fund relating to another class of securities of the issuer, if the obligation evidenced by such other class of securities is not in default as to principal or interest or otherwise;

 

(iii)           securities pledged by the issuer thereof as security for an obligation of the issuer not in default as to principal or interest or otherwise; and

 

(iv)           securities held in escrow if placed in escrow by the issuer thereof;

 

provided, however , that any voting securities of an issuer shall be deemed outstanding if any person other than the issuer is entitled to exercise the voting rights thereof.

 

SECTION 7.10.   Corporate Trustee Required; Requirement for Eligibility .  The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company shall serve as Trustee.  In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.11.   Resignation and Removal of Trustee, Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)            No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 7.12.

 

48



 

(b)            The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 7.12 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(c)            The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)            If at any time:

 

(1)            the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 7.09(a) with respect to the Securities of any series after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months; or

 

(2)            the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.10 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

 

(3)            the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

 

then in any such case (i) the Company by a Certified Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any or all series, as appropriate, or (ii) subject to Section 6.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of an affected series for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all other Holders similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)            If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Certified Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of such series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 7.12.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the

 

49



 

applicable requirements of Section 7.12, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company with respect to the Securities of such series.  If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 7.12, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all other Holders similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(f)             The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series (i) if any unregistered Securities of any affected series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof by publication of such notice at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Chicago, Illinois, (ii) if any unregistered Securities of any affected series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.04(c)(ii) by mailing such notice to such Holders at such addresses (and the Trustee shall make such addresses available to the Company for such purpose) and (iii) if any registered Securities of any affected series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register.  If the Company shall fail to give such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 7.12.   Acceptance by Successor to Trustee .

 

(a)            In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee with respect to such applicable series of the Securities shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to such applicable series; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, execute, acknowledge and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)            In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but less than all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute, acknowledge and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto in which each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which shall (i) contain such

 

50



 

provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of each series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee shall not be retiring with respect to the Securities of all series, contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of the series as to which the retiring Trustee shall not be retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (iii) add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of each series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, and such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to each successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of each series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

 

(c)            Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)            No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 7.13.   Successor to Trustee by Merger, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities of the particular series shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities of such series shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in such Securities or in this Indenture

 

51



 

provided that the certificate of authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided, however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities of the particular series in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

SECTION 7.14.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

(a)            Subject to Subsection (b) of this Section, if the Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor, directly or indirectly, secured or unsecured, of the Company within three months prior to a default, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section, or subsequent to such a default, then, unless and until such default shall be cured, the Trustee shall set apart and hold in a special account for the benefit of the Trustee individually, the Holders of the Securities and Coupons and the holders of other indenture securities, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section:

 

(1)            an amount equal to any and all reductions in the amount due and owing upon any claim as such creditor in respect of principal or interest, effected after the beginning of such three months’ period and valid as against the Company and its other creditors, except any such reduction resulting from the receipt or disposition of any property described in clause (2) of this Subsection, or from the exercise of any right of set-off which the Trustee could have exercised if a petition in bankruptcy had been filed by or against the Company upon the date of such default; and

 

(2)            all property received by the Trustee in respect of any claim as such creditor, either as security therefor, or in satisfaction or composition thereof or otherwise, after the beginning of such three months’ period, or an amount equal to the proceeds of any such property if disposed of, subject, however , to the rights, if any, of the Company and its other creditors in such property or such proceeds.

 

Nothing herein contained, however, shall affect the right of the Trustee:

 

(A)           to retain for its own account (i) payments made on account of any such claim by any Person (other than the Company) who is liable thereon, (ii) the proceeds of the bona fide sale of any such claim by the Trustee to a third Person, and (iii) distributions made in cash, securities or other property in respect of claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Act (as defined in Subsection (c)(6) of this Section) or applicable State law;

 

(B)            to realize, for its own account, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such property was so held prior to the beginning of such three months’ period;

 

(C)            to realize, for its own account, but only to the extent of the claim hereinafter mentioned, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such claim was created after the beginning of such three months’ period and such property was received as security therefor simultaneously with the creation thereof, and if the Trustee shall sustain the burden of proving that at the time such property was so received the Trustee had no reasonable cause to

 

52



 

believe that a default, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section, would occur within three months; or

 

(D)           to receive payment on any claim referred to in clause (B) or (C) of this Subsection, against the release of any property held as security for such claim as provided in such clause (B) or (C), as the case may be, to the extent of the fair value of such property.

 

For the purposes of clauses (B), (C) and (D) of this Subsection, property substituted after the beginning of such three months’ period for property held as security at the time of such substitution shall, to the extent of the fair value of the property released, have the same status as the property released, and, to the extent that any claim referred to in any of such clauses is created in renewal of or in substitution for or for the purpose of repaying or refunding any preexisting claim of the Trustee as such creditor, such claim shall have the same status as such pre-existing claim.

 

If the Trustee shall be required to account, the funds and property held in such special account and the proceeds thereof shall be apportioned among the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of other indenture securities in such manner that the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of other indenture securities realize, as a result of payments from such special account and payments of dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Act or applicable State law, the same percentage of their respective claims, figured before crediting to the claim of the Trustee anything on account of the receipt by it from the Company of the funds and property in such special account and before crediting to the respective claims of the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of other indenture securities dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Act or applicable State law, but after crediting thereon receipts on account of the indebtedness represented by their respective claims from all sources other than from such dividends and from the funds and property so held in such special account.  As used in this paragraph with respect to any claim, the term “dividends” shall include any distribution with respect to such claim, in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Act or applicable State law, whether such distribution is made in cash, securities or other property, but shall not include any such distribution with respect to the secured portion, if any, of such claim.  The court in which such bankruptcy, receivership or proceedings for reorganization is pending shall have jurisdiction (i) to apportion among the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of other indenture securities, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, the funds and property held in such special account and proceeds thereof, or (ii) in lieu of such apportionment, in whole or in part, to give to the provisions of this paragraph due consideration in determining the fairness of the distributions to be made to the Trustee, the Holders and the holders of other indenture securities with respect to their respective claims, in which event it shall not be necessary to liquidate or to appraise the value of any securities or other property held in such special account or as security for any such claim, or to make a specific allocation of such distributions as between the secured and unsecured portions of such claims, or otherwise to apply the provisions of this paragraph as a mathematical formula.

 

Any Trustee which has resigned or been removed after the beginning of such three months’ period shall be subject to the provisions of this Subsection as though such resignation or

 

53



 

removal had not occurred.  If any Trustee has resigned or been removed prior to the beginning of such three months’ period, it shall be subject to the provisions of this Subsection if and only if the following conditions exist:

 

(i)             the receipt of property or reduction of claim, which would have given rise to the obligation to account, if such Trustee had continued as Trustee, occurred after the beginning of such three months’ period; and

 

(ii)            such receipt of property or reduction of claim occurred within three months after such resignation or removal.

 

In any case commenced under the Bankruptcy Act of July 1, 1898, or any amendment thereto enacted prior to November 6, 1978, all references above to periods of three months shall be deemed to be references to periods of four months.

 

(b)            There shall be excluded from the operation of Subsection (a) of this Section a creditor relationship arising from:

 

(1)            the ownership or acquisition of securities issued under any indenture, or any security or securities having a maturity of one year or more at the time of acquisition by the Trustee;

 

(2)            advances authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent jurisdiction or by this Indenture for the purpose of preserving any property which shall at any time be subject to the lien of this Indenture or of discharging tax liens or other prior liens or encumbrances thereon, if notice of such advances and of the circumstances surrounding the making thereof is given to the Holders at the time and in the manner provided in this Indenture;

 

(3)            disbursements made in the ordinary course of business in the capacity of trustee under an indenture, transfer agent, registrar, custodian, paying agent, fiscal agent or depositary, or other similar capacity;

 

(4)            an indebtedness created as a result of services rendered or premises rented, or an indebtedness created as a result of goods or securities sold in a cash transaction, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section;

 

(5)            the ownership of stock or of other securities of a corporation organized under the provisions of Section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, which is directly or indirectly a creditor of the Company; and

 

(6)            the acquisition, ownership, acceptance or negotiation of any drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances or obligations which fall within the classification of self-liquidating paper, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section.

 

(c)            For the purposes of this Section only:

 

54



 

(1)            the term “default” means any failure to make payment in full of the principal of or interest upon any of the Securities or upon the other indenture securities when and as such principal or interest becomes due and payable;

 

(2)            the term “other indenture securities” means securities upon which the Company is an obligor outstanding under any other indenture (i) under which the Trustee is also trustee, (ii) which contains provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Section, and (iii) under which a default exists at the time of the apportionment of the funds and property held in such special account;

 

(3)            the term “cash transaction” means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand;

 

(4)            the term “self-liquidating paper” means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred by the Company for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacture, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship with the Company arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation;

 

(5)            the term “Company” means any obligor upon the Securities; and

 

(6)            the term “Federal Bankruptcy Act” means the Bankruptcy Act or Title 11 of United States Code.

 

SECTION 7.15.   Appointment of Additional and Separate Trustees.   Whenever the Trustee shall deem it necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction, or the Trustee shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to it, that it is necessary or prudent in the interest of the Holders of Securities of any series or in the event that the Trustee shall have been requested to do so by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series then Outstanding, the Trustee and the Company shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto and all other instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust company, or one or more persons appointed by the Company, either to act as additional trustee or trustees hereunder, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee or trustees hereunder, in any such case with such powers with respect to the affected series of Securities as may be provided in such indenture supplemental hereto, and to vest in such bank, trust company or person as such additional trustee or separate trustee, as the case may be, any property, title, right or power of the Trustee with respect to the affected series of Securities deemed necessary or advisable by the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section below set forth.  In the event the Company shall not have joined in the execution of such indenture supplemental hereto within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Trustee so to

 

55



 

do, or in case an Event of Default with respect to the particular series of Securities shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section without the concurrence of the Company; and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section in either of such contingencies.  The Trustee may execute, deliver and perform any deed, conveyance, assignment or other instrument in writing as may be required by any additional trustee or separate trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to it any property, title, right or powers with respect to the affected series of Securities conveyed or conferred to or upon such additional trustee or separate trustee, and the Company shall, upon the Trustee’s request, join therein and execute, acknowledge and deliver the same; and the Company hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact for it and in its name, place and stead to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such deed, conveyance, assignment or other instrument with respect to the affected series of Securities in the event that the Company shall not itself execute and deliver the same within ten days after receipt by it of such request so to do.  Any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect as of the date of such supplemental indenture.

 

Every additional trustee and separate trustee hereunder shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act, and the Trustee shall act with respect to a particular series of Securities, subject to the following provisions and conditions:

 

(1)            the Securities of such series shall be authenticated by the Trustee and all powers, duties, obligations and rights conferred upon the Trustee in respect of the receipt, custody, investment and payment of moneys, shall be exercised solely by the Trustee;

 

(2)            all other rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Securities of such series conferred or imposed upon the Trustee and such additional trustee or separate trustee or any of them shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such additional trustee or trustees and separate trustee or trustees jointly, except to the extent that, under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Securities of such series shall be exercised and performed by such additional trustee or trustees or separate trustee or trustees

 

(3)            no power hereby given to, or with respect to which it is hereby provided may be exercised by, any such additional trustee or separate trustee with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be exercised hereunder by such additional trustee or separate trustee except with the consent of the Trustee; and

 

(4)            no trustee with respect to a particular series of Securities hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee with respect to such series of Securities hereunder.

 

56



 

If at any time the Trustee shall deem it no longer necessary or prudent in order to conform to any such law or shall be advised by counsel that it is no longer so necessary or prudent in the interest of the Holders of Securities of any series or in the event that the Trustee shall have been requested to do so in writing by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, the Trustee and the Company shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto and all other instruments and agreements necessary or proper to remove any additional trustee or separate trustee with respect to such series.  In the event that the Company shall not have joined in the execution of such indenture supplemental hereto, instruments and agreements, the Trustee may act on behalf of the Company to the same extent provided above.

 

Any additional trustee or separate trustee with respect to any series of Securities may at any time by an instrument in writing constitute the Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, to the extent which may be authorized by law, to do all acts and things and exercise all discretions which it is authorized or permitted to do or exercise with respect to such series, for and in its behalf and in its name.  In case any such additional trustee or separate trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the assets, property, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of such additional trustee or separate trustee with respect to such series, as the case may be, so far as permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, without the appointment of a new successor to such additional trustee or separate trustee unless and until a successor with respect to such series is appointed in the manner hereinbefore provided.

 

Any request, approval or consent in writing by the Trustee to any additional trustee or separate trustee of any series of Securities shall be sufficient warrant to such additional trustee or separate trustee, as the case may be, to take such action with respect to the particular series of Securities as may be so requested, approved or consented to.

 

Each additional trustee and separate trustee appointed pursuant to this Section shall be subject to, and shall have the benefit of, Articles Six, Seven (other than Section 7.10) and Eight hereof and the following Sections of this Indenture shall be specifically applicable to each additional trustee and separate trustee: 5.04(a) (except to the extent that reference therein is made to its eligibility under Section 7.10) and (b), 6.03, 7.01,7.02,7.09 and 7.14; provided, however , that no resignation of an additional or separate trustee pursuant to Section 7.11 hereof shall be conditioned in any sense whatever upon the appointment of a successor to such trustee.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

 

SECTION 8.01.   Evidence of Action by Holders.

 

(a)            Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount Outstanding of the Securities of any series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined

 

57



 

therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Holders.

 

(b)            The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the identity of the Holders entitled to participate in any act authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which record date shall be the later of (i) 10 days prior to the first solicitation of the written instruments or vote required for such act or (ii) the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 5.01.  If such a record date is fixed, the Persons who were the Holders of the Securities of the affected series at the close of business on such record date (or their duly authorized proxies) shall be the only Persons entitled to execute written instruments or to vote with respect to such act, or to revoke any written instrument or vote previously delivered or given, whether or not such Persons shall continue to be Holders of the Securities of such series after such record date.  No such written instrument or vote shall be valid or effective for more than 150 days after such record date.

 

SECTION 8.02.   Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities.   Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.03 and 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

The ownership of a registered Security shall be proved by the Security Register relating to the series or by a certificate of the Security Registrar.

 

The ownership of an unregistered Security or any Coupon attached to such Security at its issuance shall be proved by the production of such Security or Coupon, or, with respect to unregistered Securities only, by a certificate executed by any trust company, bank, broker or other depositary, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Security, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory.  The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any unregistered Security continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Security is produced, (2) such Security is produced by some other Person or (3) such Security is no longer Outstanding.  The amount of unregistered Securities held by any Person may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section 8.02 as it shall deem necessary.

 

58



 

The record of any meeting of Holders shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

 

SECTION 8.03.   Who May Be Deemed Owner of Securities.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of a registered Security of any series, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name such Security shall be registered, or, in the case of unregistered Securities, the bearer thereof or the owner thereof determined pursuant to Section 8.02, as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Security and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and all such payments so made to any such Holder for the time being, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Security.

 

SECTION 8.04.   Securities Owned by Company or Controlled or Controlling Companies Disregarded for Certain Purposes .  In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount Outstanding of Securities of any series have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Securities of such series which are then owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of such series or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of such series shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purposes of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Securities of such series which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Securities of such series so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of such series or a person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor.  In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection for the Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.05.   Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders .  At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series then Outstanding specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Security of such series which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities of the particular series the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security.  Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Security, and of any Security issued upon registration of transfer thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security or such other Security.  Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the

 

59



 

Securities of any series then Outstanding specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all such Securities.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS AND CONSENTS

 

SECTION 9.01.   Purposes for Which Meeting May Be Called .  A meeting of Holders of Securities of any series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article Nine for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)            to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders of Securities of such series pursuant to any of the provisions of Article Six;

 

(2)            to remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series pursuant to the provisions of Article Seven;

 

(3)            to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

 

(4)            to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount Outstanding of Securities of such series under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

 

SECTION 9.02.   Call of Meeting by Trustee.   The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other location as the Trustee shall determine.  With respect to registered Securities of any series, notice of every such meeting, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting, and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register with respect to such Securities.  With respect to unregistered Securities of any series, notice of every such meeting shall be published in an Authorized Newspaper on two separate days.  Such notice shall be provided not less than 20 nor more than 120 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

SECTION 9.03.   Call of Meetings by Company or Holders.   In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Certified Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least ten percent in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series then Outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series to take any action authorized in Section 9.01 by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have provided the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or the Holders of such Securities in the amount above specified may determine the time and the place in Chicago, Illinois, for such meeting and may call such meeting by providing notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

 

60



 

SECTION 9.04.   Who May Attend and Vote at Meetings.   To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of a particular series of Securities, a person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Securities of such series or (b) be a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Securities of such series.  Subject to Section 8.01, the only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of a particular series of Securities shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

SECTION 9.05.   Regulations May Be Made by Trustee.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a particular series, in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem necessary.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities of such series shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.02 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 8.02.

 

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or such Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting may be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of the particular series then Outstanding represented at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting each Holder of Securities of the particular series or proxy entitled to vote shall have one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security of such series challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Securities of such series held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the person to vote on behalf of other Holders of Securities of the particular series.  At any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 the presence of Persons holding or representing Securities of the particular series in an aggregate principal amount Outstanding sufficient to take action on the business for the transaction of which such meeting was called shall constitute a quorum, but, if less than a quorum be present, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of a majority in principal amount Outstanding of the Securities of such series represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

SECTION 9.06.   Manner of Voting at Meetings and Record to Be Kept .  The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or proxies entitled to vote. 

 

61



 

The chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 9.02.  The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

 

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

SECTION 9.07.   Written Consent in Lieu of Meetings.   The written authorization or consent of the requisite percentage herein provided of Holders of Securities of any series entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of a particular series, evidenced as provided in Article Eight and filed with the Trustee, shall be effective in lieu of a meeting of such Holders with respect to any matter provided for in this Article Nine.

 

SECTION 9.08.   No Delay of Rights by Meeting .  Nothing in this Article Nine contained shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities of such series under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Securities of such series.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 10.01.   Purposes for Which Supplemental Indentures May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders .  The Company, when authorized by a Certified Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as then in effect) for one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a)            to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company pursuant to Article Eleven;

 

(b)            to appoint one or more additional or separate trustees to act under this Indenture in the manner and to the extent contemplated by Section 7.15;

 

(c)            to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the Holders of Securities of any or all series as the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the

 

62



 

protection of the Holders of Securities of such series, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default of any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth with respect to Securities of such series; provided, however , that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision with respect to Securities of such series, such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount Outstanding of the Securities of such series to waive such default;

 

(d)            to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture, provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision, unless such change or elimination would not adversely affect such provision as applied to such Securities created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture;

 

(e)            to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture; to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee; or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture as shall not adversely affect the interests of Holders of Securities of any series;

 

(f)             to modify, amend or supplement this Indenture to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.05 and 11.01;

 

(g)            to provide for the issuance of unregistered Securities, or for the exchangeability of registered Securities of any series with unregistered Securities of a series issued hereunder, or vice versa, and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose;

 

(h)            to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Securities of a series having any form or terms contemplated by Sections 2.01 and 2.02; and

 

(i)             to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.15.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of

 

63



 

any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any Securities of any series then Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

 

SECTION 10.02.   Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of a Majority in Principal Amount of Securities.   With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series then Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by a Certified Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of the particular series (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture relating to such series or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of the particular series; provided, however , that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the Stated Maturity of any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of any interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of Stated Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02, or change the currency or currency unit in which any Security is payable, without the consent of the Holder of each Security so affected, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of all Securities of each affected series.

 

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any series not so affected.

 

Upon a Company Request, accompanied by a Certified Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture relating to Securities of a particular series, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders of Securities of the particular series as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the Holders of Securities of a particular series to approve under this Section 10.02 the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Securities, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

64



 

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.02, the Company shall mail a notice thereof by first-class mail to the Holders of registered Securities of each series affected thereby at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register for such Securities, or, in the case of unregistered Securities, shall give notice in the manner provided in Section 5.04 hereof, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.  Any failure of the Company to provide such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

SECTION 10.03.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures.   Upon the execution and delivery of any supplemental indenture with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended with respect to the affected series of Securities in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Securities of the series affected shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.03, may regard an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such supplemental indenture with respect to any series of Securities complies with the provisions of this Article Ten.

 

SECTION 10.04.   Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures .  Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution, pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten, of any supplemental indenture with respect to any series of Securities may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in the form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  New Securities of the affected series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture with respect to such series of Securities may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of the particular series then Outstanding.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE OR LEASE

 

SECTION 11.01.   Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms .  The Company may consolidate with, or merge into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person, provided that in any such case, (i) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, lease or conveyance all or substantially all of the Company’s assets shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or a State thereof or the District of Columbia and such corporation shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any interest on all the Securities, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the

 

65



 

Company by supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such corporation, and (ii) immediately after such merger or consolidation, or such sale, lease or conveyance, no Event of Default or no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

The Company may not consolidate with, merge into, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person, if as a result of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, any property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior thereto would be subjected to a lien, unless (a) simultaneously therewith or prior thereto effective provision shall be made for the securing (equally and ratably with any other indebtedness of or guaranteed by the Company then entitled thereto) of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all of the Securities equally and ratably with (or prior to) the debt secured by such lien, or (b) the Company would be permitted to create such lien pursuant to Section 4.05 or 4.07 without equally and ratably securing the Securities.

 

SECTION 11.02.   Successor Corporation to Be Substituted.   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease referred to in Section 11.01 and upon the assumption by the successor corporation or entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all of the Securities and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, such successor corporation or entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named here in as a party.  Such successor corporation or entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of Whitman Corporation any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee: and, upon the order of such successor corporation or entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions or limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities which previously should have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities which such successor corporation or entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose.  All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.  In the event of any such sale or conveyance, but not any such lease, the Company or any successor corporation or entity which shall theretofore have such in the manner described in this Article Eleven shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease referred to in Section 11.01, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

SECTION 11.03.   Opinion of Counsel to Be Given Trustee .  The Trustee, subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.03, shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article Eleven.

 

66



 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS

 

SECTION 12.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  If at any time (a) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of any series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 or Securities for which payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company as provided in Section 12.05), or (b) all Securities of any series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee as trust funds in money the entire amount sufficient to pay at Stated Maturity or upon redemption all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal (and premium, if any) and interest due or to become due at Stated Maturity or on such redemption date, as the case may be, and if in either case the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.06, 2.08, 4.02, 4.04, 5.01, 7.07, 7.11, 7.12, 12.02 and Article Three of this Indenture, so long as any principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities remains unpaid and, thereafter, only the Company’s rights and obligations under Sections 4.04 and 7.07) and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 14.05 and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.07 shall survive.

 

SECTION 12.02.   Defeasance and Discharge of Securities or Certain Obligations .  Notwithstanding Section 12.01 and except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01, this Section 12.02 shall be applicable to the Securities of any series:

 

(a)            The Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the Outstanding Securities of that series, the provisions of this Indenture as it relates to such Outstanding Securities (except as to (i) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (1) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any installment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the Securities of that series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities, (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.06, 2.08, 4.02, 4.04, 5.01, 7.07, 7.11, 7.12, 12.02 and Article Three of this Indenture, so long as any principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities remains unpaid and, thereafter, only the Company’s rights and obligations under Sections 4.04 and 7.07, and (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities at the Trustee with respect to such series) shall no longer be in effect, and the Trustee, at the

 

67



 

expense of the Company, shall, upon a Company Direction, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same, provided that the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(1)            With reference to this Section 12.02(a), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee irrevocably (subject to the provisions of Section 12.02(c) and the last paragraph of Section 6.06), as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series, (A) money in an amount, or (B) Government Obligations which, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, without consideration of any reinvestment thereof, will provide not later than the opening of business on the due date of any payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) below of this subparagraph (1) money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, after payment of all taxes in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities of that series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or any date fixed for redemption of such Outstanding Securities and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities;

 

(2)            the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable in respect of such Securities, and such payment and the deposit set forth in subparagraph (1) above will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound,

 

(3)            no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and no Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

 

(4)            the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel of recognized national standing to the effect that Holders of the Securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge, and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; and

 

68



 

(5)            the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent in this Indenture provided for relating to the defeasance and discharge of the entire indebtedness on all Outstanding Securities of any such series as contemplated by this Section 12.02(a) have been complied with.

 

(b)            The Company may omit to comply with, and shall be released from its obligations under, any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and Article Eleven, and Section 6.01(4) with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and Article Eleven shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Securities of that series, provided, that the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(1)            with reference to this Section 12.02(b), the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee irrevocably (subject to the provisions of Section 12.02(c) and the last paragraph of Section 6.06), as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series, (A) money in an amount, or (B) Government Obligations which, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, without consideration of any reinvestment thereof, will provide not later than the opening of business on the due date of any payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) below of this subparagraph (1) money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, after payment of all taxes in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities of that series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or any date fixed for redemption of such Outstanding Securities and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities;

 

(2)            such deposit shall not cause the Trustee with respect to the Securities of that series to have a conflicting interest for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 with respect to the Securities of any series;

 

(3)            such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(4)            no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and no Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default

 

69



 

under Section 6.01(5) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

 

(5)            the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel of recognized national standing to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain obligations and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred, and

 

(6)            the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent in this Indenture provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 12.02(b) have been complied with.

 

(c)            The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a Company Direction any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Section 12.02 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such money or Government Obligations were deposited or received.

 

SECTION 12.03.   Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities .  All moneys with respect to a particular series of Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 or Section 12.02 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including, except in the case of Section 12.02(a), the Company acting as its own paying agent), to the Holders of Securities of such series for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal (and premium, if any) and interest.

 

SECTION 12.04.   Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent.   In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any paying agent (other than the Trustee, if the Trustee is serving as a paying agent) under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon a Company Direction, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

 

SECTION 12.05.   Repayment of Moneys Held by Trustee.   Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities of any series and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders of Securities of that series for two years after the date upon which the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such paying agent by Company Direction; and the Holders of any of the Securities of that series entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent with respect to such moneys, and all liability of the Company as

 

70



 

trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease provided, however , that the Trustee or such paying agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks (in each case on any day of the week) in an Authorized Newspaper, a notice that such moneys have not been so applied and that after a date named therein any unclaimed balance of said moneys then remaining will be returned to the Company.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS
AND EMPLOYEES

 

SECTION 13.01.   Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers, Directors and Employees of Company Exempt from Individual Liability .  No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, or of any Security or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director or employee, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers, directors or employees, as such, of the Company or of any successor corporation, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability, either at common law or on equity or by constitution or statute of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, stockholder, officer, director or employee, as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the issue of Securities hereunder.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 14.01.   Successors and Assigns of Company Bound by Indenture.   All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or in behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

SECTION 14.02.   Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Corporation Valid.   Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at that time be the successor of the Company.

 

71



 

SECTION 14.03.   Required Notices or Demand.   Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture, any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by any Holders to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited postage prepaid in a post office letter box in the United States addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Trustee), as follows: Whitman Corporation, 3501 Algonquin Road, Rolling Meadows, Illinois 60008, to the attention of the Secretary.  Any notice, direction, request or demand by the Company or by any Holder to or upon the Trustee may be given or made, for all purposes, by being deposited postage prepaid in a post office letter box in the United States addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.  Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Holder of registered Securities of any series by the Company or the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture shall be deemed to be properly mailed by being deposited postage prepaid in a post office letter box in the United States addressed to such Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the Security Register for the particular series of Securities.  Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Holder of unregistered Securities of any series shall be deemed to be properly given if such notice is published at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Chicago, Illinois or New York City or such other city as shall be specified with respect to such Securities.

 

SECTION 14.04.   Indenture and Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of Illinois.   This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Illinois, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State.  The descriptive headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 14.05.   Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Request by the Company.   Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any application or request as to which the furnishing of any such document is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such application or request, no additional certificate or opinion, as the case may be, need be furnished.

 

Each certificate (other than an annual certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.08) or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:  (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

72



 

SECTION 14.06.   Payments Due on Non-Business Days .  In any case where the date of maturity of interest on or principal of any Security or the date fixed for redemption of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

 

SECTION 14.07.   Moneys of Different Currencies To be Segregated.   The Trustee shall segregate moneys, funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder in one currency (or unit thereof) from any moneys, funds or accounts in any other currencies (or units thereof), notwithstanding any provision herein which would otherwise permit the Trustee to commingle such amounts.

 

SECTION 14.08.   Payment to Be in Proper Currency .  Other than as provided herein or in a Security, an Officers’ Certificate or a supplemental indenture, the obligation of the Company to make any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Security shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender by the Company, or collection by the Trustee, in any currency or currency unit other than that in which such Security is denominated (the “Specified Currency”), except to the extent that the Trustee timely holds for such payment the full amount of the Specified Currency when due and payable.  If any such tender or collection is made in other than the Specified Currency, the Trustee may take such actions as it considers appropriate to exchange such other currency or currency unit for the Specified Currency.  The costs and risks of any such exchange, including without limitation the risks of delay and exchange rate fluctuation, shall be borne by the Company, the company shall remain fully liable for any shortfall or delinquency in the full amount of the Specified Currency then due and payable and in no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable therefor.  The Company waives any defense of payment based upon any such tender or collection which is not in the Specified Currency, or which, when exchanged for the Specified Currency by the Trustee, is less than the full amount of the Specified Currency then due and payable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Specified Currency is not available to make any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on a Security denominated in other than Dollars due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control, the Company shall be entitled to satisfy its obligation by making such payment in Dollars on the basis of the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such payment, or if such Market Exchange Rate is not then available, on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate.  For any Specified Currency, “Market Exchange Rate” shall mean the noon buying rate in New York, New York for cable transfers of such Specified Currency as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

SECTION 14.09.   Provisions Required by Trust Indenture Act of 1939 to Control .  If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed pursuant to Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the imposed duties shall control.

 

73



 

SECTION 14.10.   Indenture May be Executed in Counterparts .  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 14.11.   Separability Clause .  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth.

 

74



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WHITMAN CORPORATION and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WHITMAN CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ WILLIAM B. MOORE

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

Vice President

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ OLGA ISZCZUK

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK

 

OF CHICAGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ JAMIE ARLOW

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

Trust Officer

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ TAMMIE MARSHALL

 

 

Trust Officer

 

 

 

75



 

STATE OF ILLINOIS

)

 

 

)  ss.

 

COUNTY OF COOK

)

 

 

On this 18th day of January, 1993, before me personally came William B. Moore to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides in Northbrook, Illinois; that he is Vice President of WHITMAN CORPORATION, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument, and that he signed his name thereto by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand the day and year in this certificate first above written.

 

 

/s/CONSTANCE M. NORMAN

 

Notary Public

 

 

STATE OF ILLINOIS

)

 

 

)  ss.

 

COUNTY OF COOK

)

 

 

On this 20th day of January, 1993, before me personally came Jamie Arlow to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she resides in Hammond, Indiana; that she is Trust Officer of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument; that she knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said Corporation, and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand the day and year in this certificate first above written.

 

 

/s/THERESA DEPALMA

 

Notary Public

 

76


Exhibit 4.8

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

 

Salaried 401(k) Plan

 

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I            Definitions

1

 

 

 

1.01

“Accounting Period”

1

 

 

 

1.02

“Accounts”

1

 

 

 

1.03

“Accrued Benefit”

3

 

 

 

1.04

“Administrative Committee”

3

 

 

 

1.05

“Administrative Services Agreement”

3

 

 

 

1.06

“Administrator”

4

 

 

 

1.07

“Alternate Payee”

4

 

 

 

1.08

“Appendix”

4

 

 

 

1.09

“Authorized Leave of Absence”

4

 

 

 

1.10

“Beneficiary”

4

 

 

 

1.11

“Board of Directors”

4

 

 

 

1.12

“Business Day”

4

 

 

 

1.13

“CEO”

4

 

 

 

1.14

“Change Date”

4

 

 

 

1.15

“Commonly Controlled Entity”

4

 

 

 

1.16

“Company”

5

 

 

 

1.17

“Company Stock”

5

 

 

 

1.18

“Compensation”

5

 

 

 

1.19

“Computation Period”

6

 

 

 

1.20

“Contract Administrator”

6

 

 

 

1.21

“Contributions”

6

 

 

 

1.22

“Contribution Dollar Limit”

7

 

 

 

1.23

“Contribution Election” or “Election”

7

 

 

 

1.24

“Contribution Percentage”

7

 

 

 

1.25

“Conversion Election”

7

 

 

 

1.26

“Custodial Agreement”

7

 

 

 

1.27

“Custodian”

8

 

 

 

1.28

“Direct Rollover”

8

 

 

 

1.29

“Disability” or “Disabled”

8

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.30

“Distributee”

8

 

 

 

1.31

“Effective Date”

8

 

 

 

1.32

“Elective Deferral”

8

 

 

 

1.33

“Eligible Employee”

8

 

 

 

1.34

“Eligibility Service”

9

 

 

 

1.35

“Eligible Retirement Plan”

9

 

 

 

1.36

“Eligible Rollover Distribution”

10

 

 

 

1.37

“Employee”

10

 

 

 

1.38

“Employer”

10

 

 

 

1.39

“Employment Date”

10

 

 

 

1.40

“ERISA”

10

 

 

 

1.41

“Fiduciary”

10

 

 

 

1.42

“Highly Compensated Eligible Employee” or “HCE”

11

 

 

 

1.43

“Hour of Service”

11

 

 

 

1.44

“Hussmann”

11

 

 

 

1.45

“Hussmann Participant”

11

 

 

 

1.46

“Hussmann Plan”

12

 

 

 

1.47

“Insurance Contract Arrangement”

12

 

 

 

1.48

“Internal Revenue Code” or “Code”

12

 

 

 

1.49

“Investment Election”

12

 

 

 

1.50

“Investment Fund” or “Fund”

12

 

 

 

1.51

“Limited Deferrals”

12

 

 

 

1.52

“Management Committee”

12

 

 

 

1.53

“Midas”

12

 

 

 

1.54

“Midas Participant”

12

 

 

 

1.55

“Midas Plan”

13

 

 

 

1.56

“Named Fiduciary”

13

 

 

 

1.57

“Non-Highly Compensated Employee” or “NHCE”

13

 

 

 

1.58

“Normal Retirement Date”

13

 

 

 

1.59

“Notice Date”

13

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.60

“Participant”

13

 

 

 

1.61

“Payment Date”

13

 

 

 

1.62

“Plan”

14

 

 

 

1.63

“Plan Administrator”

14

 

 

 

1.64

“Plan Year”

14

 

 

 

1.65

“QDRO”

14

 

 

 

1.66

“Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”

14

 

 

 

1.67

“Related Plan”

14

 

 

 

1.68

“Rollover Contribution”

14

 

 

 

1.69

“Senior Vice President”

15

 

 

 

1.70

“Settlement Date”

15

 

 

 

1.71

“Spousal Consent”

15

 

 

 

1.72

“Spouse”

15

 

 

 

1.73

“Sweep Date”

15

 

 

 

1.74

“Termination of Employment”

15

 

 

 

1.75

“Trade Date”

16

 

 

 

1.76

“Trust”

16

 

 

 

1.77

“Trust Agreement”

16

 

 

 

1.78

“Trust Fund”

16

 

 

 

1.79

“Trustee”

16

 

 

 

1.80

“Trustee Transfer”

16

 

 

 

1.81

“Unit Value”

16

 

 

 

1.82

“Valuation Date”

16

 

 

 

1.83

“Year of Service”

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE II           Participation

17

 

 

 

2.01

Eligibility

17

 

 

 

2.02

Reemployment

18

 

 

 

2.03

Participation Upon Change of Job Status

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE III          Participant Contributions

18

 

 

 

3.01

Pre-Tax Contribution Election

18

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

3.02

Election Procedures

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV          Employer Contributions and Allocations

20

 

 

 

4.01

Pre-Tax Contributions

20

 

 

 

4.02

Matching Contributions

20

 

 

 

4.03

Pay Based Contributions

21

 

 

 

4.04

Special Contributions or QNEC Contributions

22

 

 

 

4.05

Miscellaneous

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE V           Rollovers

23

 

 

 

5.01

Rollovers

23

 

 

 

5.02

Transfers

23

 

 

 

5.03

Hurricane Katrina Distribution Recontribution

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI          Accounting for Participants’ Accounts and for Investment Funds

24

 

 

 

6.01

Individual Participant Accounting

24

 

 

 

6.02

Accounting for Investment Funds

25

 

 

 

6.03

Accounts for Alternate Payees

26

 

 

 

6.04

Transition Rules

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII        Investment Funds and Elections

27

 

 

 

7.01

Investment of Contributions

27

 

 

 

7.02

Investment of Accounts

27

 

 

 

7.03

Investment Funds

28

 

 

 

7.04

Transition Rules

28

 

 

 

7.05

Restricted Investment Funds

29

 

 

 

7.06

Risk of Loss

29

 

 

 

7.07

Interests in the Investment Funds

29

 

 

 

7.08

Sole Source of Benefits

29

 

 

 

7.09

Alternate Payees

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII       Vesting and Forfeitures

29

 

 

 

8.01

Fully Vested Contribution Accounts

29

 

 

 

8.02

Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After Retirement or Disability

30

 

iv



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

8.03

Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures

30

 

 

 

8.04

Forfeitures

30

 

 

 

8.05

Forfeiture Account

31

 

 

 

8.06

Break in Service

31

 

 

 

8.07

Authorized Leave of Absence

32

 

 

 

8.08

Transfers

32

 

 

 

8.09

Reemployment

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX         Participant Loans

33

 

 

 

9.01

Participant Loans Permitted

33

 

 

 

9.02

Loan Funding Limits

33

 

 

 

9.03

Maximum Number of Loans

34

 

 

 

9.04

Source of Loan Funding

34

 

 

 

9.05

Interest Rate

34

 

 

 

9.06

Repayment

34

 

 

 

9.07

Repayment Hierarchy

34

 

 

 

9.08

Loan Application, Note and Security

35

 

 

 

9.09

Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE X           In-Service Withdrawals

35

 

 

 

10.01

Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship

35

 

 

 

10.02

Withdrawals for Participants over age 59½ or who are Disabled

37

 

 

 

10.03

Withdrawals of Mature Amounts

38

 

 

 

10.04

Withdrawal Processing

38

 

 

 

10.05

Transfer of Accounts

39

 

 

 

10.06

Withdrawals for Hurricane Katrina Victims

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI         Distributions On and After Termination of Employment

40

 

 

 

11.01

Request for Distribution of Benefits

40

 

 

 

11.02

Deadline for Distribution

40

 

 

 

11.03

Payment Form and Medium

41

 

 

 

11.04

Small Amounts Paid Immediately

41

 

 

 

11.05

Payment Within Life Expectancy

41

 

v



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

11.06

Incidental Benefit Rule

41

 

 

 

11.07

Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on the Effective Date

42

 

 

 

11.08

TEFRA Transitional Rule

42

 

 

 

11.09

Direct Rollover

42

 

 

 

11.10

Delay

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII        Distribution of Accrued Benefits On Death

43

 

 

 

12.01

Payment to Beneficiary

43

 

 

 

12.02

Beneficiary Designation

43

 

 

 

12.03

Benefit Election

44

 

 

 

12.04

Payment Form

44

 

 

 

12.05

Required Commencement of Distribution

44

 

 

 

12.06

Direct Rollover

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII       Maximum Contributions

49

 

 

 

13.01

Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions

49

 

 

 

13.02

Actual Deferral Percentage Test

50

 

 

 

13.03

Actual Contribution Percentage Test

51

 

 

 

13.04

Maximum Contributions

52

 

 

 

13.05

Imposition of Limitations

52

 

 

 

13.06

Return of Excess Annual Additions, Deferrals and Contributions

52

 

 

 

13.07

Incorporation by Reference

56

 

 

 

13.08

Additional Special Contributions

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV       Custodial Arrangements

57

 

 

 

14.01

Custodial Agreement

57

 

 

 

14.02

Selection of Custodian

57

 

 

 

14.03

Custodian’s Duties

57

 

 

 

14.04

Separate Entity

57

 

 

 

14.05

Plan Asset Valuation

58

 

 

 

14.06

Right of Employers to Plan Assets

58

 

vi



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV        Administration and Investment Management

58

 

 

 

15.01

General

58

 

 

 

15.02

Senior Vice President Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust

59

 

 

 

15.03

Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust

60

 

 

 

15.04

Management Committee and Administrator as Named Fiduciaries for the Plan

61

 

 

 

15.05

Management Committee as Named Fiduciary for the Trust

61

 

 

 

15.06

Actions

61

 

 

 

15.07

Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary

62

 

 

 

15.08

Compensation

62

 

 

 

15.09

Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary

62

 

 

 

15.10

Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding Administration of the Plan

63

 

 

 

15.11

Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility

64

 

 

 

15.12

Bonding

65

 

 

 

15.13

Information to be Supplied by Employer

65

 

 

 

15.14

Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary

65

 

 

 

15.15

Misrepresentations

66

 

 

 

15.16

Records

66

 

 

 

15.17

Plan Expenses

66

 

 

 

15.18

Fiduciary Capacity

66

 

 

 

15.19

Employer’s Agent

66

 

 

 

15.20

Plan Administrator

66

 

 

 

15.21

Plan Administrator Duties and Power

66

 

 

 

15.22

Named Fiduciary Decisions Final

67

 

 

 

15.23

No Agency

67

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVI       Claims Procedure

68

 

 

 

16.01

Claims Procedure

68

 

 

 

16.02

Notices to Participants, Etc

72

 

 

 

16.03

Notices to Administrator

72

 

vii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

16.04

Administrator’s Discretion

72

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVII     Adoption and Withdrawal from Plan

72

 

 

 

17.01

Procedure for Adoption

72

 

 

 

17.02

Procedure for Withdrawal

73

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVIII    Amendment, Termination and Merger

73

 

 

 

18.01

Amendments

73

 

 

 

18.02

Plan Termination

75

 

 

 

18.03

Plan Merger

75

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIX      Special Top-Heavy Rules

77

 

 

 

19.01

Application of Article XIX

77

 

 

 

19.02

Definitions Concerning Top-Heavy Status

78

 

 

 

19.03

Calculation of Top-Heavy Ratio

79

 

 

 

19.04

Effect of Top-Heavy Status

79

 

 

 

19.05

Effect of Discontinuance of Top-Heavy Status

80

 

 

 

19.06

Intent of Article XIX

80

 

 

 

ARTICLE XX        Miscellaneous Provisions

80

 

 

 

20.01

Assignment and Alienation

80

 

 

 

20.02

Protected Benefits

80

 

 

 

20.03

Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights

80

 

 

 

20.04

Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable

81

 

 

 

20.05

Facility of Payment

81

 

 

 

20.06

Source of Benefits

81

 

 

 

20.07

Indemnification

81

 

 

 

20.08

Reduction for Overpayment

81

 

 

 

20.09

Limitation on Liability

81

 

 

 

20.10

Company Merger

82

 

 

 

20.11

Employees’ Trust

82

 

 

 

20.12

Gender and Number

82

 

 

 

20.13

Invalidity of Certain Provisions

82

 

 

 

20.14

Headings

82

 

viii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

20.15

Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment

82

 

 

 

20.16

Law Governing

82

 

 

 

20.17

Military Service

82

 

 

 

20.18

Notice and Information Requirements

82

 

 

 

APPENDIX 1.50   INVESTMENT FUNDS

1

 

ix



 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms used throughout the Plan, and whenever used herein in a capitalized form, except as otherwise expressly provided, the terms shall be deemed to have the following meanings:

 

1.01        “Accounting Period” means the periods designated by the Administrator with respect to each Investment Fund, not to exceed one year in duration.

 

1.02        “Accounts” means the record of a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets represented by his or her:

 

(a)           “Catch-Up Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Catch-up Contributions allocated on or after July 1, 2002 to the Participant under the Plan, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(b)           “ESOP Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of the amount allocated under the Plan, as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including amounts allocated from the Whitman Employee Stock Ownership Plan , if any, which continue to be accounted for under the Plan consistent with the former provisions of the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(c)           “Former Matching Contribution Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of the amount allocated under the Plan prior to January 1, 1994, if any (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(d)           “Matching Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Matching Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 1994 and Pay Based Contributions allocated on and after January 1, 2002 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(e)           “Pay Based Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Pay Based Contributions allocated on or after the

 



 

Effective Date to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(f)            “Post-Tax Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of post-tax contributions made prior to the Effective Date, an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(g)           “Pre-Tax Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Pre-Tax Contributions allocated on or after the Effective Date to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Pepsi-Cola General Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc. and Beverage Bottlers Inc. 401(k) Plan , if any, including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, and an amount allocated from the Pepsi-Co Long Term Savings Program , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(h)           “QVEC Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(i)            “Rollover Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Rollover Contributions allocated on or after the Effective Date to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(j)            “Special Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Special Contributions allocated on or after the Effective Date to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including

 

2



 

an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(k)           “TRASOP Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of the amount allocated under the Plan as of the Effective Date, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including amounts allocated from the Whitman Corporation Tax Reduction Act Stock Ownership Plan, if any, which continue to be accounted for under the Plan consistent with the former provisions of the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

With respect to an Alternate Payee or Beneficiary, references to Accounts will be deemed to be references to all or that portion of a Participant’s Catch-up Account, ESOP Account, Former Matching Contribution Account, Matching Account, Pay Based Account, Post-Tax Account, Pre-Tax Account, QVEC Account, Rollover Account, Special Account and TRASOP Account which, under the terms of the Plan, has been allocated to an Account maintained for such Alternate Payee or Beneficiary, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses and withdrawals charged to, such Account.  References herein to Accounts will also be deemed to include each of a Participant’s Accounts and references herein to an Account will be deemed to include any or each of the Participant’s Accounts.

 

Effective on and after August 5, 1999, a Participant’s Accounts will be reduced by the amounts allowed under Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) of the Code for crimes against the Plan.

 

Notwithstanding the above, each of the Accounts for each Hussmann Participant and Midas Participant shall be reduced to zero effective as of the date of transfer of liabilities and assets of such Accounts to the Hussmann Plan and Midas Plan, respectively.

 

1.03        “Accrued Benefit” means the shares or units held in or posted to Accounts on the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this Plan, including any applicable Administrative Services Agreement.

 

1.04        “Administrative Committee” means the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan to manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan.  Administrative Committee means the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Trust as the Named Fiduciary for the investment of Plan assets in the Trust.  The Management Committee has assumed the responsibilities of the Administrative Committee.

 

1.05        “Administrative Services Agreement” means a contractual arrangement with, or if no separate contractual arrangement exists, that portion of an

 

3



 

Insurance Contract Arrangement with, a Trustee, Named Fiduciary or a Contract Administrator which describes the services to be rendered by the Trustee, Named Fiduciary or Contract Administrator to or on behalf of the Plan and which Administrative Services Agreement is incorporated into and made a part of the Plan.

 

1.06        “Administrator” means the Senior Vice-President-Human Resources of PepsiAmericas, Inc., or any person who shall succeed to the functional responsibilities of said office.  The Administrator shall manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

1.07        “Alternate Payee” means an individual who is entitled to all or a portion of a Participant’s Account pursuant to a QDRO.

 

1.08        “Appendix” means a written supplement attached to this Plan and made a part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

1.09        “Authorized Leave of Absence” means an absence, with or without Compensation, authorized on a nondiscriminatory basis by a Commonly Controlled Entity under its standard personnel practices applicable to the Employee, including any period of time during which such person is covered by a short-term disability plan of his or her Employer.  An Employee who leaves the service of a Commonly Controlled Entity to enter the Armed Forces of the United States of America and who reenters the service of the Commonly Controlled Entity with reemployment rights under any statute granting reemployment rights to persons in the Armed Forces shall be deemed to have been on an Authorized Leave of Absence.  The date that an Employee’s Authorized Leave of Absence ends shall be determined in accordance with the personnel policies of such Commonly Controlled Entity, which ending date shall be no earlier than the date that the Authorized Leave of Absence is scheduled to end, unless the Employee communicates to such Commonly Controlled Entity that he or she is to have a Termination of Employment as of an earlier date.

 

1.10        “Beneficiary” means any person designated by a Participant (or a Beneficiary of a Participant) to receive any benefits which shall be payable with respect to the death of a Participant under the Plan or as a result of a QDRO.

 

1.11        “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.12        “Business Day” means any day or part of a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Trustee are open for business.

 

1.13        “CEO” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1.14        “Change Date” means the one or more dates during the Plan Year designated by the Administrator as the dates available for implementing or changing a Participant’s Contribution Election.

 

1.15        “Commonly Controlled Entity” means: (1) an Employer and any corporation, trade or business, but only for so long as it and the Employer are members

 

4



 

of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code or under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code; provided, however, that solely for purposes of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, the standard of control under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code shall be deemed to be “more than 50%” rather than “at least 80%;” (2) an Employer and an organization, but only for so long as it and the Employer are, on and after the Effective Date, members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code; (3) an Employer and an organization, but only for so long as the employees of it and the Employer are required to be aggregated, on and after the Effective Date, under Section 414(o) of the Code; or (4) any other organization designated as such by the Senior Vice President.

 

1.16        “Company” means PepsiAmericas, Inc. or any successor corporation by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise which elects to adopt the Plan and the Trust.

 

1.17        “Company Stock” means common stock issued by PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

1.18        “Compensation” means:

 

(a)           for purposes of allocating Contributions and for purposes of applying Section 415 of the Code to the Plan and its Participants for any limitation year, such compensation, as determined by the Administrator and satisfying the definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3)); provided however, for purposes of allocating Contributions, a car allowance paid to an HCE shall be excluded;

 

(b)           for any determination period with respect to an applicable provision of the Code other than Section 415, such compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and which satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code; and

 

(c)           For purposes of the definition of “Compensation” hereunder:

 

(1)           an amount included in an individual’s final paycheck for employment as an Eligible Employee will be treated as if it were paid to an Eligible Employee, if it paid during a Plan Year in which the individual is an Eligible Employee, even though, on the date he receives the paycheck, the individual no longer is an Eligible Employee;

 

(2)           an amount that should have been paid in a manner that met the requirements imposed by this Section 1.18 (as modified by subsection (c)(1), above), but that was mistakenly paid in a different manner, will be treated as meeting the requirements imposed by this Section 1.18;

 

(3)           all amounts paid in settlement (including, but not limited to, amounts paid for front and back pay and emotional distress) to an Eligible Employee will be excluded from the definition of Compensation hereunder unless otherwise ordered pursuant to the final decision of the presiding court,

 

5



 

arbitrator, or administrative agency after all available appeals have been exhausted; and

 

(4)           if it is not entirely clear whether an item of remuneration meets the requirements of subsection (c)(2) or (c)(3), above, the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether the item meets the requirements of such subsection (c)(2) or (c)(3), above.

 

(d)           In addition to other applicable limitations that may be set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other contrary provision of the Plan, annual Compensation taken into account under the Plan for the purpose of calculating the Contributions to the Plan by or in respect of a Participant for any Plan Year will not exceed the applicable compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted.

 

For purposes of the definition of Compensation under this Section 1.18, amounts under Section 125 of the Code include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that such Participant has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Section 125 of the Code only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan

 

1.19        “Computation Period” means with respect to Eligibility Service, the twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing with an Employee’s Employment Date and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employment Date and each subsequent Plan Year.

 

1.20        “Contract Administrator” means each individual and entity designated by the Senior Vice President or a Named Fiduciary, pursuant to this Plan, to render services to the Plan or Trust as a Fiduciary.

 

1.21        “Contributions” means amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer or an Eligible Employee.  Specific types of contributions include:

 

(a)           Catch-Up .  An amount of Contributions for a Plan Year (prior to the application of this Section 1.21(a)) pursuant to a Participant’s Contribution Election which exceeds the lowest of the following three amounts for such Plan Year: (i) the maximum actual deferral percentage described in Section 13.02 multiplied by the Participant’s Compensation; (ii) the percentage limitation on Pre-Tax Contributions described in Section 3.01(a) multiplied by the Participant’s Compensation, or (iii) the Contribution Dollar Limit or other limit contained in the Code on annual additions permitted to be made under the Plan (without regard to Section 414(v) of the Code), provided, however, that the amount of Catch-up Contributions added to the account of any Participant for a Plan Year under this Plan or under any similar provision of any other plan maintained by the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity may not exceed the applicable dollar limit described in Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as adjusted in accordance with Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code. The determination as to

 

6



 

whether the Contributions made on behalf of a Participant exceed one of the limitations described in the preceding sentence shall be determined as of the last day of such Plan Year, and any portion of such Contributions determined to be Catch-up Contributions shall be allocated to the Participant’s Catch-up Account as of the last day of such Plan Year. Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.01(d) which do not exceed one of the limitations described in the first sentence of this Section 1.21(a) shall be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions. Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account in applying the limits described in Sections 13.01, 13.02, 13.05, 13.07, 13.08, Article XIX, or Section 414(v) of the Code.

 

(b)           “Matching” .  An amount contributed by the Employer based upon the amount contributed by the eligible Participant.

 

(c)           “Pay Based” .  An amount contributed by the Employer and allocated on a pay based formula to eligible Participants’ Accounts.

 

(d)           “Pre-Tax” .  An amount contributed on a pre-tax basis in conjunction with a Participant’s Code Section 401(k) salary deferral agreement.

 

(e)           “Rollover” .  An amount contributed as a Rollover Contribution.

 

(f)            “Special” .  An amount contributed by the Employer to avoid prohibited discrimination under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.  Also known as QNEC Contributions.

 

1.22        “Contribution Dollar Limit” means the annual limit imposed on each Participant pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code (as indexed for cost of living adjustments pursuant to Sections 402(g)(5) and 415(d) of the Code).

 

1.23        “Contribution Election” or “Election” means the election made by a Participant to reduce his or her Compensation by an amount equal to the product of his or her Contribution Percentage and such Compensation from the Employer subject to the Contribution Election.

 

1.24        “Contribution Percentage” means the whole integer percentage of a Participant’s Compensation which is to be contributed to the Plan by his or her Employer as a Contribution.

 

1.25        “Conversion Election” means an election by a Participant to change the investment of all or some specified portion of such Participant’s Accounts by voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No Conversion Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

 

1.26        “Custodial Agreement” means the Trust Agreement or an insurance contract to provide for the holding of the assets of the Plan.

 

7



 

1.27        “Custodian” means the Trustee or an insurance company if the contract issued by such company is not held by the Trustee.

 

1.28        “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

 

1.29        “Disability” or “Disabled” means the Participant is disabled for purposes of the Employer’s long term disability plan.

 

1.30        “Distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee.  In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

 

1.31        “Effective Date” means January 1, 2005, the date upon which the provisions of this document become effective.  In general, the provisions of this document only apply to Participants who are Employees on or after the Effective Date.  However, investment and distribution provisions apply to all Participants with Account balances to be invested or distributed after the Effective Date.

 

1.32        “Elective Deferral” means amounts subject to the Contribution Dollar Limit.

 

1.33        “Eligible Employee” means, an Employee of the Employer who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 (including an Employee on an Authorized Leave of Absence) and who is paid on the basis of an annual salary and is exempt from overtime, or is a clerical or other office employee paid on an hourly basis, excluding the following:

 

(a)           an Employee who is a member of a group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, unless a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his or her Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of Employees of which he or she is a member provides for coverage by the Plan;

 

(b)           any person who is considered an Employee solely because of the application of Section 414 of the Code;

 

(c)           any person who is not a U.S. citizen or resident alien;

 

(d)           effective January 1, 1992, any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Whitman Management Incentive Compensation Plan (“MIC Plan”) at any time during the Plan Year which begins on or after the date such Employee is designated by an Employer as being eligible for such MIC Plan; except that, effective as of May 21, 1999: (1) a person who becomes an Employee as the result of the merger of Whitman Corporation and Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc. shall not be subject to this restriction and shall not, therefore, fail to be an Eligible Employee as a consequence of being eligible for the MIC Plan, and (2) with respect to an Employee of Pepsi-Cola

 

8



 

General Bottlers, Inc. (or any subsidiary thereof), this restriction shall lapse in its entirety on the last day of 1999 so that, as of January 1, 2000, no Employee of Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. (or any subsidiary thereof) shall fail to be an Eligible Employee as a consequence of being eligible for the MIC Plan.;

 

(e)           any person who is a temporary employee;

 

(f)            an individual employed pursuant to an agreement providing that the individual is not eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(g)           an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee for purposes of the Employer’s payroll system.  In the event any such individual is reclassified as an Employee for any purpose, including, without limitation, as a common law or statutory employee, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or administrative proceeding, such individual will, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation hereunder and will not be considered an Eligible Employee.  In addition to and not in derogation of the foregoing, the exclusive means for an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee of the Employer on the Employer’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan which specifically renders such individual eligible for participation hereunder;

 

(h)           an Employee whose basic compensation for services on behalf of an Employer is not paid directly by an Employer;

 

(i)            an Employee who is making contributions to or receiving an employer contribution under any other tax-qualified defined contribution pension plan that is sponsored by any Commonly Controlled Entity and that provides for before-tax or after-tax contributions;

 

(j)            an Employee who is eligible to participate in any other qualified retirement savings plan in which the Employer participates; and

 

(k)           an individual who is incarcerated and is on a work release program.

 

1.34        “Eligibility Service” means the sum of an Employee’s Years of Service.

 

1.35        “Eligible Retirement Plan” means an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Section 457(e)(1)(A) of the Code (but, only if such employer agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan), an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code which accepts a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. This definition of Eligible Retirement Plan will also apply to in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO.

 

9



 

1.36         “Eligible Rollover Distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; or any hardship withdrawal, whether described in Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder or otherwise. The portion of a distribution which consists of post-tax contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred only in a trustee-to-trustee transfer and may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

1.37         “Employee” means any person who renders services as a common law employee to a Commonly Controlled Entity or is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, including the period of time before which the trade or business became a Commonly Controlled Entity, but excluding the period of time after which it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.  No person who was hired through a temporary agency (including but not limited to any leased Employee) shall be considered an Employee and no person, the terms of whose services are governed by an independent contractor or consulting agreement with an Employer, shall be considered an Employee except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary in such agreement; provided, however, any individual considered an Employee of a Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 414(n) of the Code shall be deemed employed by the Commonly Controlled Entity for which the individual performed services.

 

1.38         “Employer” means the Company and any Commonly Controlled Entity which has adopted the Plan; provided, that an entity will cease to be an Employer when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity; provided further, Hussmann and Midas will cease to be an Employer effective January 1, 1998.

 

1.39         “Employment Date” means the day an Employee first earns an Hour of Service.

 

1.40         “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Reference to any specific Section shall include such Section, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section.

 

1.41         “Fiduciary” means: (a) any individual or entity who performs a Fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in accordance with Section 3(21) of ERISA; (b) such individual or entity which the Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, designates to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to such person’s authority to control

 

10



 

and manage the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust; or (c) such individual or entity which a Named Fiduciary, acting on behalf of the Plan, designates to be a Fiduciary with respect to such person’s authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

 

1.42         “Highly Compensated Eligible Employee” or “HCE” means an Eligible Employee who is a “highly compensated employee” within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code (determined as if the election described in Section 414(q)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code has not been made), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.43         “Hour of Service” means, as it applies to Computation Periods, each hour for which an Employee is entitled to:

 

(a)            payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly Controlled Entity;

 

(b)            payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, sickness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, leave of absence, jury duty or military service;

 

(c)            back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or agreement with any Commonly Controlled Entity (and these hours shall be credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

 

(d)            no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and these hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours per week or a 40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

 

The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Sections 2530.200b-2 and 3.  An equivalent number of hours shall be credited for each payroll period in which the full-time Employee would be credited with at least 1 hour.  The payroll period equivalencies are 190 hours monthly.

 

With respect to a person who becomes an Employee as the result of the merger of Whitman Corporation and Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc., Hours of Service shall include each hour which would have been an Hour of Service prior to May 21, 1999, if Commonly Controlled Entity was determined by reference to include Heartland Territories Holdings, Inc. rather than the Company.

 

1.44         “Hussmann” means Hussmann Corporation or a subsidiary of Hussmann Corporation.

 

1.45         “Hussmann Participant” means a person who: (1) has a balance in one or more of the Accounts or had accrued a right to have a balance in one or more of the Accounts; and (2) is an Employee of Hussmann or a person whose last employment

 

11



 

with a Commonly Controlled Entity was with Hussmann, or a Beneficiary of either such person.

 

1.46         “Hussmann Plan” means the Hussmann Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees.

 

1.47         “Insurance Contract Arrangement” means a contractual arrangement of one or more contracts with an entity, whether or not subject to the applicable regulations of a State regarding reserve requirements, which assumes the risk of payment of a Benefit primarily from its assets and which Insurance Contract Arrangement is incorporated and made a part of this Plan, but only to the extent it is specifically referred to herein and is not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Plan.

 

1.48         “Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any subsequent Internal Revenue Code and final Treasury Regulations.  If there is a subsequent Internal Revenue Code, any references herein to Internal Revenue Code Sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable Sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

 

1.49         “Investment Election” means an election by which a Participant directs the investment of his or her Contributions by voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No Investment Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

 

1.50         “Investment Fund” or “Fund” means one or more collective investment funds, a pool of assets, or deposits with the Custodian, a mutual fund, insurance contract, or managed pool of assets.  The Investment Funds authorized by the Administrator are listed in Appendix 1.50.

 

1.51         “Limited Deferrals” means Elective Deferrals subject to the limits of Section 401(a)(30) of the Code.

 

1.52         “Management Committee” means, the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Trust as the Named Fiduciary for the investment of Plan assets in the Trust.

 

1.53         “Midas” means Midas International Corporation or a subsidiary of Midas International Corporation.

 

1.54         “Midas Participant” means a person who: (1) has a balance in one or more of the Accounts or had accrued a right to have a balance in one or more of the Accounts; and (2) is an Employee of Midas or a person whose last employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity was with Midas, or a Beneficiary of either such person.

 

12



 

1.55         “Midas Plan” means the Midas International Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees.

 

1.56         “Named Fiduciary” means:

 

(a)            with respect to the authority each has over management and control of the Plan’s administration and operation or discretionary authority and control it may have with respect to the Plan, the Administrator and such other person who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to Article XV;

 

(b)            with respect to the management and control of the Plan’s assets or the discretionary authority it may have with respect to the Plan’s assets, the Trustee, the Management Committee, and other such person who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to Article XV.

 

1.57         “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” or “NHCE” means an Employee who is not an HCE.

 

1.58         “Normal Retirement Date” means the date a Participant attains sixty-five (65) years of age.

 

1.59         “Notice Date” means the date established by the responsible Named Fiduciary as the deadline for it to receive notification with respect to an administrative matter in order to be processed as of a Change Date designated by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

 

1.60         “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in the Plan after completing the eligibility requirements.  A Participant’s participation continues until his or her Termination of Employment and his or her Accrued Benefit is distributed or forfeited; provided however, each Hussmann Participant and Midas Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the date of transfer of assets and liabilities to the Hussmann Plan or Midas Plan, respectively.

 

1.61         “Payment Date” means the date on or after the Settlement Date on which a Participant’s Accrued Benefit is distributed or commences to be distributed, which date shall be at least the minimum number of days required by law, if any, after the date the Participant has received any notice required by law, if any.

 

If a distribution is one to which Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Section 401(a)(11) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

 

(a)            the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and

 

(b)            the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

13



 

Notwithstanding the determination of a Payment Date hereunder and effective with respect to an Employee who becomes a Participant prior to July 1, 2001, and prior to the later of July 1, 2001 or the 90 th day after Participants have been furnished with a summary of the Plan amendment which eliminates annuities as a form of distribution herein and satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2520.104b-3, distribution in accordance with an affirmative election will not commence before the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

 

1.62         “Plan” means the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan, as set forth herein and as hereafter may be amended from time to time.

 

1.63         “Plan Administrator” means the person appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan to have responsibility and control over the management, administration and operation of the Plan, as provided herein.

 

1.64         “Plan Year” means the Annual Accounting period of the Plan and Trust which ends on each December 31.

 

1.65         “QDRO” means a domestic relations order which the Administrator has determined to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

1.66         “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means the QJSA described in Article XI.

 

1.67         “Related Plan” means:

 

(a)            with respect to Sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, any plan or plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity which is treated with this Plan as a single plan for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code; and

 

(b)            with respect to Section 415 of the Code, any other defined contribution plan or a defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 415(k) of the Code) maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity, respectively called a “Related Defined Contribution Plan” and a “Related Defined Benefit Plan”.

 

1.68         “Rollover Contribution” means:

 

(a)            an amount contributed by a Participant that constitutes all or part of an eligible rollover distribution (within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code), as described in Section 5.1, provided that such distribution (i) is made by an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, and (ii) does not include after-tax employee contributions (or any earnings allocable thereto); or

 

14



 

(b)            a Trustee Transfer: (1) to the Custodian of an amount by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, which plan provides for such transfer; (2) with respect to which the benefits otherwise protected by Section 411 of the Code in such transferor plan are no longer required by Section 411 of the Code to be protected in this Plan; and (3) which does not include amounts subject to Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

1.69         “Senior Vice President” means the Senior Vice President-Human Resources of PepsiAmericas, Inc. or any person who shall succeed to the functional responsibilities of said office.  The Senior Vice President shall have the power and authority to act, to the extent delegated to him or her, on behalf of the Company (and all Employers) with respect to matters which relate to the Plan and Trust.

 

1.70         “Settlement Date” means the date on which the transactions from the most recent Trade Date are settled.

 

1.71         “Spousal Consent” means the irrevocable written consent given by a Spouse to a Participant’s election (or waiver) of a specified form of benefit or Beneficiary designation.  The Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect on the Spouse of the Participant’s election, waiver or designation and be duly witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.  Spousal Consent shall be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the Spousal Consent and only for the particular choice made by the Participant which requires Spousal Consent.  A Participant may revoke (without Spousal Consent) a prior election, waiver or designation that required Spousal Consent at any time before the Sweep Date associated with the Settlement Date upon which payments will begin.  Spousal Consent also means a determination by the Administrator that there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located, or such other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

 

1.72         “Spouse” means a person, not of the same sex, who, as of the earlier of a Participant’s Payment Date and death, is alive and married to the Participant within the meaning of the laws of the State of the Participant’s residence as evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable to the Administrator.  A spouse who was the Spouse on the Payment Date but who is divorced from the Participant at the Participant’s death shall still be the Spouse at the date of the Participant’s death, except as otherwise provided in a QDRO.

 

1.73         “Sweep Date” means the date established by the responsible Named Fiduciary as the cutoff date and time for the responsible Named Fiduciary to receive notification with respect to a financial transaction for an Accounting Period in order to be processed with respect to a Trade Date designated by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

 

1.74         “Termination of Employment” occurs when a person ceases to be an Employee, as determined by the personnel policies of the Commonly Controlled Entity to whom he or she rendered services; provided, however, for periods prior to January 1, 2003, where a Commonly Controlled Entity ceases to be such with respect to an

 

15



 

Employee as a result of either an asset sale or stock sale, an Employee of the Commonly Controlled Entity shall be deemed not to have incurred a Termination of Employment:  (a) unless the Administrator shall make a determination that the transaction satisfies Section 401(k) of the Code, or if no such determination is made, until such Employee ceases to be employed by the successor to the Commonly Controlled Entity; or (b) if the Administrator shall make a Trustee Transfer of his or her Accrued Benefit.  Transfer of employment from one Commonly Controlled Entity to another Commonly Controlled Entity shall not constitute a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan.

 

1.75         “Trade Date” means the Business Day as of which a financial transaction is effected.

 

1.76         “Trust” means the legal entity resulting from the agreement between the Company and the Trustee and all amendments thereto in which some or all of the assets of this Plan will be received, held, invested and distributed to, or for the benefit of, Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

1.77         “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, and any amendments thereto.

 

1.78         “Trust Fund” means any property, real or personal, received by and held by the Trustee, plus all income and gains and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions chargeable thereto.

 

1.79         “Trustee” means any corporation, individual or individuals designated in the Trust Agreement who shall accept the appointment as Trustee to execute the duties of the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

1.80         “Trustee Transfer” means:

 

(a)            a transfer to the Custodian of an amount by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code or by the trustee(s) of a trust forming part of such a plan, which plan provides for such transfer; or

 

(b)            a Direct Rollover within the meaning of Section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code; provided, that with respect to any withdrawal or distribution from the Plan, a Participant may elect a transfer to only one eligible retirement plan, except as may otherwise be determined by the Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

1.81         “Unit Value” means the value of a unit or share in the applicable Investment Fund, as determined in good faith by the Trustee or the Management Committee.

 

1.82         “Valuation Date” means the close of business on each Business Day.

 

16



 

1.83         “Year of Service” means, as it applies to Eligibility Service, each Computation Period in which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

 

An Employee’s service with a company, the assets of which are acquired by a Commonly Controlled Entity, shall only be counted as employment with such Commonly Controlled Entity in the determination of his or her Years of Service if: (1) the Senior Vice President directs that credit for such service be granted in Appendix 1.83, or (2) a qualified plan of the acquired company is subsequently maintained by any Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity.

 

As it applies to Vesting under Article VIII, Years of Service means a Computation Period in which the Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service and such other periods of employment continuation recognition by an applicable Appendix.

 

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

 

2.01         Eligibility .

 

An Employee shall become a Participant in this Plan as follows:

 

(a)            Any Employee who was a Participant in the Plan immediately before January 1, 2005 shall continue to participate in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, as amended and in effect on and after January 1, 2005.

 

(b)            Any other Eligible Employee who is a regular, full-time Employee or a regular, part-time Employee scheduled to work thirty (30) or more Hours of Service per week will become a Participant in the separate portions of the Plan as follows.

 

(1)            In the portion of the Plan described in Article III and Article V of the Plan relating to Pre-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Rollovers, on the day he or she becomes an Employee.

 

(2)            In the portion of the Plan described in Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.04 relating to Matching Contributions, Pay Based Contributions and Special Contributions, on the day he or she becomes an Eligible Employee and has completed six (6) consecutive months of service with the Employer.

 

(c)            Any other Eligible Employee who is a regular, part-time Employee scheduled to work fewer than thirty (30) Hours of Service per week will become a Participant in all portions of the Plan on the first day of the second (2nd) calendar quarter following the month in which such Employee completes one year of Eligibility Service.

 

17



 

2.02         Reemployment .  Upon incurring a Break in Service, as defined in Section 8.06, the provisions of this Section 2.02 shall apply in determining an Employee’s eligibility for participation and period of service under the Plan.

 

(a)            A Participant who has completed at least one Year of Service at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall re-participate in the Plan as of the date he or she again completes an Hour of Service and his or her pre-break service shall be restored in determining his or her rights and benefits under the Plan.

 

(b)            Participant who has not completed at least one Year of Service at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall re-participate in the Plan as of the date he or she again completes an Hour of Service.  His or her years of pre-break service shall be restored, but only if the number of his or her consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than five.  A former Participant who has not had his or her pre-break service restored under the preceding sentence shall be treated as a new, first-time employee upon his or her re-employment by the Employer and shall be required to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 for participation in the Plan.

 

2.03         Participation Upon Change of Job Status .  An Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the later of: (1) the date he or she would have become a Participant had he or she always been an Eligible Employee, or (2) the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.01         Pre-Tax Contribution Election .

 

(a)            A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer shall file a Contribution Election pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, specifying his or her Contribution Percentage of not more than 50% and authorizing the Compensation otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in Subsection (a) hereof.  Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in Subsection (a) hereof shall apply.

 

(c)            A Participant’s Contribution Election shall be effective only with respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution Election is effective. A Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles ended after the applicable Change Date, or, if reemployed, on the first day of the next month.  However, the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, may declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution

 

18



 

Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been received and be void.

 

(d)            In addition to the Pre-Tax Contributions made pursuant to the Contribution Election provided for in this Section 3.01, each Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who is projected to attain age 50 before the end of a Plan Year is eligible to have his Compensation reduced by a whole integer percentage and have the amount by which his Compensation is reduced contributed to the Plan by his Employer on his behalf as a Catch-up Contribution. Contributions elected pursuant to this paragraph or any similar provision of any other plan maintained by the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity may not exceed the applicable dollar limit described in Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as adjusted in accordance with Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code.

 

(e)            Effective January 1, 2006, the Employer will make a Pre-Tax Contribution of 3% of each Participant’s Compensation per payroll period for each Participant who is hired on or after January 1, 2006.  An Employee may elect a different Pre-Tax Contribution Election, or can elect not to participate as of any Change Date, pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

 

3.02         Election Procedures .  A Participant’s Contribution Election shall continue in effect (with automatic adjustment for any change in his or her Compensation) until the earliest of the date: (1) his or her Contribution Election is changed in accordance with paragraph (a) hereof; (2) he or she ceases to be paid as an Eligible Employee; or (3) his or her Contribution Election is cancelled in accordance with paragraph (b) hereof.

 

(a)            Changing the Election .  A Participant may increase or decrease his or her Contribution Percentage (subject to the percentage limits stated above) only once each Change Date by making a new Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, on which is specified the amount of the Contribution Percentage.

 

(1)            If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice Date, the change shall be effective with respect to the first payroll cycle ended after the Change Date.

 

(2)            However, if the Administrator deems it necessary, the Administrator may specify an additional window period to Participants.

 

(3)            The amount of increase or decrease of such Contribution Percentage shall be effective only with respect to Compensation not yet paid.

 

(4)            Any Contribution Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have been received and be void.

 

(b)            Canceling the Election .  A Participant desiring to cancel his or her existing Contribution Election and reduce his or her Contribution Percentage to zero must make a new Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures specified by the

 

19



 

responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary will establish procedures, to be administered in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, for allowing a Participant to cancel his or her Contribution Election.  Any Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date shall become effective with respect to the payroll cycle ended after the next Change Date.  A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who has cancelled his or her Election may again make a Contribution Election at any time.  If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice Date, it shall become effective with respect to the first payroll cycle ended after the next Change Date.  Any Participant who has improperly completed a Contribution Election will be deemed not to have made an Election.

 

ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

 

4.01         Pre-Tax Contributions .

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the terms of this Plan, for each period for which a Contribution Election is in effect, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant an amount equal to the amount designated by the Participant as a Pre-Tax Contribution on his or her Contribution Election.

 

(b)            Allocation .  The Pre-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the Pre-Tax Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  Pre-Tax Contributions shall be paid to the Custodian in cash and posted to each Participant’s Pre-Tax Account by the Administrator as soon as such amounts can reasonably be balanced against the specific amount made on behalf of each Participant.  Pre-Tax Contributions shall be paid to the Custodian not later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the month next following the month in which amounts are deducted from the Participant’s Compensation.

 

4.02         Matching Contributions .

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each period for which Participants’ Contributions are made, the Employer shall make Matching Contributions as described in the following Allocation Method paragraph on behalf of each Participant who contributed during the period and was an Eligible Employee at any time during each payroll period.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Matching Contributions for each period shall total one hundred percent (100%) of each eligible Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions for the period, provided that no Matching Contributions shall be made based upon a Participant’s Contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of his or her Compensation.  The Employer may change the one hundred percent (100%) matching rate or the six

 

20



 

percent (6%) of considered Compensation to any other percentages, including zero (0%).

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Matching Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, and not later than the Employer’s federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting such Contribution.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant’s Matching Account once the total Contribution received by the Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant’s Matching Account.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

(e)            True-Up Contribution .  For each Participant who is an Employee on the last Business Day of the Plan Year and who has elected to contribute at least six percent (6%) of his or her Compensation as a Pre-Tax Contribution for all periods during such Plan Year in which he or she could make Pre-Tax Contributions, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to the least of:

 

(1)            six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year;

 

(2)            the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; or

 

(3)            six percent (6%) of the dollar limit in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code,

 

minus the aggregate amount of any Matching Contribution already made for the Participant under Section 4.02 hereof for the Plan Year.

 

4.03         Pay Based Contributions .

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each Plan Year the Employer may make a Pay Based Contribution in an amount determined by the Employer on behalf of each Participant.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Pay Based Contribution for each period shall be allocated among eligible Participants in direct proportion to their Compensation from the Employer; provided however, effective on and after January 1, 2002, the Pay Based Contribution will be equal to two percent (2%) of the Participant’s Compensation for the period with respect to which the Pay Based Contribution is made.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Pay Based Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible and not later than the Employer’s federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting such Contribution.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant’s Matching Account once the

 

21



 

total Contribution received by the Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant’s Pay Based Account.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

4.04         Special Contributions or QNEC Contributions .

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each Plan Year the Employer may make a Special Contribution in an amount determined by the Administrator on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant who was an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Special Contribution for each period shall be allocated among eligible Participants as determined by the Administrator, subject to a maximum dollar amount which may be contributed on behalf of any Participant as determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Special Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, but no later than twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year to which it is allocated.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant’s Special Account once the total Contribution received by the Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant’s Special Account.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

4.05         Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Deduction Limits .  In no event shall the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year exceed the maximum the Company estimates will be deductible (or which would be deductible if the Employers had taxable income) by any Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 404 of the Code (“Deductible Amount”).  Any amount in excess of the Deductible Amount shall not be contributed in the following order of Contribution type, to the extent needed to eliminate the excess:

 

(1)            Each Participant’s allocable share of Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year will be reduced by an amount equal to the excess of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions over an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of such Participant during the Plan Year as the Deductible Amount available for the Plan Year (reduced by the total amount of other types of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year) bears to the aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of all

 

22



 

Participants subject to such Deductible Amount during the Plan Year (before the application of this provision).

 

(2)            If the application of Section (a)(1) would result in a reduction of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions which are matched by Matching Contributions, the rate at which Pre-Tax Contributions are reduced shall be offset by a reduction for each Matching Contribution not made as a result.

 

(3)            Pay Based Contributions.

 

(b)            Profit Sharing Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall constitute a profit sharing plan for all purposes of the Code.

 

ARTICLE V

ROLLOVERS

 

5.01         Rollovers .  The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a Rollover Contribution from an Eligible Employee in cash, even if he or she is not yet a Participant.  The Employee shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the Plan Administrator that the amount is eligible for rollover treatment.  Such amount shall be posted to the Employee’s Rollover Account by the Administrator as of the date received by the Custodian.

 

If it is later determined that an amount transferred pursuant to the above paragraph did not in fact qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the balance credited to the Employee’s Rollover Account shall immediately be: (1) segregated from all other Plan assets, (2) treated as a non-qualified trust established by and for the benefit of the Employee, and (3) distributed to the Employee.  Any such non-qualifying rollover shall be deemed never to have been a part of the Plan.

 

5.02         Transfers .  The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a Transfer Contribution for an Eligible Employee.  For purposes of this Section 5.02, a Transfer Contribution is an amount that is transferred from another defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity as a result of a change in employment classification of the Eligible Employee that causes him to be excluded from active participation in such other defined contribution plan and also eligible to participate in this Plan.

 

Any transfer into this Plan from another defined contribution plan of the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity shall maintain the character it held in the transferor plan and shall be credited under the appropriate Participant accounting.  Transfer Contributions shall not be considered Rollover Contributions under the Plan.

 

5.03         Hurricane Katrina Distribution Recontribution .  Effective January 1, 2006, the Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept the recontribution by a Participant of a distribution that was made under the conditions of Section 10.06, to the extent the distribution was an Eligible Rollover Distribution, provided the recontribution

 

23



 

occurs during the 3-year period beginning the day after the date of the Katrina distribution.

 

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS’
ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS

 

6.01         Individual Participant Accounting .

 

(a)            Account Maintenance .  The responsible Named Fiduciary will cause the Accounts for each Participant to reflect transactions involving Contributions and other allocations thereto, loans, earnings, losses, withdrawals, distributions and expenses to be allocated and posted to the Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Plan.  Financial transactions during or with respect to an Accounting Period will be accounted for at the individual Account level by allocating and posting each transaction to the Account as of a Trade Date.  At any point in time, the value of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be equal to the sum of the aggregate of the following amounts determined under (1) and (2) with regard to each Investment Fund:

 

(1)            the: (A) Unit Values for the portion of his or her Accounts invested in each Investment Funds; multiplied by (B) the number of full and fractional units for each such Investment Fund posted to his or her Accounts.

 

(2)            the fair market value of any other assets of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets described in (1) and (2)) in which a portion of his or her Accounts is invested or held.

 

(b)            Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle .  For any transaction to be processed as of a Trade Date, the responsible Named Fiduciary must receive instructions by the Sweep Time and such instructions will apply only to amounts held in and posted to the Accounts as of the Trade Date.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all transactions will be effected on the Trade Date relating to the Sweep Time (or as soon thereafter as is administratively possible).

 

(c)            Suspension of Transactions .  Whenever the Administrator considers such action to be in the best interest of the Participants, the Administrator in its discretion may suspend from time to time the Trade Date or reset the Sweep Time.

 

(d)            Temporary Investment .  To the extent practicable, the responsible Named Fiduciary will direct the Custodian to make temporary investments in a short-term interest fund of assets in an Account held pending a Trade Date.

 

(e)            How Fees and Expenses are Charged to Accounts .  Account maintenance fees will be charged to Accounts (to the extent such fees are not paid by the Employer), provided that no fee will reduce an Account balance below zero.  Transaction type fees (such as loan set-up fees, etc.) will be charged to the Accounts involved in the transaction as determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the

 

24



 

Administrator.  Fees and expenses incurred for the management and maintenance of Investment Funds will be charged at the Investment Fund level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Investment Fund.

 

(f)             Error Correction .  The Administrator may correct any errors or omissions in the administration of the Plan by crediting or charging any Account with the amount that would have been allocated, credited or charged to the Account had no error or omission been made.  Funds necessary for any such crediting will be provided through payment made by the responsible Named Fiduciary, or, if the responsible Named Fiduciary was not responsible for such error or omission, through payment by the Employer.

 

(g)            Accounting for Participant Loans .  Participant loans will be held in a separate Fund for investment only by such Participant and accounted for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the borrowing Participant’s Account.

 

6.02         Accounting for Investment Funds .

 

(a)            Unit Accounting .  The investments in each Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as subject to unit accounting will be maintained in full and fractional units.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the number of full and fractional units of each such Investment Fund.

 

(b)            Share Accounting .  The investments in each Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as subject to share accounting will be maintained in full and fractional shares.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the number of full and fractional shares of each such Investment Fund.

 

(c)            Company Stock .  The following additional rules shall apply to the Company Stock Fund:

 

(1)            Voting Rights .  All Company Stock in an Account will be voted by the Custodian in accordance with directions from the Participant pursuant to the procedures of the Trust Agreement.

 

(2)            Tender Offer .  If a tender offer is commenced for Company Stock, the provisions of the Trust Agreement regarding the response to such tender offer, the holding and investment of proceeds derived from such tender offer and the substitution of new securities for such proceeds will be followed.

 

(3)            Dividends and Income .  Dividends (whether in cash or in property) and other income received by the Custodian in respect of Company Stock will be reinvested in Company Stock and will constitute income and be recognized on an accrual basis for the Accounting Period in which occurs the record date with respect to such dividend; provided that, with respect to any dividend which is reflected in the market price of the underlying stock, the Administrator will direct the Custodian during such trading period to trade such stock the regular way to reflect the value of the dividend, and all transfers and cash distributions will be

 

25



 

transacted accordingly with no accrual of such dividend, other than as reflected in such market price.

 

(4)            Transaction Costs .  Any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, transaction charges, and other charges and expenses in connection with the purchase or sale of Company Stock will be added to the cost thereof in the case of a purchase or deducted from the proceeds thereof in the case of a sale; provided, however, where the purchase or sale of Company Stock is with a “disqualified person” as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code or a “party in interest” as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA, no commissions may be charged with respect thereto.

 

6.03         Accounts for Alternate Payees .  A separate Account will be established for an Alternate Payee as of the date, and in accordance with the directions specified, in the QDRO.  Such Account will be valued and accounted for in the same manner as any other Account.  An Alternate Payee will be treated as a Participant to the extent provided as follows:

 

(a)            Investment Direction .  An Alternate Payee may direct or exchange the investment of such Account in the same manner as a Participant; provided, however, that an Alternate Payee may not acquire Company Stock.

 

(b)            Withdrawals and Forms of Payment .  An Alternate Payee will receive payment of the amount specified in the QDRO as soon as administratively possible, regardless of whether the Participant is an Employee, unless the QDRO specifically provides that payment be delayed, including at the election of the Alternate Payee.  Payment may be made in the same forms as are available to the Participant with respect to whom the QDRO has been obtained, to the extent provided in the QDRO.

 

(c)            Participant Loans .  An Alternate Payee will not be entitled to borrow from his or her Account.  If a QDRO specifies that the Alternate Payee is entitled to any portion of the Account of a Participant who has an outstanding loan balance, all outstanding loans will continue to be held in the Participant’s Account and will not be divided between the Participant’s and Alternate Payee’s Accounts.

 

(d)            Beneficiary .  An Alternate Payee may designate a Beneficiary in the same manner as a Participant, to the extent provided for in the QDRO.

 

6.04         Transition Rules .  The Administrator may adopt such procedures, including imposing “transition” periods, as are necessary to accommodate any plan mergers, Investment Fund or accounting changes or events, or similar events as it determines are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

26



 

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS

 

7.01         Investment of Contributions .

 

(a)            Investment Election .  Each Participant may direct the Custodian, by submission to the responsible Named Fiduciary of an Investment Election, to invest Contributions (and loan repayments) posted to his or her Accounts and other amounts allocated and posted to the Participant’s Account in one or more Investment Funds; provided, however, that a separate Investment Election is required for Rollover Contributions.  If a Participant does not have a valid Investment Election on file, his or her Investment Election will be deemed to be a 100% election of the Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as the default option, as indicated in Appendix 1.50.  If the Participant elects to have any such Contributions made on his or her behalf invested in more than one Investment Fund, he or she must designate in whole multiples of one percent (1%) what percentage of the Contribution is to be invested in each such Investment Fund.  Notwithstanding the above and effective as of May 21, 1999, no Investment Election may be made by a Participant or Beneficiary which directs the investment of any Contributions into the PepsiCo Stock Fund.

 

(b)            Effective Date of Investment Election; Change of Investment Election .  A Participant’s initial Investment Election will be effective with respect to an Investment Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to which the Investment Election is received and not revoked pursuant to procedures specified by the Administrator.  A Participant’s Investment Election will continue in effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her Contribution Percentage, until the earlier of: (1) the effective date of a new Investment Election; or (2) the date he or she ceases to be a Participant.  A change in Investment Election will be effective with respect to an Investment Fund as soon as administratively possible after the date the Administrator receives the Participant’s new Investment Election.

 

7.02         Investment of Accounts .

 

(a)            Conversion Election .  Notwithstanding a Participant’s Investment Election, a Participant may direct the Custodian, by submission of a Conversion Election to the responsible Named Fiduciary, to change the investment of his or her Accounts between two or more Investment Funds, on a pro rata basis with respect to each of the Participant’s Accounts (exclusive of the Participant’s loans) from existing plan.  If a Participant does not have a valid Conversation Election on file, his or her Conversion Election will be deemed to be a 100% election of the Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as the default option, as indicated in Appendix 1.50.  If the Participant or Beneficiary elects to invest his or her Accrued Benefit in more than one (1) Investment Fund, he or she must designate in whole multiples of one percent (1%) what percentage of his or her Accounts is to be invested in such Investment Fund; provided, however, effective as of May 21, 1999, no Conversion Election may be made by a Participant or Beneficiary which directs the investment of any part of his or her Accrued Benefit into the PepsiCo Stock Fund.

 

(b)            Effective Date of Conversion Election .  A Conversion Election to change a Participant’s investment of his or her Accounts in one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund will be effective with respect to such Investment Funds on the Trade Date(s) which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to which the

 

27



 

Conversion Election is received and not revoked pursuant to procedures specified by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Conversion Election made with respect to the Account balance of a Participant who dies on or after the Effective Date will not be valid if it is made after such time that is established by the Administrator following the date the Administrator is notified of such Participant’s death.

 

(c)            Delayed Effective Date .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7.02 to the contrary, if the sell portion of a Conversion Election can not be processed due to a problem in the market, a liquidity shortage in an Investment Fund, or disruption of other sell or buy orders in another Investment Fund, the buy portion of the Conversion Election will not be processed on a Trade Date until the sell transaction can be processed.

 

7.03         Investment Funds .  The Plan’s Investment Funds are indicated in Appendix 1.50.  In addition, the Management Committee may, from time to time, in its discretion:

 

(a)            limit or freeze investments in, or transfers from, an Investment Fund;

 

(b)            add funding vehicles thereunder;

 

(c)            liquidate, consolidate or otherwise reorganize an existing Investment Fund; or

 

(d)            add new Investment Funds to, or delete Investment Funds from, Appendix 1.50.

 

7.04         Transition Rules .  Effective as of the date designated by the Management Committee on which any Investment Fund is added under Section 7.03, each Participant will have the opportunity to make new Investment Elections and Conversion Elections to the Administrator no later than the applicable Sweep Time.  The Administrator may take such action as the Administrator deems appropriate, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)            using any reasonable accounting methods in performing his or her duties during the period of transition;

 

(b)            designating into which Investment Fund a Participant’s Accounts or Contributions will be invested;

 

(c)            establishing the method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the extent, if any, to which amounts received by and distributions paid from the Trust during this period share in such allocation;

 

(d)            investing all or a portion of the Trust’s assets in a short-term, interest-bearing Investment Fund during such transition period;

 

28



 

(e)            delaying any Trade Date during a designated transition period or changing any Sweep Time or Valuation Time during such transition period; or

 

(f)             designating how and to what extent a Participant’s Investment Election or Conversion Election will apply to Investment Funds.

 

7.05         Restricted Investment Funds .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (a) purchases and sales in the Company Stock Fund will be restricted for Participants subject to applicable statutory, stock exchange or Company trading restrictions; and (b) amounts invested hereunder will be subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by: (i) the issuer of securities to an Investment Fund, or (ii) the investment manager or advisor of such Investment Fund.

 

7.06         Risk of Loss .  Neither the Plan nor the Company guarantees that the fair market value of the Investment Funds, or of any particular Investment Fund, will be equal to or greater than the amounts invested therein.  Neither the Plan nor the Company guarantees that the value of the Accounts will be equal to or greater than the Contributions allocated thereto.  Except as required pursuant to ERISA, each Participant will have sole responsibility for the investment of his or her Accounts and for transfers among the available Investment Funds, and no fiduciary or other person will have any liability for any loss or diminution in value resulting from any Participant’s exercise of, or failure to exercise,  such investment responsibility.  Each Participant assumes all risk of any decrease in the value of the Investment Funds and the Accounts.  The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

7.07         Interests in the Investment Funds .  No Participant will have any claim, right, title, or interest in or to any specific assets of any Investment Fund until distribution of such assets is made to such Participant.  No Participant will have any claim, right, title, or interest in or to the Investment Fund, except as and to the extent expressly provided herein.

 

7.08         Sole Source of Benefits .  Participants may only seek payment of benefits under the Plan from the Trust, and, except as otherwise required by law, the Employer assumes no responsibility or liability therefor.

 

7.09         Alternate Payees .  See Sections 6.03 and 6.04 for the treatment of Alternate Payees as Participants for purpose of this Article VII.

 

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.01         Fully Vested Contribution Accounts

 

A Participant who first performed an Hour of Service prior to January 1, 2004 shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in all Accounts at all times.  An Employee who was a participant in the 401(k) plan sponsored

 

29



 

by Central Investment Corporation (“CIC”) and who had at least three Years of Service as of January 1, 2006, shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to the portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to the CIC 401(k) Plan at all times.

 

A Participant who first performs an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2004 shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in these Accounts at all times:

 

Post-Tax Account

 

Pre-Tax Account

 

Catch-Up Account

Rollover Account

 

Special Account

 

 

 

8.02         Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After Retirement or Disability

 

A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

(a)            completion of at least the minimum number of years of Vesting Service in the Vesting Schedule for a 100% nonforfeitable percentage;

 

(b)            attainment of Normal Retirement Date;

 

(c)            his or her Termination of Employment for reason of a Disability; or

 

(d)            he or she dies while an Employee.

 

8.03         Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures

 

(a)            Vesting .  If a Participant who first performs an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2004 has a Termination of Employment, the Participant shall be vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in his or her Matching and Formula Based Accounts, determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

0

%

1 year but less than 2 years

 

20

%

2 years but less than 3 years

 

40

%

3 years but less than 4 years

 

60

%

4 years but less than 5 years

 

80

%

5 years or more

 

100

%

 

8.04         Forfeitures

 

(a)            Forfeiture Where Payment Commences After a Break in Service .   If no Payment Date of a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit occurs before having incurred a Break in Service, that portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit (which is

 

30



 

Employer-derived) which is forfeitable as of his or her Termination of Employment shall be forfeited as of the completion of a Break in Service.  If the Participant is reemployed as an Employee prior to having incurred a Break in Service, the Forfeiture shall not occur.  If the Participant is reemployed as an Employee after incurring a Break in Service, the Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in that portion of his or her Accounts accrued prior to the Break in Service and not forfeited as a result of such Break in Service.  A Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment with a zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit (which is Employer-derived) shall be deemed to have a Payment Date and a Forfeiture of his or her Accrued Benefit as of such Termination of Employment.

 

(b)            Forfeiture Where Payment Commences Prior to a Break in Service .  If the Payment Date of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accrued Benefit occurs prior to having incurred a Break in Service, that portion of his or her Accrued Benefit which is forfeitable shall be forfeited as of the Payment Date.  Thereafter, if such person is rehired as an Employee prior to incurring a Break in Service, he or she shall be entitled to make repayment to the Plan of the full amount distributed to him or her on or after the Payment Date no later than: (1) the date he or she incurs a Break in Service, and (2) the last day of the 5-year period commencing on or after his or her date of reemployment.  Upon making repayment in a single payment of the amount distributed to him or her, the amount repaid shall be credited to the Participant’s Account from which paid and the Forfeiture shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and invested in the same manner as the Account to which it is posted.  The amount required to restore such Participant’s Accounts shall be charged against the Plan’s Forfeitures, and, if insufficient, be made up from additional Employer Contributions.  Where a Participant has been deemed to have a Payment Date because he or she had a zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit, he or she will be deemed to have made the repayment required by this subparagraph on his or her date of hire.

 

If the Employee makes the above-described repayment, such repayment shall be considered to be the “investment in the contract” for purposes of Sections 72(c)(1)(A), 72(f) and 402(e)(4)(D)(i) of the Code in relation to the amount reinstated in his or her Account on account of the repayment.

 

8.05         Forfeiture Account .  A Forfeiture will be posted, no later than the end of the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture arises, to the Forfeiture Account on the Settlement Date for the Trade Date on which the Custodian, at the direction of the Administrator, has converted the Forfeiture to cash.  The Forfeiture Account shall be invested in interest bearing deposits of the Custodian or short term money market instruments.  No later than the end of such Plan Year, the Forfeiture Account shall be used in the following order: to reinstate Accrued Benefits and to reduce Employer Contributions, as determined by the Administrator, and to pay expenses of the Plan.

 

8.06         Break in Service .  For purposes of this Article VIII, Break in Service means a 12-consecutive month computation period during which he or she is credited

 

31



 

with 500 or less Hours of Service.  The applicable computation period shall be the Plan Year.

 

If a Participant is considered on Maternity or Paternity Leave hereunder, then, solely for purposes of determining whether the Participant has a Break in Service under this Article VIII, the period of time between the first and second anniversaries of the date the Participant is considered to be absent from service shall be considered neither a period of Severance nor a period of service.  If a Participant remains on Maternity or Paternity Leave beyond such second anniversary, the Participant’s Period of Severance shall be deemed to begin on such date.

 

A Maternity/Paternity Leave means a paid or unpaid and unapproved absence from employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity: (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee; (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee; (3) by reason of the placement of a child under age 18 in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee (including a trial period prior to adoption); and (4) for the purpose of caring for a child of the Employee immediately following the birth or adoption of such child.  The Employee must prove to the satisfaction of the Administrator or its agent that the absence meets the above requirements and must supply information concerning the length of the absence unless the Administrator has access to relevant information without the Employee submitting it.

 

8.07         Authorized Leave of Absence

 

(a)            General Rule .  A Participant who is granted an Authorized Leave of Absence by his or her Employer, and who returns to employment at the end of such leave, shall receive credit for Service for the period of time while on such Authorized Leave of Absence; provided however, a Participant on an Authorized Leave of Absence shall not be credited with more than a 24-month period of Service hereunder for a period of absence from active employment, except in accordance with rules that are adopted in writing by the Plan Administrator.  A Participant who is granted an Authorized Leave of Absence but who fails to return (or retire) within the period specified shall be treated as if he or she was absent from Service on the date his or her leave commenced.

 

(b)            Military Service .  A Participant with service in the Armed Forces of the United States (“military service”) shall be credited with Service and Credited Service pursuant to the requirements of section 414(u) of the Code.

 

8.08         Transfers .  This Section shall apply with respect to an Employee of a Commonly Controlled Entity who transfers from an ineligible classification of employment to an Eligible Employee classification, or who transfers from an Eligible Employee classification to one that is ineligible.

 

(a)            Transfers of employment between Employers under this Plan shall not result in a Break in Service.

 

32



 

(b)            If an Employee becomes eligible to participate in this Plan as a result of a transfer described in this subsection, he or she shall receive Service credit for employment by an employer while it is a Commonly Controlled Entity.

 

(c)            If a Participant in this Plan transfers employment within the Commonly Controlled Entity and is no longer in an Eligible Employee classification of employment, he or she shall continue to accrue Service for purposes hereunder, subject to the Break in Service rules of this Article VIII.

 

8.09         Reemployment .   Effective as of January 1, 2004 and upon incurring a Break in Service, as defined in Section 8.06, the provisions of this Section 8.09 shall apply in determining an employee’s Years of Vesting Service under the Plan.

 

(a)            A Participant who has completed at least one Year of Service at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall have his or her pre-break service restored in determining his or her rights and benefits under the Plan.

 

(b)            A Participant who has not completed at least one Year of Service at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall have his or her years of pre-break service restored, but only if the number of his or her consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than five.  A former Participant who has not had his or her pre-break service restored under the preceding sentence shall be treated as a new, first-time employee upon his or her re-employment by the Employer.

 

ARTICLE IX

PARTICIPANT LOANS

 

9.01         Participant Loans Permitted .  The Administrator is authorized to establish and administer a loan program for a Participant who is an Eligible Employee or a former Eligible Employee who is a “party in interest” under ERISA pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article.  All loan limits are determined as of the Trade Date the Trustee reserves funds for the loan.  The funds will be disbursed to the Participant as soon as is administratively feasible after the next following Settlement Date.

 

9.02         Loan Funding Limits .  The loan amount must meet the following limits:

 

(a)            Plan Minimum Limit .  The minimum amount for any loan is $1,000.00.

 

(b)            Plan Maximum Limit .  Subject to the legal limit described in (c) below, the maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding balance of existing Plan loans, is fifty percent (50%) of vested balance of the following Accounts:

 

33



 

Pre-Tax Account
Catch-up Account
Special Account
Matching Account
Pay Based Account
Former Matching Contribution Account
ESOP Account
TRASOP Account
Rollover Account and
Post-Tax Account.

 

(c)            Legal Maximum Limit .  The maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding balance of existing loans, is based upon the value of his or her vested interest in this Plan and all other qualified plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity (the “Vested Interest”).  The maximum amount is equal to fifty percent (50%) of his or her Vested Interest, not to exceed $50,000.  However, the $50,000 amount is reduced by the Participant’s highest outstanding balance of all loans from any Commonly Controlled Entity’s qualified plans during the 12-month period ending on the day before the Trade Date on which the loan is made.

 

9.03         Maximum Number of Loans .  A Participant may have only one loan outstanding at any given time, and any prior existing loan must be fully repaid for ninety (90) days before a new loan may be secured.

 

9.04         Source of Loan Funding .  A loan to a Participant shall be made solely from the assets of his or her own Accounts.  The available assets shall be determined first by Contribution Account and then by investment type within each type of Contribution Account.  The hierarchy for loan funding by type of Contribution Account shall be the order listed in the preceding Plan Maximum Limit paragraph.  Within each Account used for funding, amounts shall first be taken from the available cash in the Account and then taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund as of the Sweep Date on which the loan is made.

 

9.05         Interest Rate .  The interest rate charged on Participant loans shall be fixed and equal to the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal.

 

9.06         Repayment .  Substantially level amortization shall be required of each loan with payments made at least monthly through payroll deduction, provided that payment can be made by check for advance loan payments or when a Participant is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, Disabled or transferred to the employ of a Commonly Controlled Entity which is not participating in the Plan.  Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.  The loan repayment period shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Participant and Administrator, not to exceed five (5) years.

 

9.07         Repayment Hierarchy .  Loan principal repayments shall be credited to the Participant’s Contribution Accounts in the inverse of the order used to fund the loan.  Loan interest shall be credited to the Contribution Account in direct proportion to the

 

34



 

principal repayment.  Loan payments are credited by investment type based upon the Participant’s current Conversion Election for that Account.

 

9.08         Loan Application, Note and Security .  A Participant shall apply for any loan in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary shall administer Participant loans and shall specify the time frame for approving loan applications.  All loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note and security agreement and secured only by a Participant’s Account balance.  The Plan shall have a lien on a Participant’s Account to the extent of any outstanding loan balance.

 

9.09         Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature .

 

(a)            Default .  A loan is treated as a default on the earlier of: (i) the date any scheduled loan payment is more than ninety (90) days late, provided that the Administrator may agree to a suspension of loan payments for up to twelve (12) months for a Participant who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence; or (ii) thirty (30) days from the time the Participant receives written notice of the note being due and payable and a demand for past due amounts.

 

(b)            Actions Upon Default .  In the event of default, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to report the default as a taxable distribution.  As soon as a Plan withdrawal or distribution to such Participant would otherwise be permitted, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to execute upon its security interest in the Participant’s Account by segregating the unpaid loan balance from the Account, including interest to the date of default, and to distribute the note to the Participant.

 

(c)            Acceleration .  A loan shall become due and payable in full once the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

 

ARTICLE X

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

 

10.01       Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship .

 

(a)            Requirements .  A Participant may request the withdrawal of any amount from the portion of his or her Accounts needed to satisfy a financial need by making a withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall only approve those requests for withdrawals: (1) on account of a Participant’s “Deemed Financial Need”, and (2) which are “Deemed Necessary” to satisfy the financial need.

 

(b)            “Deemed Financial Need” .  Financial commitments relating to:

 

(1)            costs directly related to the purchase or construction (excluding mortgage payments or balloon payments) of a Participant’s principal residence;

 

35



 

(2)            the payment of expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or necessary for those persons to obtain medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code;

 

(3)            payment of tuition and related educational fees and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code);

 

(4)            necessary payments to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or the foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;

 

(5)            effective January 1, 2006, payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in section 152 of the Code, without regard to section 152(d)(1)(B)); or

 

(6)            effective January 1, 2006, expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(c)            “Deemed Necessary” .  A withdrawal is “deemed necessary” to satisfy the financial need only if all of these conditions are met:

 

(1)            the withdrawal may not exceed the dollar amount needed to satisfy the Participant’s documented financial hardship, plus an amount necessary to pay federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from such withdrawal;

 

(2)            the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other than financial hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity;

 

(3)            the Participant will be suspended from making Pre-Tax Contributions, post-tax contributions, (or similar contributions under any other qualified or nonqualified plan of deferred compensation maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity) for at least six (6) months from the date the withdrawal is received; and

 

(4)            the Contribution Dollar Limit for the taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which the financial hardship withdrawal is received shall be reduced by the Elective Deferrals for the taxable year in which the financial hardship withdrawal is received; provided, however, that the provisions set forth in this sentence will not apply effective for calendar years beginning

 

36



 

after December 31, 2001, to Participants who withdrew all or part of their Pre-Tax Account after December 31, 2000.

 

(d)            Account Sources for Withdrawal .  All available amounts must first be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Section 10.02 or 10.03.  The remaining withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
QVEC Account
TRASOP Account
ESOP Account
Rollover Account
Former Matching Contribution Account
Pay Based Account
Matching Account (this is an account source prior to January 1, 1999)

Catch-up Account
Pre-Tax Account

Special Account

 

The amount that may be withdrawn from a Participant’s Pre-Tax Account shall not include earnings and Special Contributions posted to his or her Pre-Tax Account after the end of the Plan Year which ends before July 1, 1989.

 

10.02       Withdrawals for Participants over age 59½ or who are Disabled

 

(a)            Requirements .  A Participant who is over age 59½ or who is Disabled may withdraw from the portion of his or her Accounts listed in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)            Account Sources for Withdrawal .  When requesting a withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
QVEC Account
TRASOP Account
ESOP Account
Rollover Account
Former Matching Contribution Account
Pay Based Account
Matching Account
Catch-up Account
Pre-Tax Account
Special Account.

 

37



 

10.03       Withdrawals of Mature Amounts .

 

(a)            Requirements .  Withdrawal is permitted from an amount credited to any of the Accounts listed in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)            Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal .  When requesting a withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
QVEC Account
TRASOP Account
ESOP Account
Rollover Account
Former Matching Contribution Account
Effective as of January 1, 2000, Pay Based Account.

 

10.04       Withdrawal Processing .

 

(a)            Ordering .   To the extent of the outstanding principal amount (excluding earnings) as of December 31, 1986 attributable to his or her Post-Tax Account, any withdrawal hereunder shall be deemed first to be made therefrom, second from Post-Tax Contributions, if any, made after December 31, 1986, plus earnings thereon in the same pro rata manner as required by Section 72(e) of the Code, and, thirdly, from earnings on such principal amount as of December 31, 1986.

 

(b)            Minimum Amount .  There is no minimum payment for any type of withdrawal.

 

(c)            Permitted Frequency .  The maximum number of withdrawals permitted in any Plan Year (other than for 401(k) Hardship) is two.  For this purpose, two types of withdrawals distributed in one payment shall constitute one withdrawal.

 

(d)            Application by Participant .  A Participant must submit a withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary to the responsible Named Fiduciary to apply for any type of withdrawal.  Only a Participant who is an Employee may make a withdrawal request.

 

(e)            Approval by Responsible Named Fiduciary .  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining that a withdrawal request conforms to the requirements described in this Section and notifying the Custodian of any payments to be made in a timely manner.

 

(f)             Time of Processing .  The Custodian shall process all withdrawal requests which it receives by a Sweep Date, based on the value as of the Trade Date to which it relates, and fund them on the next Settlement Date.  The Custodian shall then make payment to the Participant as soon thereafter as is administratively feasible.

 

(g)            Medium and Form of Payment .  The medium of payment for withdrawals is either cash or direct deposit; provided however, a withdrawal under either Section 10.02

 

38



 

or 10.03 may be paid, as directed by the Participant, in whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the withdrawal is funded from the Company Stock Fund.  The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a single installment.

 

(h)            Investment Fund Sources .  Within each Account used for funding a withdrawal, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund (which excludes the Participant’s loans) at the time the withdrawal is made.

 

(i)             Direct Rollover .  With respect to any cash payment hereunder in excess of $200 which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the responsible Named Fiduciary to have all or some portion of such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

(j)             Outstanding Loan .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, the portion of a Participant’s Account that secures a loan to such Participant under Article IX may not be taken as a withdrawal.

 

(k)            Spousal Consent .  Spousal Consent will not be required for any withdrawal, except with respect to a Participant who has elected an annuity form of distribution pursuant to Section 11.01.

 

(l)             Required Withdrawals .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant who is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), will not be later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (with required withdrawals to be made by each December 31 thereafter) and will comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10.05       Transfer of Accounts .  If a Participant transfers to an employment classification that causes him to be excluded from active participation in this Plan and also eligible to participate in another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity, the Administrator may cause the Participant’s Accounts to be transferred to such other plan as of any Valuation Date.  A transfer of accounts under this Section 10.05 shall not be an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

10.06       Withdrawals for Hurricane Katrina Victims .   Effective January 1, 2006, a Participant whose principal place of abode on August 28, 2005 is located in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama or Florida, and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina, may withdraw up to $100,000 from his vested Account.  This withdrawal must occur prior to January 1, 2007.

 

39



 

ARTICLE XI

DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND AFTER
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

11.01       Request for Distribution of Benefits .

 

(a)            Request for Distribution .  Subject to the other requirements of this Article, a Participant may elect to have his or her vested Accrued Benefit paid to him or her beginning upon any Settlement Date following his or her Termination of Employment by submitting a completed distribution election in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Such election form shall include or be accompanied by a notice which provides the Participant with information regarding all optional times and forms of payment available.  The election must be submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates to the Payment Date.

 

(b)            Failure to Request Distribution .  If a Participant has a Termination of Employment and fails to submit a distribution request in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary by the last Payment Date permitted under this Article, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes such latest date of distribution (called the “Default Valuation Date”) and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the Participant does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a forfeiture.  If the Participant subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against forfeitures or by a contribution from the Employer of the affected Participant.

 

11.02       Deadline for Distribution .  In addition to any other Plan requirements and unless the Participant elects otherwise, or cannot be located, the Payment Date of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be not later than sixty (60) days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (i) the Participant attains the earlier of age sixty-five (65) or his or her Normal Retirement Date, (ii) occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation, or (iii) the Participant had a Termination of Employment.  However, if the amount of the payment or the location of the Participant (after a reasonable search) cannot be ascertained by that deadline, payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the earliest date on which such amount or location is ascertained.  In any case, the Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant: (i) who is not an Employee, or (ii) who is an Employee and who is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), shall not be later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70½) and each December 31 thereafter and shall

 

40



 

comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

11.03       Payment Form and Medium .

 

(a)            General .  A Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of:

 

(1)            a single sum,

 

(2)            periodic installments as selected by the Participant, not to exceed 15 years, or

 

(3)            periodic distributions of at least $500.00, each in an amount designated by the Participant but not to exceed two distributions per Plan Year.

 

Within each Account used for funding a distribution, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund at the Trade Date for which the distribution is made.

 

(b)            Medium of Payment .  Payments will generally be made in cash (generally by check).  Alternatively, if the Participant elects a single sum distribution, a single sum payment will be made, as directed by the Participant, in a combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the distribution is funded from the Company Stock Fund.

 

11.04       Small Amounts Paid Immediately .  If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment and the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is $1,000 or less at any time, including after withdrawals have commenced, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be paid as a single sum as soon as administratively possible, pursuant to such procedures as may be established by the Administrator.

 

11.05       Payment Within Life Expectancy .  The Participant’s payment election must be consistent with the requirement of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that all payments are to be completed within a period not to exceed the lives or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary.

 

11.06       Incidental Benefit Rule .   For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2003, the Participant’s payment election must be consistent with the requirement that, if the Participant’s Spouse is not his or her sole primary Beneficiary, the minimum annual distribution for each calendar year, beginning with the year in which he or she attains age seventy and one-half (70½), shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing: (a) the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit as of the last Trade Date of the preceding year by (b) the applicable divisor as determined under the incidental benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,2003, the Incidental Benefit Rule shall no longer apply.

 

41



 

11.07       Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on the Effective Date .  Any person who became a Participant prior to the Effective Date only because he or she had an Accrued Benefit and who had commenced to receive payments prior to the Effective Date shall continue to receive such payments in the same form and payment schedule under this Plan.

 

11.08       TEFRA Transitional Rule .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance with the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

 

(a)            The distribution must have been one provided for in the Plan.

 

(b)            The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified the Plan under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”).

 

(c)            The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

 

(d)            Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

 

(e)            The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

 

(f)             The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distribution will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

 

11.09       Direct Rollover .  With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200 hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

11.10       Delay .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a payment will not be considered to be made after the applicable Payment Date merely because actual payment is reasonably delayed for the calculation and/or distribution of the benefit amount, or to ascertain the location of the payee, if all payments due are actually made.

 

42



 

ARTICLE XII

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH

 

12.01       Payment to Beneficiary .  On the death of a Participant prior to his or her Payment Date, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Death of a Participant on or after his or her Payment Date shall result in payment to his or her Beneficiary of whatever death benefit is provided by the form of payment in effect on his or her Payment Date.

 

12.02       Beneficiary Designation .

 

(a)            Each Participant may designate the Beneficiary who is to receive the Participant’s remaining Accrued Benefit at his or her death.  The Participant may change his or her designation of Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Administrator.  Notwithstanding any designation to the contrary, the Participant’s Beneficiary will be the Participant’s surviving Spouse, unless such designation includes Spousal Consent.  In the absence of Spousal Consent, a Participant will be deemed to have designated his or her surviving Spouse as his or her Beneficiary unless and to the extent that such designation is inconsistent with a QDRO.  If the Participant dies leaving no Spouse and either: (1) the Participant failed to file a valid Beneficiary designation, or (2) all persons designated as Beneficiary have predeceased the Participant, the Administrator will have the Trustee distribute such Participant’s Accrued Benefit in a single sum to his or her estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

 

(b)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary under the Plan at any time by making the designation in the form and manner and at the time determined by the Administrator.  No such designation will be effective until and unless it is received by the Administrator.

 

(c)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, a Participant may revoke a prior designation of a Beneficiary at any time by making the revocation in the form and manner and at the time determined by the Administrator.  No such revocation will be effective until and unless it is received by the Administrator.

 

(d)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, if a Participant designates his or her Spouse as his or her Beneficiary, except to the extent required by applicable law, that designation will not be revoked or otherwise altered or affected by any:

 

(1)            change in the marital status of the Participant and such Spouse,

 

(2)            agreement between the Participant and such Spouse.

 

(e)            If a Participant designates his or her Spouse as his or her Beneficiary, and the Administrator receives a QDRO with respect to the marriage, separation or divorce of the Participant and such Spouse, such Spouse will cease to be the Participant’s Beneficiary unless and until the Participant again designates his or her Spouse as the

 

43



 

Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Section, except to the extent otherwise provided in the QDRO.

 

(f)             A Participant’s Beneficiary may not be changed following the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, by a disclaimer otherwise valid under applicable law.

 

(g)            After a Participant’s death which occurs on or after the Effective Date, the Participant’s Beneficiary will have the rights and options otherwise available under the Plan to Participants.  For example, a Beneficiary will have the right to exchange an Account among the Investment Funds.

 

12.03       Benefit Election .

 

(a)            Request for Distribution .  In the event of a Participant’s death prior to his or her Payment Date, a Beneficiary may elect to have the Accrued Benefit of a deceased Participant paid to him or her beginning upon any Settlement Date following the Participant’s date of death by submitting a completed distribution election in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The election must be submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates to the Settlement Date upon which payments are to begin.

 

(b)            Failure to Request Distribution .  In the event a Beneficiary fails to submit a timely distribution request, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes such latest date of distribution (called the “Default Valuation Date”) and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the Beneficiary does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a forfeiture.  If the Beneficiary subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against forfeitures, or by a Contribution from the Employer, of the affected Beneficiary.

 

12.04       Payment Form .  In the event of a Participant’s death after his or her Payment Date, payment shall be made in the form selected by the Participant.  Otherwise, a Beneficiary shall be limited to the same form and medium of payment to which the Participant was limited.  Payments will generally be made in cash (by check).  Alternatively, if the Beneficiary elects an in-kind distribution, a single sum payment will be made in a combination of cash and whole shares.

 

12.05       Required Commencement of Distribution .

 

(a)            General Rules .  The provisions of this Section 12.05 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

 

(1)            Precedence.  The requirements of this Section 12.05 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

 

44



 

(2)            Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated.  All distributions required under this Section 12.05 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(3)            TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 12.05, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

 

(b)            Time and Manner of Distribution .

 

(1)            Required Beginning Date.  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

 

(2)            Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(A)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, unless the Beneficiary makes an election pursuant to subsection (E) below, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

 

(B)            If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, unless the Beneficiary makes an election pursuant to subsection (E) below, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(C)            If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(D)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 12.05(b)(2), other than Section 12.05(b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(E)            Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (A) and (B) above, Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the life

 

45



 

expectancy rule or the 5-year rule in subsections (A) or (B) above applies to distributions after the death of a Participant.  The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subsections (A) or (B) above, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death.  If the Beneficiary does not make an election under this subsection (E), distributions will be made in accordance with subsections (A) or (B) above, whichever is applicable.

 

For purposes of this Section 12.05(b)(2) and Section 12.05(d), unless Section 12.05(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If Section 12.05(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A).

 

If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(3)            Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 12.05(c) and 12.05(d).  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.

 

(c)            Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .

 

(1)            Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year.  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(A)           the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(B)            if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint

 

46



 

and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

(2)            Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death.  Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 12.05(c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

 

(d)            Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .

 

(1)            Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(i)             The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(ii)            If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(B)            No Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year

 

47



 

after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)            Death Before Date Distributions Begin .

 

(A)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 12.05(d)(1).

 

(B)            No Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(C)            Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A), this Section 12.05(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(e)            Definitions .

 

(1)            Designated beneficiary .  The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Section 12.02 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)            Distribution calendar year .  A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 12.05(b)(2).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar

 

48



 

years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)            Life expectancy .  Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)            Participant’s Account balance .  The Account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)            Required beginning date .  The date specified in Section 11.02 of the Plan.

 

(f)             Special Rule .  A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period.

 

12.06       Direct Rollover .  With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200 hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS

 

13.01       Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions .  The aggregate elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made on behalf of each Participant under the Plan for any Plan Year will not exceed:

 

(a)            the Contribution Dollar Limit, reduced by:

 

49



 

(b)            the sum of any of the following amounts that were contributed on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year under a plan, contract, or arrangement other than this Plan:

 

(1)            any employer contribution under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Section 401(k) of the Code) to the extent not includable in the Participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(e)(3) of the Code (determined without regard to Section 402(g) of the Code);

 

(2)            any employer contribution to the extent not includable in the Participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code (determined without regard to Section 402(g) of the Code);

 

(3)            any employer contribution to purchase an annuity contract under Section 403(b) of the Code under a salary reduction agreement (within the meaning of Section 3121(a)(5)(D) of the Code); and

 

(4)            any elective employer contribution under Section 408 (p)(2)(A)(i) of the Code;

 

provided that no contribution described in this subsection (b) will be taken into account for the purpose of reducing the dollar limit in subsection (a), above, if the plan, contract, or arrangement is not maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity unless the Participant has filed a notice with the Administrator not later than March 15 of the next Plan Year regarding such contribution.

 

13.02       Actual Deferral Percentage Test .  The following will apply for Plan Years in which the Plan does not meet the requirements under Code Section 401(k)(12):

 

(a)            The Plan will satisfy the actual deferral percentage test set forth in Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b), the provisions of which (and any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as modified by subsection (b), below.  In accordance with Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual deferral percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater of:

 

(1)            the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

 

(2)            the lesser of: (i) the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2; and (ii) the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year plus 2%.

 

(b)            In performing the actual deferral percentage test described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules will apply:

 

50



 

(1)            the deferral percentages of Participants who are covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer will be disaggregated from the deferral percentages of other Participants and the provisions of this Section 13.02 will be applied separately with respect to each group.

 

(2)            Employees who have not become eligible to become Participants will be disregarded in applying this Section 13.02.

 

(3)            The Administrator may permissively aggregate the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1.

 

13.03       Actual Contribution Percentage Test .  The following will apply for Plan Years in which the Plan does not meet the requirements under Code Section 401(m)(11):

 

(a)            The Plan will satisfy the actual contribution percentage test set forth in Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b), the provisions of which (and any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as modified by subsection (b), below. In accordance with Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual contribution percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater of:

 

(1)            the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

 

(2)            the lesser of: (i) the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2; and (ii) the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year plus 2%.

 

(b)            In performing the actual contribution percentage test described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules will apply:

 

(1)            the limit imposed by the actual contribution percentage test will apply only to HCEs and NHCEs who are not covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer;

 

(2)            Employees who have not become eligible to become Participants will be disregarded in applying this Section 13.03.

 

(3)            The Administrator may permissively aggregate the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1.

 

51



 

13.04       Maximum Contributions .

 

(a)            In addition to any other limitation set forth in the Plan and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event will the annual additions allocated to a Participant’s Account under the Plan, together with the aggregate annual additions allocated to the Participant’s accounts under all other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan under the provisions of Section 415 of the Code, exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 415 of the Code, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)            If the limitations imposed by this Section 13.05 apply to a Participant who is entitled to annual additions under one or more tax-qualified plans with which the Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, the annual additions under the Plan and such other plan or plans will be reduced in the following order, to the extent necessary to prevent the Participant’s benefits and/or annual additions from exceeding the limitations imposed by this Section:

 

(1)            All other defined contribution plans in which the Participant participated and with which the Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, in an order based on the reverse chronology of the annual additions to the plans, beginning with the last annual addition and ending with the first annual addition; and

 

(2)            the Plan.

 

13.05       Imposition of Limitations .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, in his or her sole discretion, limit the amount of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions during a Plan Year to the extent that he or she determines that the imposition of such a limit is necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of this Article.  Any such limitation may be imposed on a Participant at any time and without advance notice to the Participant, and regardless of whether the Participant is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer.  The Administrator can impose limitations beyond those that are absolutely necessary to satisfy the requirements of this Article and may, in his or her sole discretion, impose more restrictive limitations that are designed to enable the Plan to satisfy those requirements by a reasonable margin.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Contributions to be allocated to a Participant for a particular payroll period would cause the limitations of Section 13.05 to be exceeded with respect to a Participant, the Matching Contributions which otherwise would be made with respect to such Participant for such period will be first reduced or eliminated so that the limitations of Section 13.05 are not exceeded.

 

13.06       Return of Excess Annual Additions, Deferrals and Contributions .

 

(a)            If a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions cause the annual additions allocated to a Participant’s Account to exceed the limit imposed by Section 13.05, such

 

52



 

excess contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) will be returned to the Participant in the following order: (i) Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Matching Contributions were made; and (ii) Pre-Tax Contributions for which Matching Contributions were made.  Contributions returned pursuant to this subsection (a) will be disregarded in applying the limits imposed by Sections 13.01 through 13.04.

 

(b)            After any excess annual additions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, if a Participant’s aggregate elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) with respect to a Plan Year exceed the Contribution Dollar Limit, the following rules will apply to such excess (the Participant’s “excess deferrals”):

 

(1)            Not later than the first January 31 following the close of the Plan Year, the Participant may allocate to the Plan all or any portion of the Participant’s excess deferrals for the Plan Year (provided that the amount of the excess deferrals allocated to the Plan will not exceed the amount of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year that have not been withdrawn or distributed) and will notify the Administrator of any amount allocated to the Plan.

 

(2)            If excess deferrals have been made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant will be deemed to have allocated such excess deferrals to the Plan pursuant to subsection (b)(1), above, and the Plan will distribute such excess deferrals pursuant to subsection (b)(3), below.

 

(3)            As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the first April 15th following the close of the Plan Year, the Plan will distribute to the Participant the amount allocated or deemed allocated to the Plan under subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2), above (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon). The distribution described in this subsection (b)(3) will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.

 

After any excess annual additions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, after any excess deferrals (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (b), above, and after any action pursuant to Section 13.06 with respect to the Plan Year has been taken, if the actual deferral percentage for a Plan Year of HCEs exceeds the limit imposed by Section 13.02, the following rules apply:

 

(4)            (A)           The amount of the excess contributions (determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code and subparagraph (3), below), plus or minus any gains or losses thereon (including, in the discretion of the Administrator, gains or losses attributable to the “gap period” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)), will be distributed to HCEs, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required to cause that HCE’s Pre-Tax

 

53



 

Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions (or in such lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess contributions). The process described in the preceding sentence will continue until the reduction equals the total excess contributions made to the Plan.

 

(B)            The distribution described in subparagraph (A), above, will be made as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the close of the Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year with respect to which the excess contributions were made.

 

(C)            The gains or losses on excess contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account by the following fraction:

 

(i)             The numerator of the fraction will be the amount of the excess contributions.

 

(ii)            The denominator of the fraction will be the value of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account as of the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of the gap period, if elected by the Company), reduced by any positive earnings (or increased by any negative earnings) credited to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account for the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if elected by the Company).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (C), in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(5)            The excess contributions to the Plan will be determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code by performing the hypothetical calculation described in this subparagraph (2). The actual deferral percentage of the HCE with the highest individual actual deferral percentage will be reduced to the extent necessary to cause his or her actual deferral percentage to equal the actual deferral percentage of the HCE with the second highest individual actual deferral percentage (or, if it would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the actual deferral percentage test under Section 13.02). The excess contribution to the Plan is the amount by which the Pre-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the highest individual actual deferral percentage would have been reduced after the hypothetical reduction in actual deferral percentage described in the preceding sentence. This process will continue until no excess contributions remain.

 

The distribution described in subparagraph (1), above, will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan. The amount distributed pursuant

 

54



 

to subparagraph (1), above, for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant will be reduced by any excess deferral previously distributed from the Plan to such Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

 

(c)            If a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) are returned to him or her pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13.07, any Matching Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to such returned Pre-Tax Contributions will be immediately forfeited.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions, any Matching Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to such Pre-Tax Contributions will (1) be forfeited if such Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions because of the limit imposed by Section 13.05, or (2) not be forfeited if such Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions because of the Contribution Dollar Limit.  Any such forfeitures will be applied to reduce the Company’s obligation to make Matching Contributions pursuant to Article IV.

 

(d)            After any excess deferrals (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon), and any excess contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon), with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed and/or re-characterized, in accordance with subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d), above, and after any action pursuant to Section 13.06 with respect to the Plan Year has been taken, if the contribution percentage for a Plan Year of HCEs exceeds the actual contribution percentage limit imposed by Section 13.03, the following rules will apply:

 

(1)            The amount of the excess aggregate contributions for the Plan Year (determined in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code and subparagraph (3), below), plus or minus any gains or losses thereon (including, in the discretion of the Company, gains or losses attributable to the “gap period” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3)), will be distributed (or, if forfeitable, will be forfeited) as soon as practicable and in any event before the close of the Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year with respect to which the excess aggregate contributions were made.

 

(A)           The gains or losses on excess aggregate contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the Participant’s Matching Account by the following fraction:

 

(i)             The numerator of the fraction will be the amount of the excess aggregate contributions.

 

(ii)            The denominator of the fraction will be the value of the Participant’s Matching Account as of the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of the gap period, if elected by the Company), reduced by any positive earnings (or increased by any negative

 

55



 

earnings) credited to the Participant’s Matching Account for the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if elected by the Company).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (B), in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(2)            Any distribution in accordance with subparagraph (1), above, will be made to HCEs, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required to cause that HCE’s Matching Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Matching Contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions (or in such lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess aggregate contributions). This process will continue until the reduction equals the total excess aggregate contributions made to the Plan. Such distributions will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.

 

(3)            The excess aggregate contributions to the Plan will be determined in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code by performing the hypothetical calculation described in this subparagraph (3). The actual contribution percentage of the HCE with the highest individual actual contribution percentage will be reduced to the extent necessary to cause his or her actual contribution percentage to equal the actual contribution percentage of the HCE with the second highest individual actual contribution percentage (or, if it would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the actual contribution percentage under Section 13.03). The excess aggregate contribution to the Plan is the amount by which the Matching Contributions on behalf of the HCE with the highest individual actual contribution percentage would have been reduced after the hypothetical reduction in actual contribution percentage described in the preceding sentence. This process will continue until no excess aggregate contributions remain.

 

The determination of the excess aggregate contributions under this subsection (e) for any Plan Year will be made after taking the measures called for by the preceding subsections of this Section 13.07.

 

13.07       Incorporation by Reference .  Each incorporation by reference in this Article XIII of the provisions of Sections 401(k)(3), (m)(2), (m)(9) and 415 of the Code, and the specific underlying regulations thereunder, includes this incorporation by reference to any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder.

 

13.08       Additional Special Contributions .   Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in lieu of distributing excess contributions and/or excess aggregate contributions, as provided in Section 13.07(b)(4) and/or 13.07(d) above, the Company may make and allocate a Special Contribution to NHCEs in the Plan in an amount and

 

56



 

manner which will cause the Plan to meet the Actual Deferral Percentage and/or Actual Contribution Percentage tests for the Plan Year.

 

ARTICLE XIV

CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS

 

14.01       Custodial Agreement .  The Senior Vice President may enter into one or more Custodial Agreements to provide for the holding, investment and payment of Plan assets, or direct by execution of an insurance contract that all or a specified portion of the Plan’s assets be held, invested and paid under such a contract.  All Custodial Agreements, as from time to time amended, shall continue in force and shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan.  Subject to the requirements of the Code and ERISA, the Senior Vice President may cause assets of the Plan which are securities to be held in the name of a nominee or in street name provided such securities are held on behalf of the Plan by:

 

(a)            a bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the United States or a State, or a nominee of such bank or trust company;

 

(b)            a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or

 

(c)            a “clearing agency” as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee.

 

14.02       Selection of Custodian .  The Management Committee shall select, remove or replace the Custodian in accordance with the Custodial Agreement.  The subsequent resignation or removal of a Custodian and the approval of its accounts shall all be accomplished in the manner provided in the Custodial Agreement.

 

14.03       Custodian’s Duties .  Except as provided in ERISA, the powers, duties and responsibilities of the Custodian shall be as stated in the Custodial Agreement, and unless expressly stated or delegated to the Custodian (with the Custodian’s acceptance), nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed by implication to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the Custodian.  All Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions shall be paid into the Trust, and all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the Trust, except to the extent such amounts are paid to a Custodian other than the Trustee.  An Employer shall have no rights or claims of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply and pay such assets in its hands, in accordance with the directions of the Management Committee, for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as hereinafter provided.

 

14.04       Separate Entity .  The Custodial Agreement under this Plan from its inception shall be a separate entity aside and apart from Employers or their assets, and the corpus and income thereof shall in no event and in no manner whatsoever be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

 

57



 

14.05       Plan Asset Valuation .  As of each Valuation Date, the Unit Value of the Plan’s assets held or posted to an Investment Fund shall be determined by the Management Committee or the Custodian, as appropriate.

 

14.06       Right of Employers to Plan Assets .  The Employers shall have no right or claim of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply, and pay such assets in its possession in accordance with the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; provided, that:

 

(a)            if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, Contributions conditioned upon the qualification of the Plan shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year of such denial of qualification; provided, that the application for determination of initial qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the respective Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or by such later date as is prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA;

 

(b)            if, and to the extent that, deduction for a Contribution under Section 404 of the Code is disallowed, Contributions conditioned upon deductibility shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year after the disallowance of the deduction;

 

(c)            if, and to the extent that, a Contribution is made through mistake of fact, such Contribution shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one year of the payment of the Contribution; and

 

(d)            any amounts held suspended pursuant to the limitations of Section 415 of the Code shall be returned to the Employers upon termination of the Plan.

 

All Contributions made hereunder are conditioned upon the Plan being qualified under Sections 401(a) or 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and a deduction being allowed for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.  Pre-Tax Contributions returned to an Employer pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Participant for whom contributed as soon as administratively convenient.  If these provisions result in the return of Contributions after such amounts have been allocated to Accounts, such Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of the allocation attributable to such amount, adjusted for any losses or expenses.

 

ARTICLE XV

ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

 

15.01       General .  The Company, through the authority vested in the Board of Directors, has appointed the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to act on behalf of the whole Board of Directors of the Company, and the Board of Directors has appointed, by separate documentation, the Senior Vice President, and has enabled him or her to have the power and authority to act, to the

 

58



 

extent delegated to such person, on behalf of the Company (and therefore all Employers), with respect to matters which relate to the Plan and Trust, but not on behalf of the Plan and Trust.  Furthermore, the Company has adopted the Plan and Trust, thereby:

 

(a)            appointing an Administrator and enabling it to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or Trust, but not on behalf of the Company;

 

(b)            appointing a Management Committee, and enabling it to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or Trust with respect to the management of the Plan’s assets, but not on behalf of the Company;

 

(c)            enabling the Senior Vice President acting in his/her capacity as an Officer of the Company to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of the Plan or Trust; and

 

(d)            delegating to the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”), acting on behalf of the full Board of Directors of the Company, the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of the Plan or Trust.

 

15.02       Senior Vice President Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust .  The Senior Vice President has the following authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

 

(a)            amend the Plan and/or Trust to the extent permitted and under the limitations described in 18.01(c).  This authority to amend the Plan is granted to the Senior Vice President in the following situations:

 

(1)            any change to the Plan or Trust required by a change in the law or regulations governing the Plan and Trust in order to maintain the continued tax exempt status of the Plan and Trust or to maintain compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

(2)            any changes which would serve to ease the administrative convenience of the Plan for the Administrator, provided that such amendment would not result in a substantial increase in the cost of the Plan to the Company or a substantial increase in the potential liability to the Company with respect to the Plan or the Trust; or

 

(3)            any amendment needed to facilitate the transition of employees following an acquisition or other corporate transaction in which it is necessary to designate which employee groups are eligible to participate in the Plan and/or

 

59



 

any issues with respect to the granting of service credit for prior employment to the extent permitted in the Plan;

 

(b)            select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries, underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other service providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named Fiduciary, and determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities, either directly or by the adoption of Plan provisions which specify such duties and responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan documents will control in the case of a conflict);

 

(c)            appoint and consult with legal counsel, investment advisors, independent consulting or evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other advisors, as necessary, to perform its functions;

 

(d)            determine what expenses, if any, related to the operation and administration of the Plan and the investment of Plan assets, may be paid from Plan assets, subject to applicable law;

 

(e)            report to the CEO any Plan funding or investment policies of significance to the Company;

 

(f)             review with the CEO any proposals which would be submitted to the Board of Directors; and

 

(g)            take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

 

The Senior Vice President shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever he or she acts on behalf of the Company.

 

15.03       Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust .  The Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), acting on behalf of the whole Board of Directors of the Company, has the following authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

 

(a)            amend or terminate the Plan and/or Trust, in part or completely to the extent permitted under the terms the Plan and the Trust;

 

(b)            establish such policies and make such other delegations or designations necessary or incidental to the Company’s sponsorship of the Plan or to facilitate administration of the Plan;

 

(c)            determine the funding policies of the Plan and related matters;

 

(d)            appoint the Plan Administrator to act within the duties and responsibilities set forth in Section 15.21; and

 

60



 

(e)            take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

 

The Compensation Committee shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever it acts on behalf of the Company.

 

15.04       Management Committee and Administrator as Named Fiduciaries for the Plan .

 

(a)            The Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust and subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan, including without limitation, the management and control with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan contained in an agreement with a Named Fiduciary but only to the extent it has been specifically designated in such agreement as being the responsibility of the Administrator, an Employer, the Company, or any employee, member or delegate of any of them.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other term or provision of the Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the Management Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some specified portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust, to the extent that a Named Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in the Plan or Trust to severally have authority to manage and control such portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

 

(c)            To the extent that administrative functions with respect to the Plan are delegated to the Administrator pursuant to Section 15.10 of the Plan (and pursuant to Sections 15.20 and 15.21, if a separate Plan Administrator apart from the Administrator is not delegated the responsibilities under Section 15.21), the Administrator shall be the Named Fiduciary with respect to those responsibilities under the Plan, and the Management Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the responsibilities so delegated.

 

15.05       Management Committee as Named Fiduciary for the Trust .  The Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to its authority to manage and control the Plan’s assets, but only to the extent not inconsistent with the Plan or Trust.

 

15.06       Actions .

 

(a)            Any action by the Administrator on behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust shall be treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

 

(b)            Any action by the Management Committee on behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the Plan’s assets shall be treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

 

61



 

(c)            Where reference is made in this Plan (or where the Senior Vice President designates in writing) that its action is on behalf of the Company, the Senior Vice President shall be acting only on behalf of the Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

 

(d)            The Compensation Committee, in exercising the duties it is delegated pursuant to Section 15.03 of the Plan, is acting on behalf of the Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

 

(e)            Except as provided in Section 15.23, the Administrator or the Management Committee may, in writing delivered to the Trustee, empower a representative to act on its behalf and such person shall have the authority to act within the scope of such empowerment to the full extent the Administrator or the Management Committee could have acted.

 

15.07       Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary .  The Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may from time to time, designate a person to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to management and control of the operation and administration of the Plan or the management and control of the Plan’s assets.  Such designation shall specify the person designated by name and either: (a) specify the management and control authority with respect to which the person will be a Named Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an agreement with such person to provide services to or on behalf of the Plan or Trust and use such agreement as a means for specifying the management and control authority with respect to which such person will be a Named Fiduciary.  No person who is designated as a Named Fiduciary hereunder must consent to such designation nor shall it be necessary for the Compensation Committee to seek such person’s acquiescence.  The authority to manage and control, which any person who is designated to be a Named Fiduciary hereunder may have, shall be several and not joint with the Administrator or the Management Committee, and shall result in the Administrator or the Management Committee no longer being a Named Fiduciary with respect to, nor having any longer, such authority to manage and control.  On and after the designation of a person as a Named Fiduciary, the Employer, the Compensation Committee, the Management Committee, the Administrator, and any other Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan or Trust, shall have no liability for the acts (or failure to act) of any such Named Fiduciary except to the extent of its co-Fiduciary duty under ERISA.

 

15.08       Compensation .  The Administrator and the Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust, shall serve without compensation for its services as such.

 

15.09       Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary .  Each Named Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan and Trust will enforce the Plan and Trust in accordance with their terms.  Each Named Fiduciary shall have full and complete authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such authority, responsibility and control) over that portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to such Named Fiduciary, including, but not limited to, the

 

62



 

authority and discretion to do the following.  In the absence of a delegation pursuant to the terms of the Plan (including the delegation to the Administrator in Section 15.10 and the delegation to the Plan Administrator in Section 15.21), the Senior Vice President shall exercise this authority on behalf of the Plan and/or Trust:

 

(a)            formulate, adopt, issue and apply procedures and rules and change, alter or amend such procedures and rules in accordance with law and as may be consistent with the terms of the Plan or Trust;

 

(b)            specify the basis upon which payments are to be made under the Plan and, as the final appeals Fiduciary under Section 503 of ERISA, to make a final determination, based upon the information known to the Named Fiduciary within the scope of its authority and control as a Named Fiduciary, based upon determinations made and such other information made available from an Employer plus such final determinations made by each other Named Fiduciary within the scope of its authority and control, as are determined to be relevant to the final appeals Fiduciary;

 

(c)            exercise such discretion as may be required to construe and apply the provisions of the Plan or Trust, subject only to the terms and conditions of the Plan or Trust;

 

(d)            interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make regulations and settle disputes described above which are not inconsistent with the terms thereof;

 

(e)            settle or compromise any litigation against the Plan or a Fiduciary with respect to which the Plan has an indemnity obligation;

 

(f)             create a legal remedy to the Plan with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to a Participant or Beneficiary, for any loss incurred (whether restitution or opportunity losses) by the Plan on behalf of such Participant or Beneficiary, or by such Participant or Beneficiary, due to a breach of Fiduciary duty to the Plan by a Named Fiduciary or other error (whether negligent or willful) which the Management Committee determines is a substantial contributing factor to such loss (or a portion of such loss); and

 

(g)            take all necessary and proper acts as are required for such Named Fiduciary to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

 

15.10       Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding Administration of the Plan .   The Administrator shall have full and complete authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such authority, responsibility and control only if specifically provided) over that portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to the Administrator and the power to act on behalf of the Plan or Trust, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

 

63



 

(a)            appoint and compensate such specialists (including attorneys, actuaries and accountants) to aid it in the administration of the Plan, and arrange for such other services, as the Administrator considers necessary or appropriate in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)            appoint and compensate an independent outside accountant to conduct such audits of the financial statements of the Trust as the Administrator considers necessary or appropriate;

 

(c)            assure that the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA limiting the acquisition or holding of Company Stock;

 

(d)            act as the Fiduciary responsible for monitoring the confidentiality and independent Fiduciary requirements associated with Company Stock in order for the Plan to qualify as a Section 404(c) plan under Department of Labor Regulations; and

 

(e)            take all necessary and proper acts as are required for the Administrator to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

 

15.11       Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility .

 

(a)            Delegations .  Each Named Fiduciary may designate persons (other than a Named Fiduciary) to carry out Fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities as described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) it may have with respect to the Plan or Trust and make a change of delegated responsibilities.  Such delegation shall specify the delegated person by name and either: (a) specify the discretionary authority with respect to which the person will be a Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an agreement with such Named Fiduciary to provide services to the Plan or Trust on behalf of the delegating Named Fiduciary as a means of specifying the discretionary authority with respect to which such person will be a Fiduciary.  No person (other than an investment manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) to whom Fiduciary responsibility has been delegated must consent to being a Fiduciary nor shall it be necessary for the Named Fiduciary to seek such person’s acquiescence; however, where such person has not contractually accepted the responsibility delegated, he or she must be given notification of the services to be performed and, in either case, will be deemed to have accepted such Fiduciary responsibility if he or she performs the services described for thirty (30) days or more without specific objection thereto.  The discretionary authority any person who is delegated Fiduciary responsibilities hereunder may have shall be several and not joint with the Named Fiduciary delegating and each other Named Fiduciaries.  A delegation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, whether the delegating Named Fiduciary shall have joint liability for acts of such person shall be determined by applicable law.

 

(b)            Allocations .  The Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may allocate Fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) among Named Fiduciaries when it designates

 

64



 

a Named Fiduciary in the manner described in Section 15.07, or may reallocate Fiduciary responsibilities among existing Named Fiduciaries by action of the Compensation Committee in accordance with Sections 15.06 and 15.07; provided each such Named Fiduciary is given notice of the services, management and control authority allocated to it either by way of an amendment to the Plan, Trust or a contract with such person, or by way of correspondence from the Compensation Committee, whichever is applicable.  Each Named Fiduciary, by signing its contract or by accepting such amendment or correspondence and rendering the services requested without objection for thirty (30) days, shall be conclusively bound to have assumed such Fiduciary responsibility as a Named Fiduciary.  An allocation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, such person may not be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan and Trust.

 

(c)            Limit on Liability .  Fiduciary duties and responsibilities which have been allocated or delegated pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Trust, are intended to limit the liability of the Company, the Compensation Committee, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator, the Management Committee, and each Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, in accordance with the provisions of Section 405(c) of ERISA.

 

15.12       Bonding .  The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall serve without bond (except as otherwise required by federal law).

 

15.13       Information to be Supplied by Employer .   Each Employer shall supply to the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, or a designated Named Fiduciary, within a reasonable time of its request, the names of all Employees, their age, their date of hire, the names and dates of all Employees who incurred a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year, Compensation and such other information in the Employer’s possession as the Administrator shall from time to time need in the discharge of its duties.  The Administrator and each Named Fiduciary may rely conclusively on the information certified to it by an Employer.

 

15.14       Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary .  Whenever a term, definition, standard, protocol, policy, interpretation, rule, practice or procedure under an Administrative Services Agreement, or other basis for determining whether a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s accrued benefit, optional form of benefit, right or feature is required or used, the Named Fiduciary who has the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan with respect to such accrued benefit, optional form of payment, right or feature shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining such framework of definitions, standards, protocols, policies, interpretations, rules, practices and procedures under such Administrative Services Agreement and shall provide a copy thereof either: (1) to the Senior Vice President, upon its request, on behalf of the Company, (2) to the Compensation Committee, upon its request, on behalf of the Company, (3) to a Participant or Beneficiary but only to the extent required by law, or (4) to the extent required in any proceeding involving the Plan or any Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

 

65



 

15.15      Misrepresentations .   The Management Committee and the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, may, but shall not be required to, rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to it by an Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual with respect to any fact regarding any of the provisions of the Plan.  If relied upon, any such certificate, statement or other representation shall be conclusively binding upon such Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual or personal representative thereof, heir, or assignee (but not upon the Management Committee or the Administrator), and any such person shall thereafter be estopped from disputing the truth of any such certificate, statement or other representation.

 

15.16      Records .   The regularly kept records of the designated Named Fiduciary (or, where applicable, the Trustee) and any Employer shall be conclusive evidence of a person’s age, his or her status as an Eligible Employee, and all other matters contained therein applicable to this Plan; provided that a Participant may request a correction in the record of his or her age at any time prior to retirement, and such correction shall be made if within ninety (90) days after such request he or she furnishes in support thereof a birth certificate, baptismal certificate, or other documentary proof of age satisfactory to the Administrator.

 

15.17      Plan Expenses .   All expenses of the Plan which have been approved by the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, respectively, shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by the Employers; and if paid by the Employers, such Employers may, if authorized by the Senior Vice President acting on behalf of the Company, seek reimbursement of such expenses from the Trust and the Trust shall reimburse the Employers.  If borne by the Employers, expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Employers in such proportions as the Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, shall determine.

 

15.18      Fiduciary Capacity .  Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

 

15.19      Employer’s Agent .  The Senior Vice President shall act as agent for the Company when acting on behalf of the Company and the Company shall act as agent for each Employer.

 

15.20      Plan Administrator .  The Plan Administrator (within the meaning of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA) shall be appointed by the Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, and may (but need not) be the Administrator; and, in the absence of such appointment, the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall be the Plan Administrator.

 

15.21      Plan Administrator Duties and Power .  The Plan Administrator will have full and complete authority, responsibility and control over the management, administration and operation of the Plan with respect to the following:

 

66



 

(a)           satisfy all reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to the Plan, Trust or Plan Administrator under ERISA, the Code or other applicable law;

 

(b)           make appropriate determinations as to whether Rollover Contributions constitute such;

 

(c)           provide and deliver all written forms used by Participants and Beneficiaries, give notices required by law, and seek a favorable determination letter for the Plan and Trust;

 

(d)           withhold any amounts required by the Code to be withheld at the source and to transmit funds withheld and any and all necessary reports with respect to such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

(e)           where applicable, to provide each Participant or his or her Spouse with QJSA and QPSA information;

 

(f)            certify to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefits payable to or withdrawn from Participants and Beneficiaries and the date of payment, including withdrawals;

 

(g)           respond to a QDRO;

 

(h)           make available for inspection and to provide upon request at such charge as may be permitted and determined by it, documents and instruments required to be disclosed by ERISA;

 

(i)            make a determination of whether a Participant is suffering a deemed or demonstrated financial need and whether a withdrawal from this Plan is deemed or demonstrated necessary to satisfy such financial need; provided however, in making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely, if reasonable to do so, upon representations made by such Participant in connection with his or her request for a withdrawal;

 

(j)            take such actions as are necessary to establish and maintain the Plan in full and timely compliance with any law or regulation having pertinence to this Plan; and

 

(k)           perform whatever responsibilities are delegated to the Plan Administrator by the Administrator.

 

15.22      Named Fiduciary Decisions Final .  The decision of the Administrator, the Management Committee, or a Named Fiduciary in matters within its jurisdiction shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employers and the Trustee and upon each Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, and every other person or party interested or concerned.

 

15.23      No Agency .  Each Named Fiduciary shall perform (or fail to perform) its responsibilities and duties or discretionary authority with respect to the Plan and Trust

 

67



 

as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Company, any Employer, the Senior Vice President, the Compensation Committee, the Administrator or the Management Committee.  No agency is intended to be created nor is the Administrator or the Management Committee empowered to create an agency relationship with a Named Fiduciary.

 

ARTICLE XVI

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

16.01      Claims Procedure .

 

(a)           Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 16.01, the following words or phrases in quotes when capitalized will have the meaning set forth below:

 

(1)           “Adverse Benefit Determination” means a denial, reduction or the termination of, or a failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) with respect to a Claim for a benefit, including any such denial, reduction, termination, or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

(2)           “Claim” means a request for a benefit or eligibility to participate in the Plan, made by a Claimant in accordance with the Plan’s procedures for filing Claims, as described in this Section 16.01.

 

(3)           “Claimant” is defined in Section 16.01(b)(2).

 

(4)           “Notice” or “Notification” means the delivery or furnishing of information to an individual in a manner that satisfies applicable Department of Labor regulations with respect to material required to be furnished or made available to an individual.

 

(5)           “Relevant Documents” include documents, records or other information with respect to a Claim that:

 

(A)          were relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination;

 

(B)           were submitted to, considered by or generated for, the Administrator in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination;

 

(C)           demonstrate compliance with administrative processes and safeguards required in making the benefit determination; or

 

(D)          constitute a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied benefit for the Participant’s circumstances,

 

68



 

without regard to whether such advice was relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination.

 

(b)           Procedure for Filing a Claim .  In order for a communication from a Claimant to constitute a valid Claim, it must satisfy the following paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (b).

 

(1)           Any Claim submitted by a Claimant must be in writing on the appropriate Claim form (or in such other manner acceptable to the Administrator) and delivered, along with any supporting comments, documents, records and other information, to the Administrator in person, or by mail postage paid, to the address for the Administrator provided in the Summary Plan Description.

 

(2)           Claims and appeals of denied Claims may be pursued by a Participant or an authorized representative of the Participant (each of whom will be referred to in this section as a “Claimant”).  However, the Administrator may establish reasonable procedures for determining whether an individual has been authorized to act on behalf of a Participant.

 

(c)           Initial Claim Review .  The initial Claim review will be conducted by the Administrator, with or without the presence of the Claimant, as determined by the Administrator in its discretion.  The Administrator will consider the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan and amendments to the Plan, information and evidence that is presented by the Claimant and any other information it deems relevant.  In reviewing the Claim, the Administrator will also consider and be consistent with prior determinations of Claims from other Claimants who were similarly situated and which have been processed through the Plan’s claims and appeals procedures within the past 24 months.

 

(d)           Initial Benefit Determination .

 

(1)           The Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Administrator’s determination within a reasonable period of time, but in any event (except as described in paragraph (2) below) within 90 days after receipt of the Claim by the Administrator.

 

(2)           The Administrator may extend the period for making the benefit determination by 90 days if it determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and if it notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial-90 day period, of circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision.

 

69



 

(e)           Manner and Content of Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination .

 

(1)           The Administrator will provide a Claimant with written or electronic Notice of any Adverse Benefit Determination, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations.

 

(2)           The Notification will set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

(i)            The specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;

 

(ii)           Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based;

 

(iii)          Description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(iv)          A description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

(f)            Procedure for Filing a Review of an Adverse Benefit Determination .

 

(1)           Any appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination by a Claimant must be brought to the Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Notice of the Adverse Benefit Determination.  Failure to appeal within such 60-day period will be deemed to be a failure to exhaust all administrative remedies under the Plan.  The appeal must be in writing utilizing the appropriate form provided by the Administrator (or in such other manner acceptable to the Administrator); provided, however, that if the Administrator does not provide the appropriate form, no particular form is required to be utilized by the Participant.  The appeal must be filed with the Administrator at the address listed in the Summary Plan Description.

 

(2)           A Claimant will have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the Claim.

 

(g)           Review Procedures for Adverse Benefit Determinations .

 

(1)           The Administrator will provide a review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

70



 

(2)           The Claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all Relevant Documents.

 

(3)           The review procedure may not require more than two levels of appeals of an Adverse Benefit Determination.

 

(h)           Timing and Notification of Benefit Determination on Review .  The Administrator will notify the Claimant within a reasonable period of time, but in any event within 60 days after the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination.  If the Administrator determines that an extension is required, written Notice will be furnished to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 60-day period indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render the determination on review, which in any event will be within 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period.  If such an extension is necessary due to a failure of the Claimant to submit the information necessary to decide the Claim, the period in which the Administrator is required to make a decision will be tolled from the date on which the notification is sent to the Claimant until the Claimant adequately responds to the request for additional information.

 

(i)            Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review .

 

(1)           The Administrator will provide a written or electronic Notice of the Plan’s benefit determination on review, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations.

 

(2)           The Notification will set forth:

 

(i)            The specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;

 

(ii)           Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based;

 

(iii)          A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all Relevant Documents; and

 

(iv)          A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

(j)            Collectively Bargained Benefits .

 

(1)           Where benefits are provided pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement and such collective bargaining agreement maintains or incorporates

 

71



 

by specific reference: (i) provisions concerning the filing of a Claim for a benefit and the initial disposition of a Claim; and (ii) a grievance and arbitration procedure to which Adverse Benefit Determinations are subject, then Section 16.01(c) through and including Section 16.01(i) will not apply to such Claim.

 

(2)           Where benefits are provided pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement and such collective bargaining agreement maintains or incorporates by specific reference a grievance and arbitration procedure to which Adverse Benefit Determinations are subject, then Sections 16.01(f) through and including Section 16.01(i) will not apply to such Claim.

 

(k)           Statute of Limitations .  No cause of action may be brought by a Claimant who has received an Adverse Benefit Determination later than two years following the date of such Adverse Benefit Determination.

 

16.02      Notices to Participants, Etc .  Any notice, report or statement given, made, delivered or transmitted to a Participant or any other person entitled to or claiming benefits under the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given, made or transmitted when sent via messenger, delivery service, facsimile or mailed by first class mail with postage prepaid and addressed to the Participant or such person at the address last appearing on the records of the Administrator or the responsible Named Fiduciary, whichever is applicable.  A Participant or other person may record any change of his or her address from time to time by following the procedures established by the Administrator.

 

16.03      Notices to Administrator .  Any written direction, notice or other communication from Participants or any other person entitled to or claiming benefits under the Plan to the Administrator will be deemed to have been duly given, made or transmitted either when delivered to such location as will be specified upon the forms prescribed by the Administrator for the giving of such direction, notice or other communication or when otherwise received by the Administrator.

 

16.04      Administrator’s Discretion .  Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides, in his or her discretion, that the Claimant is entitled to them.

 

ARTICLE XVII

ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

 

17.01      Procedure for Adoption .  Any Commonly Controlled Entity may adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Eligible Employees by resolution of such Commonly Controlled Entity’s board of directors and by completing (or the Senior Vice President completing pursuant to its authority to amend the Plan) one or more Appendices with respect to such Employees, which adoption shall be effective as of the date specified in the board resolution.  No such adoption shall be effective until such adoption and any such Appendix to be used in connection therewith has been approved by the Senior Vice President.

 

72



 

17.02      Procedure for Withdrawal .  Any Employer (other than the Company) may, by resolution of the board of directors of such Employer, with the consent of the Senior Vice President and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Senior Vice President (or the Senior Vice President acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to its authority to amend this Plan), terminate its adoption of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer will be deemed to have terminated its adoption of the Plan when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.

 

ARTICLE XVIII

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

 

18.01      Amendments .

 

(a)           Power to Amend .  The Company, by action of its Board of Directors on behalf of all Employers, the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) on behalf of the Board of Directors, the Senior Vice President as provided in Subsection (c) below, or the Administrator as provided in Subsection (d) below, may amend, modify, change, revise or discontinue this Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of persons, by amendment at any time; provided, however, that no amendment shall:

 

(1)           increase the duties or liabilities of the Custodian, the Administrator or the Management Committee without its written consent;

 

(2)           have the effect of vesting in any Employer any interest in any funds, securities or other property, subject to the terms of this Plan and the Custodial Agreement;

 

(3)           authorize or permit at any time any part of the corpus or income of the Plan’s assets to be used or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries;

 

(4)           except to the extent permissible under ERISA and the Code, make it possible for any portion of the Trust assets to revert to an Employer to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to Plan benefits and to defray reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

(5)           permit an Employee to be paid the balance of his or her Pre-Tax Account unless the payment would otherwise be permitted under Section 401(k) of the Code; and

 

(6)           have any retroactive effect as to deprive any such person of any benefit already accrued, except that no amendment made in order to conform the Plan as a plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code of which amendments are permitted by the Code or are required or permitted by any other statute relating

 

73



 

to employees’ trusts, or any official regulations or rulings issued pursuant thereto, shall be considered prejudicial to the rights of any such person.

 

(b)           Restriction on Amendment .  No amendment to the Plan shall deprive a Participant of his or her nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the date of the amendment.  Further, if the vesting schedule of the plan is amended, each Participant with at least three (3) years of service for vesting with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his or her nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.  The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of:

 

(1)           sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

 

(2)           sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

 

(3)           sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer, the Senior Vice President or the Administrator.

 

The preceding language concerning an amendment to the Plan’s vesting schedule shall also apply when a Plan with a different vestinsg schedule is merged into this Plan.  In addition to the foregoing, the Plan shall not be amended so as to eliminate an optional form of payment of an Accrued Benefit attributable to employment prior to the date of the amendment.  The foregoing limitations do not apply to benefit accrual occurring after the date of the amendment.

 

(c)           The Senior Vice President .  The Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of persons; provided, however: (i) no such action may be taken if it could not have been adopted under this Section by the Board of Directors; (ii) no such action may be taken if it causes a change in the level or type of contributions to be made to the Plan or otherwise materially increase the duties and obligations of any or all Employers with respect to the Plans; and (iii) no such action may amend Articles XV and XVIII.

 

(d)           The Administrator .  The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, provided, however, such amendment may only: (1) implement other amendments either adopted by the Senior Vice President on behalf of the Company or pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof, and, further, the Administrator will have no discretionary authority when causing such implementing amendments to be drafted and adopted, except where required by law; (2) be drafted and adopted to cause the Plan to be tax-exempt under the Code; or (3) be drafted and adopted to comply with other applicable law.  All expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and adoption of amendments by the Administrator will be charged to the Plan and Trust.

 

74



 

18.02      Plan Termination .  It is the expectation of the Company that it will continue the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder indefinitely, but the continuation of the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Employer.  The right is reserved by the Company to terminate the Plan at any time, and the right is reserved by the Company by action of its Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee.  The Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, has the authority pursuant to its power to amend the Plan at any time to reduce, suspend or discontinue its or any other Employer’s Contributions hereunder (but not to terminate the Plan or Trust); provided, however, that the Contributions for any Plan Year accrued or determined prior to the end of said year shall not after the end of said year be retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued, except as may be permitted by law.  Upon termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Contributions hereunder (other than for the reason that the Employer has had no net profits or accumulated net profits), each Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested.  Upon termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of Contributions, unclaimed amounts shall be applied as forfeitures and any unallocated amounts shall be allocated to Participants who are Eligible Employees as of the date of such termination or discontinuance on the basis of Compensation for the Plan Year (or short Plan Year).  Upon a partial termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant shall be fully vested.  In the event of termination of the Plan, the Administrator shall direct the Custodian to distribute to each Participant the entire amount of his or her Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively possible, but not earlier than would be permitted in order to retain the Plan’s qualified status under Sections 401(a), (k) and (m) of the Code, as if all Participants who are Employees had incurred a Termination of Employment on the Plan’s termination date.  Should a Participant or a Beneficiary not elect immediate payment of a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of one thousand dollars ($1,000), the Administrator shall direct the Custodian to continue the Plan and Custodial Agreement for the sole purpose of paying to such Participant his or her Accrued Benefit or death benefit, respectively, unless, in the opinion of the Administrator, to make immediate single sum payments to such Participant or Beneficiary would not adversely affect the tax qualified status of the Plan upon termination and would not impose additional liability upon any Employer or the Custodian.

 

18.03      Plan Merger .

 

(a)           General .  The Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer any assets or liabilities to any other plan, unless each person entitled to benefits would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated).  Pursuant to Section 15.02(a)(3) of the Plan, the Senior Vice President shall amend or take such other action as is necessary to amend the Plan in order to satisfy the requirements applicable to any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets and liabilities.

 

75



 

(b)           Hussmann .  Effective January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date a Participant becomes a Hussmann Participant, the assets and liabilities for each Hussmann Participant shall be transferred to the Hussmann Plan based upon the Unit Value thereof as of the close of the last Business Day in 1997, or, if later, the Business Day immediately preceding the date a Participant becomes a Hussmann Participant.

 

(c)           Midas .  Effective January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date a Participant becomes a Midas Participant, the assets and liabilities for each Midas Participant shall be transferred to the Midas Plan based upon the Unit Value thereof as of the close of the last Business Day in 1997, or, if later, the Business Day immediately preceding the date a Participant becomes a Midas Participant.

 

(d)           Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Princeton, Inc. (“Princetonco”) .  Effective upon the transfer of Princetonco to White Co., Inc., a subsidiary of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Princetonco shall cease to be an Employer for purposes of the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)           All benefit accruals with respect to each employee of Princetonco who is a Participant shall cease.

 

(2)           Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary: (A) the transfer of Princetonco to White Co., Inc. shall not result in a Termination of Employment for an Employee of Princetonco, nor shall it constitute an event resulting in a distribution from the Plan; and (B) a Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur when such individual ceases to be an employee of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. and its commonly controlled entities (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code).

 

(3)           Pursuant to the terms of the Whitman Transfers Employee Benefits Agreement between Whitman Corporation and White Co., Inc. dated as of March 19, 1999 (the “Agreement”), the Accrued Benefit of each “Transferred Individual” (as defined in the Agreement) shall be transferred, as provided in such Agreement, to the “PepsiCo Savings Plan” (as defined in the Agreement) and assets equal to such Accrued Benefit as of the same date (“Transfer Date”) shall be transferred in cash from the Whitman Corporation Defined Contribution Master Trust to the related trust for such PepsiCo Savings Plan; provided, however, if a Participant has outstanding a promissory note payable to the Plan, such note shall be substituted for cash in an amount equal to principal and accrued interest on such Transfer Date.

 

(4)           Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary, prior to the Transfer Date, each Transferred Individual (or their Alternate Payees pursuant to a QDRO) shall be treated as an Employee for purposes of: (A) eligibility for, or repayment of, a loan described in Article IX; or (B) making a withdrawal from the Plan described in Article X.

 

76



 

(e)           Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Virginia, Inc. (“Marionco”) .  Effective upon the transfer of Marionco to White Co., Inc., a subsidiary of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Marionco shall cease to be an Employer for purposes of the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)           All benefit accruals with respect to each employee of Marionco who is a Participant shall cease.

 

(2)           Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary: (A) the transfer of Marionco to White Co., Inc. shall not result in a Termination of Employment for an Employee of Marionco, nor shall it constitute an event resulting in a distribution from the Plan; and (B) a Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur when such individual ceases to be an employee of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. and its commonly controlled entities (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code).

 

(3)           Pursuant to the terms of the Whitman Transfers Employee Benefits Agreement between Whitman Corporation and White Co., Inc. dated as of March 19, 1999 (the “Agreement”), the Accrued Benefit of each “Transferred Individual” (as defined in the Agreement) shall be transferred, as provided in such Agreement, to the “PepsiCo Savings Plan” (as defined in the Agreement) and assets equal to such Accrued Benefit as of the same date (“Transfer Date”) shall be transferred in cash from the Whitman Corporation Defined Contribution Master Trust to the related trust for such PepsiCo Savings Plan; provided, however, if a Participant has outstanding a promissory note payable to the Plan, such note shall be substituted for cash in an amount equal to principal and accrued interest on such Transfer Date.

 

(4)           Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary, prior to the Transfer Date, each Transferred Individual (or their Alternate Payees pursuant to a QDRO) shall be treated as an Employee for purposes of: (A) eligibility for, or repayment of, a loan described in Article IX; or (B) making a withdrawal from the Plan described in Article X.

 

ARTICLE XIX

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

The top-heavy requirements of Section 416 of the Code and this Article XIX will not apply in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which contributions to the Plan consist solely of contributions under a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.

 

19.01      Application of Article XIX .  This Article XIX will apply only if the Plan is Top-Heavy, as defined below.  If, as of any Top-Heavy Determination Date, as defined below, the Plan is Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 19.04 will take effect as of the

 

77



 

first day of the Plan Year next following the Top-Heavy Determination Date and will continue to be in effect until the first day of any subsequent Plan Year following a Top-Heavy Determination Date as of which it is determined that the Plan is no longer Top-Heavy.

 

19.02      Definitions Concerning Top-Heavy Status .  In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I, the following definitions will apply for purposes of this Article XIX, and will be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 416 of the Code:

 

(a)           Aggregation Group - a group of Company Plans consisting of each Company Plan in the Required Aggregation Group and each other Company Plan selected by the Company for inclusion in the Aggregation Group that would not, by its inclusion, prevent the group of Company Plans included in the Aggregation Group from continuing to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

(b)           Annual Compensation - compensation for a calendar year within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii) to the extent that such compensation does not exceed the annual compensation limit in effect for the calendar year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

(c)           Company Plan - any plan of any Commonly Controlled Entity that is, or that has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be, qualified under Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code.

 

(d)           Key Employee - any employee of any Commonly Controlled Entity who satisfies the criteria set forth in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code.

 

(e)           Required Aggregation Group - one or more Company Plans comprising each Company Plan in which a Key Employee is a participant and each Company Plan that enables any Company Plan in which a Key Employee is a participant to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

 

(f)            Top-Heavy - the Plan is included in an Aggregation Group under which, as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date, the sum of the actuarial present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in the Aggregation Group and the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation Group exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the analogous sum determined for all employees.  The determination of whether the Plan is Top-Heavy will be made in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code.

 

(g)           Top-Heavy Determination Date - the December 31 immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is made.

 

(h)           Top-Heavy Ratio - the percentage calculated in accordance with subparagraph (f), above, and Section 416(g)(2) of the Code.

 

(i)            Top-Heavy Year - a Plan Year for which the Plan is Top-Heavy.

 

78



 

19.03      Calculation of Top-Heavy Ratio .  The Top-Heavy Ratio with respect to any Plan Year will be determined in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)           Determination of Accrued Benefits:  The accrued benefit of any current Participant will be calculated, as of the most recent valuation date that is within a 12-month period ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date as if the Participant had voluntarily terminated employment as of such valuation date.  Such valuation date will be the same valuation date used for computing plan costs for purposes of the minimum funding provisions of Section 412 of the Code.  Unless, as of the valuation date, the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy, the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit will reflect a retirement income commencing at age 65 (or attained age, if later).  If, as of the valuation date, the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy, the benefit will be assumed to commence at the age at which the benefit is most valuable.  The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date will be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date. The preceding sentence will also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from service, death, or disability, this provision will be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.” The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date will not be taken into account.

 

(b)           Aggregation .  The Plan will be aggregated with all Company Plans included in the Aggregation Group.

 

19.04      Effect of Top-Heavy Status .

 

(a)           Minimum Contribution .  Notwithstanding Article IV, as of the last day of each Top-Heavy Year, the Employer will make, for each Participant: (i) the contributions it otherwise would have made under the Plan for such Top-Heavy Year; or, if greater, (ii) contributions for such Top-Heavy Year that, when added to the contributions made by the Employer for such Participant (and any forfeitures allocated to his or her Accounts) for such Top-Heavy Year under all other defined contribution plans of any Commonly Controlled Entity, aggregate three percent (3%) of his or her Annual Compensation; provided, that the Plan will meet the requirements of this subsection (a) without taking into account Pre-Tax Contributions or other employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangements.  Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution

 

79



 

requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.

 

(b)           Inapplicability to Union Employees .  The preceding provisions of this Section 19.04 will not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and the Employer.

 

19.05      Effect of Discontinuance of Top-Heavy Status .  If, for any Plan Year after a Top-Heavy Year, the Plan is no longer Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 19.04 will not apply with respect to such Plan Year.

 

19.06      Intent of Article XIX .  This Article XIX is intended to satisfy the requirements imposed by Section 416 of the Code and will be construed in a manner that will effectuate this intent.  This Article XIX will not be construed in a manner that would impose requirements on the Plan that are more stringent than those imposed by Section 416 of the Code.

 

ARTICLE XX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

20.01      Assignment and Alienation .  As provided by Section 401(a)(13) of the Code and to the extent not otherwise required by law, no benefit provided by the Plan may be anticipated, assigned or alienated, except:

 

(a)           to create, assign or recognize a right to any benefit with respect to a Participant pursuant to a QDRO, or

 

(b)           to use a Participant’s vested Account balance as security for a loan from the Plan which is permitted pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code.

 

20.02      Protected Benefits .  All benefits which are protected by the terms of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and Section 204(g) of ERISA which cannot be eliminated without adversely affecting the qualified status of the Plan on and after the Effective Date, shall be provided under this Plan to Participants for whom such benefits are protected.  The Administrator shall cause such benefits to be determined and the terms and provisions of the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, but only to the extent such terms and provisions are so protected.  Otherwise, they shall operate within the terms and provisions of this Plan, as determined by the Administrator.

 

20.03      Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights .  The Plan does not provide any employment rights to any Employee.  The Employer expressly reserves the right to discharge an Employee at any time, with or without cause, without regard to the effect such discharge would have upon the Employee’s interest in the Plan.

 

80



 

20.04      Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable .  The Custodian shall deduct from the amount to be distributed such amount as the Custodian, in its sole discretion, deems proper to protect the Custodian and the Plan’s assets held under the Custodial Agreement against liability for the payment of death, succession, inheritance, income, or other taxes, and out of money so deducted, the Custodian may discharge any such liability and pay the amount remaining to the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant’s estate, as the case may be.

 

20.05      Facility of Payment .  If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an incompetent or is a minor and a conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care has been appointed, any benefits to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care.  The decision of the Administrator in such matters shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employer and the Custodian and upon each Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, and every other person or party interested or concerned.  An Employer, the Custodian and the Administrator shall not be under any duty to see to the proper application of such payments.

 

20.06      Source of Benefits .  All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Plan’s assets held under the Custodial Agreement and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

 

20.07      Indemnification .  To the extent permitted by law, each Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each member (and former member) of the Board of Directors, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator (and each former Administrator), the Management Committee (and each former member of the Management Committee), and each officer and employee (and each former officer and employee) of an Employer to whom are (or were) delegated duties, responsibilities, and authority with respect to the Plan against all claims, liabilities, fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him or her (including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees and amounts paid in any settlement relating to the Plan) by reason of his or her service under the Plan if he or she did not act dishonestly, with gross negligence, or otherwise in knowing violation of the law under which such liability, loss, cost or expense arises.  This indemnity shall not preclude such other indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased or provided by an Employer under any by-law, agreement, or otherwise, to the extent permitted by law.  Payments of any indemnity, expenses or fees under this Section shall be made solely from assets of the Employer and shall not be made directly or indirectly from the assets of the Plan.

 

20.08      Reduction for Overpayment .  The Administrator shall, whenever it determines that a person has received benefit payments under this Plan in excess of the amount to which the person is entitled under the terms of the Plan, make two reasonable attempts to collect such overpayment from the person.

 

20.09      Limitation on Liability .  No Employer nor any agent or representative of any Employer who is an employee, officer, or director of an Employer in any manner guarantees the assets of the Plan against loss or depreciation, and, to the extent not

 

81



 

prohibited by federal law, none of them shall be liable (except for his or her own gross negligence or willful misconduct), for any act or failure to act, done or omitted in good faith, with respect to the Plan.  No Employer shall be responsible for any act or failure to act of any Custodian appointed to administer the assets of the Plan.

 

20.10      Company Merger .  In the event any successor corporation to the Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, shall elect to adopt the Plan, such successor corporation shall be substituted hereunder for the Company upon filing in writing with the Custodian its election so to do.

 

20.11      Employees’ Trust .  The Plan and Custodial Agreement are created for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, and the Plan and Custodial Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with their being, respectively, a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and Custodial Agreements exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.  At no time shall the assets of the Plan be diverted from the above purpose.

 

20.12      Gender and Number .  Except when the context indicates to the contrary, when used herein, masculine terms shall be deemed to include the feminine, and singular the plural.

 

20.13      Invalidity of Certain Provisions .  If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been included.

 

20.14      Headings .  The headings or articles are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

 

20.15      Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment .  Any discretion exercisable hereunder by an Employer, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator, or the Management Committee shall be exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

20.16      Law Governing .  The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the state in which the Trust is located, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

 

20.17      Military Service .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

20.18      Notice and Information Requirements .  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or in the Custodial Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the Employer shall have no duty or obligation to affirmatively disclose to any Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Employer, at any time prior to, upon or in connection

 

82



 

with the Employer’s purchase, or any other distribution or transfer (or decision to defer any such distribution) of any Company Stock or any other stock held under the Plan.

 

Executed this 22nd day of December, 2005.

 

 

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. Sample

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Human
Resources

 

83



 

APPENDIX 1.50

 

INVESTMENT FUNDS

 

Investment Funds

 

The Investment Funds offered to Participants and Beneficiaries as of January 1, 2003, based upon share accounting, are:

 

Tier 1

 

Lifestyle Investment Options:

Fidelity Freedom Funds:

 

Fidelity Freedom Income Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2000 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2010 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2020 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2030 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund

 

Tier 2

 

Core Investment Options

 

Invesco Institutional (PRIMCO) Stable Value Fund

Barclays US Debt Index Fund

PRIMCO Total Return Fund

Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

SsgA S& P 500 Index Fund

Barclays Extended Market Index Fund

Wellington Trust Mid-Cap Opportunities Portfolio

Fidelity Small Company Commingles Pool

Fidelity Diversifies International Fund

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Stock Fund

 

Tier 3

 

Mutual Fund Window

 

A variety of mutual funds with a more narrowly defined focus and investment objective.

 

Tier 4

 

Self Directed Brokerage

 

APPENDIX 1.50



 

Fidelity BrokerageLink, a retail-type brokerage account offering Participants the option of investing in an even wider range of vehicles, including individual stocks, bonds, CDs, mutual funds and more.

 

Tier 5

 

Company Stock

 

The Investment Funds prior to January 1, 2003 are those Investment Funds that were in the Plan on the Business Day prior to January 1, 2003.

 

Default

 

If a Participant hired prior to January 1, 2006 does not make an Investment Election, the Participant’s Election will be deemed to be 100% in the Invesco Institutional (PRIMCO) Stable Value Fund.  For a Participant hired on or after January 1, 2006, who does not make an Investment Election, such Participant’s Election will be deemed to be 100% in the Lifestyle Investment Option for the retirement year closest to the year in which such Participant shall attain Normal Retirement Age.

 

APPENDIX 1.50


Exhibit 4.9

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

Hourly 401(k) Plan

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

1.01

 

“Accounting Period”

1

 

 

 

 

1.02

 

“Accounts”

1

 

 

 

 

1.03

 

“Accrued Benefit”

3

 

 

 

 

1.04

 

“Administrative Committee”

3

 

 

 

 

1.05

 

“Administrative Services Agreement”

3

 

 

 

 

1.06

 

“Administrator”

3

 

 

 

 

1.07

 

“Alternate Payee”

3

 

 

 

 

1.08

 

“Appendix”

3

 

 

 

 

1.09

 

“Authorized Leave of Absence”

3

 

 

 

 

1.10

 

“Beneficiary”

4

 

 

 

 

1.11

 

“Board of Directors”

4

 

 

 

 

1.12

 

“Break in Service”

4

 

 

 

 

1.13

 

“Business Day”

4

 

 

 

 

1.14

 

“CEO”

4

 

 

 

 

1.15

 

“Change Date”

4

 

 

 

 

1.16

 

“Commonly Controlled Entity”

4

 

 

 

 

1.17

 

“Company”

4

 

 

 

 

1.18

 

“Company Stock”

5

 

 

 

 

1.19

 

“Compensation”

5

 

 

 

 

1.20

 

“Computation Period”

6

 

 

 

 

1.21

 

“Contract Administrator”

6

 

 

 

 

1.22

 

“Contributions”

6

 

 

 

 

1.23

 

“Contribution Dollar Limit”

7

 

 

 

 

1.24

 

“Contribution Election” or “Election”

7

 

 

 

 

1.25

 

“Contribution Percentage”

7

 

 

 

 

1.26

 

“Conversion Election”

7

 

 

 

 

1.27

 

“Custodial Agreement”

8

 

 

 

 

1.28

 

“Custodian”

8

 

 

 

 

1.29

 

“Direct Rollover”

8

 

i



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

“Disability” or “Disabled”

8

 

 

 

 

1.31

 

“Distributee”

8

 

 

 

 

1.32

 

“Early Retirement Date”

8

 

 

 

 

1.33

 

“Effective Date”

8

 

 

 

 

1.34

 

“Elective Deferral”

8

 

 

 

 

1.35

 

“Eligible Employee”

8

 

 

 

 

1.36

 

“Eligibility Service”

9

 

 

 

 

1.37

 

“Eligible Retirement Plan”

9

 

 

 

 

1.38

 

“Eligible Rollover Distribution”

10

 

 

 

 

1.39

 

“Employee”

10

 

 

 

 

1.40

 

“Employer”

10

 

 

 

 

1.41

 

“Employment Date”

10

 

 

 

 

1.42

 

“ERISA”

11

 

 

 

 

1.43

 

“Fiduciary”

11

 

 

 

 

1.44

 

“Forfeiture”

11

 

 

 

 

1.45

 

“Forfeiture Account”

11

 

 

 

 

1.46

 

“Highly Compensated Eligible Employee” or “HCE”

11

 

 

 

 

1.47

 

“Hour of Service”

11

 

 

 

 

1.48

 

“Hussmann”

12

 

 

 

 

1.49

 

“Hussmann Participant”

12

 

 

 

 

1.50

 

“Hussmann Plan”

12

 

 

 

 

1.51

 

“Insurance Contract Arrangement”

12

 

 

 

 

1.52

 

“Internal Revenue Code” or “Code”

13

 

 

 

 

1.53

 

“Investment Election”

13

 

 

 

 

1.54

 

“Investment Fund” or “Fund”

13

 

 

 

 

1.55

 

“Limited Deferrals”

13

 

 

 

 

1.56

 

“Management Committee”

13

 

 

 

 

1.57

 

“Maternity/Paternity Absence”

13

 

 

 

 

1.58

 

“Midas”

13

 

 

 

 

1.59

 

“Midas Participant”

13

 

ii



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.60

 

“Midas Plan”

14

 

 

 

 

1.61

 

“Named Fiduciary”

14

 

 

 

 

1.62

 

“Non-Highly Compensated Employee”

14

 

 

 

 

1.63

 

“Normal Retirement Date”

14

 

 

 

 

1.64

 

“Notice Date”

14

 

 

 

 

1.65

 

“Participant”

14

 

 

 

 

1.66

 

“Payment Date”

14

 

 

 

 

1.67

 

“Plan”

15

 

 

 

 

1.68

 

“Plan Administrator”

15

 

 

 

 

1.69

 

“Plan Year”

15

 

 

 

 

1.70

 

“QDRO”

15

 

 

 

 

1.71

 

“Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”

15

 

 

 

 

1.72

 

“Related Plan”

15

 

 

 

 

1.73

 

“Rollover Contribution”

15

 

 

 

 

1.74

 

“Senior Vice President”

16

 

 

 

 

1.75

 

“Service”

16

 

 

 

 

1.76

 

“Settlement Date”

16

 

 

 

 

1.77

 

“Severance from Service Date”

16

 

 

 

 

1.78

 

“Spousal Consent”

16

 

 

 

 

1.79

 

“Spouse”

16

 

 

 

 

1.80

 

“Sweep Date”

16

 

 

 

 

1.81

 

“Termination of Employment”

17

 

 

 

 

1.82

 

“Trade Date”

17

 

 

 

 

1.83

 

“Transition Service”

17

 

 

 

 

1.84

 

“Trust”

17

 

 

 

 

1.85

 

“Trust Agreement”

17

 

 

 

 

1.86

 

“Trust Fund”

17

 

 

 

 

1.87

 

“Trustee”

17

 

 

 

 

1.88

 

“Trustee Transfer”

17

 

 

 

 

1.89

 

“Unit Value”

18

 

iii



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.90

 

“Valuation Date”

18

 

 

 

 

1.91

 

“Vesting Service”

18

 

 

 

 

1.92

 

“Year of Service”

18

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

Participation and Service

20

 

 

 

 

2.01

 

Eligibility

20

 

 

 

 

2.02

 

Service

21

 

 

 

 

2.03

 

Break in Service

23

 

 

 

 

2.04

 

Authorized Leave of Absence

24

 

 

 

 

2.05

 

Transfers

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Participant Contributions

26

 

 

 

 

3.01

 

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections

26

 

 

 

 

3.02

 

Post-Tax Contribution Elections

26

 

 

 

 

3.03

 

Election Procedures

27

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Employer Contributions and Allocations

29

 

 

 

 

4.01

 

Participant Contributions

29

 

 

 

 

4.02

 

Matching Contributions

29

 

 

 

 

4.03

 

Formula Based Contributions

30

 

 

 

 

4.04

 

Special Contributions

30

 

 

 

 

4.05

 

Miscellaneous

31

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Rollovers

32

 

 

 

 

5.01

 

Rollovers

32

 

 

 

 

5.02

 

Transfers

32

 

 

 

 

5.03

 

Hurricane Katrina Distribution Recontribution

32

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Accounting For Participants’ Accounts And For Investment Funds

33

 

 

 

 

6.01

 

Individual Participant Accounting

33

 

 

 

 

6.02

 

Accounting for Investment Funds

34

 

 

 

 

6.03

 

Accounts for Alternate Payees

35

 

 

 

 

6.04

 

Transition Rules

35

 

iv



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Investment Funds and Elections

36

 

 

 

 

7.01

 

Investment of Contributions

36

 

 

 

 

7.02

 

Investment of Accounts

36

 

 

 

 

7.03

 

Investment Funds

37

 

 

 

 

7.04

 

Transition Rules

37

 

 

 

 

7.05

 

Risk of Loss

38

 

 

 

 

7.06

 

Interests in the Investment Funds

38

 

 

 

 

7.07

 

Sole Source of Benefits

38

 

 

 

 

7.08

 

Alternate Payees

38

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Vesting and Forfeitures

39

 

 

 

 

8.01

 

Fully Vested Contribution Accounts

39

 

 

 

 

8.02

 

Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After Retirement or Disability

39

 

 

 

 

8.03

 

Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures

39

 

 

 

 

8.04

 

Forfeitures

40

 

 

 

 

8.05

 

Forfeiture Account

41

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Participant Loans

42

 

 

 

 

9.01

 

Participant Loans Permitted

42

 

 

 

 

9.02

 

Loan Funding Limits

42

 

 

 

 

9.03

 

Maximum Number of Loans

42

 

 

 

 

9.04

 

Source of Loan Funding

43

 

 

 

 

9.05

 

Interest Rate

43

 

 

 

 

9.06

 

Repayment

43

 

 

 

 

9.07

 

Repayment Hierarchy

43

 

 

 

 

9.08

 

Loan Application, Note and Security

43

 

 

 

 

9.09

 

Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature

44

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

In-Service Withdrawals

45

 

 

 

 

10.01

 

Withdrawals for General Hardship

45

 

 

 

 

10.02

 

Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship

45

 

 

 

 

10.03

 

Withdrawals for Participants over age 59½ or who are Disabled

47

 

 

 

 

10.04

 

Unrestricted Withdrawals

47

 

v



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

10.05

 

Withdrawal Processing

47

 

 

 

 

10.06

 

Outstanding Loan

48

 

 

 

 

10.07

 

Spousal Consent

49

 

 

 

 

10.08

 

Required Withdrawals

49

 

 

 

 

10.09

 

Transfer of Accounts

49

 

 

 

 

10.10

 

Withdrawals for Hurricane Katrina Victims

49

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Distributions On And After Termination of Employment

50

 

 

 

 

11.01

 

Request for Distribution of Benefits

50

 

 

 

 

11.02

 

Deadline for Distribution

50

 

 

 

 

11.03

 

Payment Form and Medium

51

 

 

 

 

11.04

 

Small Amounts Paid Immediately

51

 

 

 

 

11.05

 

Payment Within Life Expectancy

51

 

 

 

 

11.06

 

Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on the Effective Date

51

 

 

 

 

11.07

 

TEFRA Transitional Rule

52

 

 

 

 

11.08

 

Direct Rollover

52

 

 

 

 

11.09

 

Delay

52

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Distribution of Accrued Benefits on Death

53

 

 

 

 

12.01

 

Payment to Beneficiary

53

 

 

 

 

12.02

 

Beneficiary Designation

53

 

 

 

 

12.03

 

Benefit Election

54

 

 

 

 

12.04

 

Payment Form

54

 

 

 

 

12.05

 

Required Commencement of Distribution

55

 

 

 

 

12.06

 

Direct Rollover

59

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Maximum Contributions

60

 

 

 

 

13.01

 

Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions

60

 

 

 

 

13.02

 

Actual Deferral Percentage Test

60

 

 

 

 

13.03

 

Actual Contribution Percentage Test

61

 

 

 

 

13.04

 

Maximum Prohibition

62

 

 

 

 

13.05

 

Imposition of Limitations

62

 

vi



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

13.06

 

Return of Excess Annual Additions, Deferrals and Contributions

63

 

 

 

 

13.07

 

Incorporation by Reference

66

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Custodial Arrangements

67

 

 

 

 

14.01

 

Custodial Agreement

67

 

 

 

 

14.02

 

Selection of Custodian

67

 

 

 

 

14.03

 

Custodian’s Duties

67

 

 

 

 

14.04

 

Separate Entity

68

 

 

 

 

14.05

 

Plan Asset Valuation

68

 

 

 

 

14.06

 

Right of Employers to Plan Assets

68

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV

 

Administration and Investment Management

70

 

 

 

 

15.01

 

General

70

 

 

 

 

15.02

 

Senior Vice President Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust

70

 

 

 

 

15.03

 

Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust

72

 

 

 

 

15.04

 

Management Committee and Administrator as Named Fiduciaries for the Plan

72

 

 

 

 

15.05

 

Management Committee as Named Fiduciary for the Trust

73

 

 

 

 

15.06

 

Actions

73

 

 

 

 

15.07

 

Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary

73

 

 

 

 

15.08

 

Compensation

74

 

 

 

 

15.09

 

Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary

74

 

 

 

 

15.10

 

Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding Administration of the Plan

75

 

 

 

 

15.11

 

Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility

75

 

 

 

 

15.12

 

Bonding

76

 

 

 

 

15.13

 

Information to be Supplied by Employer

77

 

 

 

 

15.14

 

Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary

77

 

 

 

 

15.15

 

Misrepresentations

77

 

 

 

 

15.16

 

Records

77

 

 

 

 

15.17

 

Plan Expenses

78

 

vii



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

15.18

 

Fiduciary Capacity

78

 

 

 

 

15.19

 

Employer’s Agent

78

 

 

 

 

15.20

 

Plan Administrator

78

 

 

 

 

15.21

 

Plan Administrator Duties and Power

78

 

 

 

 

15.22

 

Named Fiduciary Decisions Final

79

 

 

 

 

15.23

 

No Agency

79

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

Claims Procedure

80

 

 

 

 

16.01

 

Claims Procedure

80

 

 

 

 

16.02

 

Notices to Participants, Etc

84

 

 

 

 

16.03

 

No Administrator

84

 

 

 

 

16.04

 

Administrator’s Discretion

84

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

Adoption and Withdrawal from Plan

85

 

 

 

 

17.01

 

Procedure for Adoption

85

 

 

 

 

17.02

 

Procedure for Withdrawal

85

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

Amendment, Termination and Merger

86

 

 

 

 

18.01

 

Amendments

86

 

 

 

 

18.02

 

Plan Termination

87

 

 

 

 

18.03

 

Plan Merger

88

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

Special Top-Heavy Rules

91

 

 

 

 

19.01

 

Application of Article XIX

91

 

 

 

 

19.02

 

Definitions Concerning Top-Heavy Status

91

 

 

 

 

19.03

 

Calculation of Top-Heavy Ratio

92

 

 

 

 

19.04

 

Effect of Top-Heavy Status

93

 

 

 

 

19.05

 

Effect of Discontinuance of Top-Heavy Status

93

 

 

 

 

19.06

 

Intent of Article XIX

93

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XX

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

94

 

 

 

 

20.01

 

Assignment and Alienation

94

 

 

 

 

20.02

 

Protected Benefits

94

 

 

 

 

20.03

 

Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights

94

 

 

 

 

20.04

 

Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable

94

 

viii



 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

20.05

 

Facility of Payment

94

 

 

 

 

20.06

 

Source of Benefits

95

 

 

 

 

20.07

 

Indemnification

95

 

 

 

 

20.08

 

Reduction for Overpayment

95

 

 

 

 

20.09

 

Limitation on Liability

95

 

 

 

 

20.10

 

Company Merger

96

 

 

 

 

20.11

 

Employees’ Trust

96

 

 

 

 

20.12

 

Gender and Number

96

 

 

 

 

20.13

 

Invalidity of Certain Provisions

96

 

 

 

 

20.14

 

Headings

96

 

 

 

 

20.15

 

Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment

96

 

 

 

 

20.16

 

Notice and Information Requirements

96

 

 

 

 

20.17

 

Military Service

97

 

 

 

 

20.18

 

Law Governing

97

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX: Adoption Agreements

 

 

ix



 

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

 

Whitman Corporation established the Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings Plan for the benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its participating affiliates.  The Plan is intended to constitute a qualified profit sharing plan, as described in Section 401(a) of the Code, which includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement, as described in Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

The Plan constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Supplemental Retirement and Savings Plan for Hourly Employees of IC Industries, Inc . and includes the spin-off of liabilities and assets to the Hussmann Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees and the Midas International Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees on or after January 1, 1998, the merger of Pepsi-Cola General Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc. and Beverage Bottlers Inc. 401(k) Plan as of July 1, 1995, and the merger of the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan and Trust as of January 1, 1997.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2000, Whitman Corporation transferred sponsorship of the Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings Plan to Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. and such plan was thus renamed the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan .

 

Effective as of February 15, 2001, PepsiAmericas, Inc. assumed sponsorship of the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan and such plan was renamed and is now known as the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly Retirement Savings Plan .

 

Effective July 1, 2001, the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan is merged into this Plan and its assets and liabilities are transferred into this Plan.

 

Effective October 1, 2001, the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan is merged into this Plan and its assets and liabilities are transferred into this Plan.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2003, the Plan was renamed and is now known as the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, (the “Effective Date”) the Plan is hereby amended and restated, except to the extent that failure to retroactively make any provisions effective prior to the Effective Date would result in the Plan (as it existed prior to the Effective Date) containing a disqualifying provision, as defined in Revenue Procedure 99-23 (as modified by any Treasury guidance modifying the term “disqualifying provision”), or an operational defect, as defined in Revenue Procedure 2001-17, in which case such provision (and any definitions pertinent to the application of such provision) will be retroactively effective to the date which will result in no such disqualifying provision or operational defect in the Plan prior to the Effective Date.  Except to the extent required by the preceding sentence, the benefits, rights and features of an individual who participated in the Plan before the Effective Date, but who does not have an account

 



 

balance under the Plan on such date, will be determined under the applicable instruments in effect for the Plan on the earlier of:  (1) the day on which such individual’s account was reduced to zero; or (2) the day on which such individual’s employment terminated.  The terms of this Plan apply to any accounts created for such individual hereunder on or after the Effective Date.

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms used throughout the Plan, and whenever used herein in a capitalized form, except as otherwise expressly provided or defined in an Appendix (but in such case only with respect to persons covered by such Appendix), the terms shall be deemed to have the following meanings:

 

1.01         Accounting Period ” means the periods generally designated by the Administrator with respect to each Investment Fund not to exceed one year in duration.

 

1.02         Accounts ” means the record of a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets represented by his or her:

 

(a)            “Catch-up Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Catch-up Contributions allocated on or after July 1, 2002, to the Participant under the Plan, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(b)            Formula Based Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Formula Based Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 2001, if any (as identified by the Administrator), and an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(c)            Matching Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Matching Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 2001, if any (as identified by the Administrator), and including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, including an amount allocated from the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan , as of July 1, 2001, if any, and including an amount allocated from the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan , as of October 1, 2001, if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(d)            Post-Tax Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of post-tax contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan as of January 1, 2001, if any (as identified by the Administrator), and including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under

 



 

the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(e)            Pre-Tax Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Pre-Tax Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 2001, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Pepsi-Cola General Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc. and Beverage Bottlers Inc. 401(k) Plan , if any, which continue to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, prior to January 1, 2001, including an amount allocated from the PepsiCo Long Term Savings Program as of May 21, 1999 (or, if later, the date of the transfer of assets and liabilities from the PepsiCo Long Term Savings Program ), if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan , as of July 1, 2001, if any, and including an amount allocated from the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan , as of October 1, 2001, if any, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(f)             Rollover Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Rollover Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 2001, if any (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan , if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrator), including an amount allocated from the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan , as of July 1, 2001, if any, and including an amount allocated from the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan , as of October 1, 2001, if any, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

(g)            Special Account ” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of Special Contributions allocated on or after January 1, 2001 to the Participant under the Plan, the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 2001 if any (as identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

 

With respect to an Alternate Payee or Beneficiary, references to Accounts will be deemed to be references to all or that portion of a Participant’s Formula Based Account, Matching Account, Post-Tax Account, Pre-Tax Account, Rollover Account and Special Account which, under the terms of the Plan, has been allocated to an Account maintained for such Alternate Payee or Beneficiary, plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses and withdrawals charged to, such Account.  References herein to Accounts will also be deemed to include each of a Participant’s Accounts and references herein to an Account will be deemed to include any or each of the Participant’s Accounts.

 

2



 

Effective on and after August 5, 1999, a Participant’s Accounts will be reduced by the amounts allowed under Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) of the Code for crimes against the Plan.

 

Notwithstanding the above, each of the Accounts for each Hussmann Participant and Midas Participant shall be reduced to zero effective as of the date of transfer of liabilities and assets of such Accounts to the Hussmann Plan and Midas Plan, respectively.

 

1.03         Accrued Benefit ”  means the units held in, or posted to, Accounts on the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this Plan, including any applicable Administrative Services Agreement .

 

1.04         Administrative Committee ”  means the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan to manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan .  Effective as of November 20, 1998, “Administrative Committee” means the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Trust as the Named Fiduciary for the investment of Plan assets in the Trust.  Effective as of January 1, 2000, the Management Committee assumed the responsibilities of the Administrative Committee.

 

1.05         Administrative Services Agreement ”  means a contractual arrangement with, or if no separate contractual arrangement exists, that portion of an Insurance Contract Arrangement with, a Trustee, Named Fiduciary or a Contract Administrator which describes the services to be rendered by the Trustee, Named Fiduciary or Contract Administrator to or on behalf of the Plan and which Administrative Services Agreement is incorporated into and made a part of the Plan.

 

1.06         Administrator ” means the Senior Vice-President—Human Resources of PepsiAmericas, Inc., or any person who shall succeed to the functional responsibilities of said office.  The Administrator shall manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

1.07         Alternate Payee ” means an individual who is entitled to all or a portion of a Participant’s Account pursuant to a QDRO.

 

1.08         Appendix ” means a written supplement attached to this Plan and made a part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

1.09         Authorized Leave of Absence ” means an absence, with or without Compensation, authorized on a nondiscriminatory basis by a Commonly Controlled Entity under its standard personnel practices applicable to the Employee, including any period of time during which such person is covered by a short-term disability plan of his or her Employer and any period of time required to be recognized by the collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and such Employee’s collective bargaining representative.  An Employee who leaves the service of a Commonly Controlled Entity to enter the Armed Forces of the United States of America and who reenters the service of the Commonly Controlled Entity with reemployment rights under

 

3



 

any statute granting reemployment rights to persons in the Armed Forces shall be deemed to have been on an Authorized Leave of Absence.  The date that an Employee’s Authorized Leave of Absence ends shall be determined in accordance with the personnel policies of such Commonly Controlled Entity, which ending date shall be no earlier than the date that the Authorized Leave of Absence is scheduled to end, unless the Employee communicates to such Commonly Controlled Entity that he or she is to have a Termination of Employment as of an earlier date.

 

1.10         Beneficiary ” means any person designated by a Participant (or a Beneficiary of the Participant) to receive any benefits which shall be payable with respect to the death of a Participant under the Plan or as a result of a QDRO.

 

1.11         Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.12         Break in Service ” means: (a) on and after January 1, 2000, the five (as modified by Section 2.03(d)) or more years of Break in Service as described in the first paragraph of Section 2.03; and (b) prior to January 1, 2000, means the end of five consecutive Computation Periods (or six consecutive Computation Periods if absence from employment was due to a Maternity/Paternity Absence) for which a Participant is credited with less than 501 Hours of Service.

 

1.13         Business Day ” means any day or part of a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Trustee are open for business.

 

1.14         CEO ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1.15         Change Date ” means the one or more dates during the Plan Year generally designated by the Administrator (or, with respect to a specific Employee group, as may be provided in an Appendix) as the dates available for implementing or changing a Participant’s Contribution Election.

 

1.16         Commonly Controlled Entity ” means: (1) an Employer and any corporation, trade or business, but only for so long as it and the Employer are members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code or under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code; provided, however, that solely for purposes of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, the standard of control under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code shall be deemed to be “more than 50%” rather than “at least 80%,” (2) an Employer and an organization, but only for so long as it and the Employer are, on and after the Effective Date, members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code, (3) an Employer and an organization, but only for so long as the employees of it and the Employer are required to be aggregated, on and after the Effective Date, under Section 414(o) of the Code, or (4) any other organization designated as such by the Administrator.

 

1.17         Company ” means PepsiAmericas, Inc. or any successor corporation by merger, consolidation, purchase, or otherwise, which elects to adopt the Plan and the Trust.

 

4



 

1.18         Company Stock ” means common stock issued by PepsiAmericas, Inc .

 

1.19         Compensation ” means:

 

(a)            for purposes of allocating Contributions with respect to a Participant, compensation as specified in an Appendix which applies to such Participant; and elective deferrals that are not included in the gross income of a Participant by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) and 402(e)(3) will be included;

 

(b)            for purposes of applying Section 415 of the Code to the Plan and its Participants for any limitation year, such compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and satisfying the definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3)); and

 

(c)            for any determination period with respect to an applicable provision of the Code other than Section 415, such compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and which satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code.

 

(d)            For purposes of the definition of “Compensation” hereunder:

 

(1)            an amount included in an individual’s final paycheck for employment as an Eligible Employee will be treated as if it were paid to an Eligible Employee, if it paid during a Plan Year in which the individual is an Eligible Employee, even though, on the date he receives the paycheck, the individual no longer is an Eligible Employee;

 

(2)            an amount that should have been paid in a manner that met the requirements imposed by this Section 1.19 (as modified by subsection (d)(1), above), but that was mistakenly paid in a different manner, will be treated as meeting the requirements imposed by this Section 1.19;

 

(3)            all amounts paid in settlement (including, but not limited to, amounts paid for front and back pay and emotional distress) to an Eligible Employee will be excluded from the definition of “Compensation” hereunder unless otherwise ordered pursuant to the final decision of the presiding court, arbitrator, or administrative agency after all available appeals have been exhausted; and

 

(4)            if it is not entirely clear whether an item of remuneration meets the requirements of subsection (d)(2) or (d)(3), above, the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether the item meets the requirements of such subsection (d)(2) or (d)(3), above.

 

(e)            For limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 1998, for purposes of applying the limitations described in Sections 1.46, 13.5 and 19.2(d) of the Plan, Compensation paid or made available during such limitation years shall include elective

 

5



 

amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) and 402(e)(3) of the Code.  For purposes of the definition of Compensation under this Section 1.19, amounts under Section 125 of the Code include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that such Participant has other health coverage.  An amount will be treated as an amount under Section 125 of the Code only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

(f)             In addition to other applicable limitations that may be set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other contrary provision of the Plan, annual Compensation taken into account under the Plan for the purpose of calculating the Contributions to the Plan by or in respect of a Participant for any Plan Year will not exceed the applicable compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted.

 

1.20         Computation Period ”  means, prior to January 1, 2000:

 

(a)            with respect to Eligibility Service and any Break in Service with respect to Eligibility Service, the twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing with an Employee’s Employment Date (or if Eligibility Service is disregarded due to the occurrence of a Break in Service, the Employment Date thereafter) and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employment Date and each subsequent Plan Year; and

 

(b)            with respect to Vesting Service and any Break in Service with respect to Vesting Service, the Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year in which occurs the Employee’s Employment Date (or if Vesting Service is disregarded due to the occurrence of a Break in Service, the Employment Date thereafter) and each Plan Year thereafter.

 

1.21         Contract Administrator ” means each individual and entity designated by the Senior Vice President or a Named Fiduciary, pursuant to this Plan, to render services to the Plan or Trust as a Fiduciary.

 

1.22         Contributions ”  means amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer or an Eligible Employee.  Specific types of contributions include:

 

(a)            Catch-up ”.  An amount of Contributions for a Plan Year (prior to the application of this Section 1.22(a)) pursuant to a Participant’s Contribution Election which exceeds the lowest of the following three amounts for such Plan Year: (i) the maximum actual deferral percentage described in Section 13.02 multiplied by the Participant’s Compensation; (ii) the percentage limitation on Pre-Tax Contributions described in Section 3.01(a) multiplied by the Participant’s Compensation, or (iii) the Contribution Dollar Limit or other limit contained in the Code on annual additions permitted to be made under the Plan (without regard to Section 414(v) of the Code), provided, however, that the amount of Catch-up Contributions added to the account of any Participant for a Plan Year under this Plan or under any similar provision of any

 

6



 

other plan maintained by the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity may not exceed the applicable dollar limit described in Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as adjusted in accordance with Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code.  The determination as to whether the Contributions made on behalf of a Participant exceed one of the limitations described in the preceding sentence shall be determined as of the last day of the Plan Year, and any portion of such Contributions determined to be Catch-up Contributions shall be allocated to the Participant’s Catch-up Account as of the last day of such Plan Year.  Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.01(d) which do not exceed one of the limitations described in the first sentence of this Section 1.21(a) shall be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions.  Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account in applying the limits described in Sections 13.01, 13.02, 13.05, 13.07, 13.08, Article XIX, or Section 414(v) of the Code.

 

(b)            Formula Based ”.  An amount contributed by the Employer and allocated based on a formula to eligible Participants’ Accounts.

 

(c)            Matching ”.  An amount contributed by the Employer based upon the amount contributed by the eligible Participant as a Pre-Tax or Post-Tax Contribution.

 

(d)            Post-Tax ”.  An amount contributed on a post-tax basis.

 

(e)            Pre-Tax ”.  An amount contributed on a pre-tax basis in conjunction with a Participant’s Code Section 401(k) salary deferral agreement.

 

(f)             Rollover ”.  An amount contributed as a Rollover Contribution.

 

(g)            Special ”.  An amount contributed by the Employer to avoid prohibited discrimination under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

 

1.23         Contribution Dollar Limit ” means the annual limit imposed on each Participant pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code (as indexed for cost of living adjustments pursuant to Sections 402(g)(5) and 415(d) of the Code).

 

1.24         Contribution Election ” or “ Election ” means the election made by a Participant to reduce his or her Compensation from the Employer by an amount equal to the product of his or her Contribution Percentage and such Compensation subject to the Contribution Election.

 

1.25         Contribution Percentage ” means the whole integer percentage (or flat dollar amount which results in a percentage) of a Participant’s Compensation which is to be contributed to the Plan by his or her Employer as a Pre-Tax or a Post-Tax Contribution.

 

1.26         Conversion Election ” means an election by a Participant to change the investment of all or some specified portion of such Participant’s Accounts by voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No Conversion Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named

 

7



 

Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

 

1.27         Custodial Agreement ” means the Trust Agreement or an insurance contract to provide for the holding of the assets of the Plan.

 

1.28         Custodian ” means the Trustee or an insurance company if the contract issued by such company is not held by the Trustee.

 

1.29         Direct Rollover ” means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

 

1.30         Disability ” or “ Disabled ” means a Participant is eligible to receive disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

 

1.31         Distributee ” includes an Employee or former Employee.  In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

 

1.32         Early Retirement Date ” has the meaning given to it in an Appendix.

 

1.33         Effective Date ” means January 1, 2005, the date upon which the provisions of this document become effective (unless otherwise specified in an Appendix with respect to a specific Employee group).  In general, the provisions of this document only apply to Participants who are Employees on or after the Effective Date.  However, investment and distribution provisions apply to all Participants with Account balances to be invested or distributed after the Effective Date.

 

1.34         Elective Deferral ” means amounts subject to the Contribution Dollar Limit.

 

1.35         Eligible Employee ” means any Employee of the Employer who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 (including an Employee on an Authorized Leave of Absence), who is not a member of a group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining representative (“Non-Union”) and who is paid on the basis of an hourly rate, including overtime, or who is a member of a Union designated in Appendix 17.1 , excluding the following:

 

(a)            an Employee who is a member of a group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, unless a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his or her Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of Employees of which he or she is a member provides for coverage by the Plan;

 

(b)            any person who is considered an Employee solely because of the application of Section 414 of the Code;

 

8



 

(c)            any person who is not a U.S. citizen or resident alien;

 

(d)            who is a temporary employee;

 

(e)            an individual employed pursuant to an agreement providing that the individual is not eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(f)             an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee for purposes of the Employer’s payroll system.  In the event any such individual is reclassified as an Employee for any purpose, including, without limitation, as a common law or statutory employee, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or administrative proceeding, such individual will, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation hereunder and will not be considered an Eligible Employee.  In addition to and not in derogation of the foregoing, the exclusive means for an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee of the Employer on the Employer’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan which specifically renders such individual eligible for participation hereunder;

 

(g)            an Employee whose basic compensation for services on behalf of an Employer is not paid directly by an Employer;

 

(h)            an Employee who is making contributions to or receiving an employer contribution under any other tax-qualified defined contribution pension plan that is sponsored by any Commonly Controlled Entity and that provides for before-tax or after-tax contributions;

 

(i)             a clerical or other office employee;

 

(j)             an Employee eligible to participate in any other qualified retirement savings plan in which an Employer participates; and

 

(k)            an individual who is incarcerated and is on a work release program.

 

1.36         Eligibility Service ” means, prior to January 1, 2000, the sum of an Employee’s Years of Service; provided, however, Years of Service shall be disregarded:

 

(a)            if the Employee had no vested interest in his or her Contributions by an Employer, Years of Service earned before a Break in Service shall be disregarded; or

 

(b)            if such Years of Service were earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity, unless the Administrator makes such a determination not to apply this exclusion with respect to each such Employee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

1.37         Eligible Retirement Plan ” means an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, an

 

9



 

eligible deferred compensation plan described in Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Section 457(e)(1)(A) of the Code (but only if such employer agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan), an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code which accepts a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.  This definition of “Eligible Retirement Plan” will also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO.

 

1.38         Eligible Rollover Distribution ” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; or any “hardship withdrawal”, whether described in Section 401(k)(2)(B) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder or otherwise.  The portion of a distribution which consists of Post-Tax Contributions which are not includible in gross income may be transferred only in a trustee-to-trustee transfer and may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

1.39         Employee ” means any person who renders services as a common law employee to a Commonly Controlled Entity or is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, including the period of time before which the trade or business became a Commonly Controlled Entity, but excluding the period of time after which it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.  No person who was hired through a temporary agency (including but not limited to any leased Employee) shall be considered an Employee and no person, the terms of whose services are governed by an independent contractor or consulting agreement with an Employer, shall be considered an Employee except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary in such agreement; provided, however, any individual considered an Employee of a Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 414(n) of the Code shall be deemed employed by the Commonly Controlled Entity for which the individual performed services.

 

1.40         Employer ” means the Company and any Commonly Controlled Entity which has adopted the Plan; provided, that an entity will cease to be an Employer when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity; provided, further, Hussmann and Midas will cease to be an Employer effective January 1, 1998.

 

1.41         Employment Date ” means the day an Employee first earns an Hour of Service.

 

10



 

1.42         ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Reference to any specific Section shall include such Section, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section.

 

1.43         Fiduciary ” means: (a) any individual or entity who performs a Fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in accordance with Section 3(21) of ERISA; (b) such individual or entity which the Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, designates to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to such person’s authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust; or (c) such individual or entity which a Named Fiduciary, acting on behalf of the Plan, designates to be a Fiduciary with respect to such person’s authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

 

1.44         Forfeiture ” means the portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit which is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

1.45         Forfeiture Account ” means an account holding amounts forfeited by Participants.

 

1.46         Highly Compensated Eligible Employee ” or “HCE” means an Eligible Employee who is a “highly compensated employee” within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code (determined as if the election described in Section 414(q)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code has not been made), the provision of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.47         Hour of Service ” means, as it applies to Eligibility Service, each hour for which an Employee is entitled to:

 

(a)            payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly Controlled Entity;

 

(b)            payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, sickness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, leave of absence, jury duty or military service;

 

(c)            back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or agreement with any Commonly Controlled Entity (and these hours shall be credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

 

(d)            no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and these hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours per week or a 40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

 

The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Sections 2530.200b-2 and 3, but in no event shall hours be credited in excess of the minimum number required thereunder for a Computation Period in order

 

11



 

to avoid a Break in Service.  An equivalent number of hours shall be credited for each payroll period in which the Employee would be credited with at least 1 hour.  The payroll period equivalences are 190 hours monthly.

 

As it applies to Vesting Service , each hour for which an Employee is entitled to:

 

(i)             payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly Controlled Entity;

 

(ii)            payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, sickness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, leave of absence, jury duty or military service;

 

(iii)           back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or agreement with any Commonly Controlled Company (and these hours shall be credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

 

(iv)           no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and these hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours per week or a 40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

 

The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Sections 2530.200b-2 and 3, but in no event shall hours be credited in excess of the minimum number required thereunder for a Computation Period in order to avoid a Break in Service.  An equivalent number of hours shall be credited for each payroll period in which the Employee would be credited with at least 1 hour.  The payroll period equivalences are 190 hours monthly.

 

1.48         Hussmann ” means Hussmann Corporation or a subsidiary of Hussmann Corporation.

 

1.49         Hussmann Participant ” means a person who: (1) has a balance in one or more of the Accounts or had accrued a right to have a balance in one or more of the Accounts; and (2) is an Employee of Hussmann or a person whose last employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity was with Hussmann, or a Beneficiary of either such person.

 

1.50         Hussmann Plan ” means the Hussmann Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees.

 

1.51         Insurance Contract Arrangement ” means a contractual arrangement of one or more contracts with an entity, whether or not subject to the applicable regulations of a State regarding reserve requirements, which assumes the risk of payment of a Benefit primarily from its assets and which Insurance Contract Arrangement is incorporated and made a part of this Plan, but only to the extent it is specifically referred to herein and is not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Plan.

 

12



 

1.52         Internal Revenue Code ” or “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any subsequent Internal Revenue Code and final Treasury Regulations.  If there is a subsequent Internal Revenue Code, any references herein to Internal Revenue Code Sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable Sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

 

1.53         Investment Election ” means an election by which a Participant directs the investment of his or her Contributions by voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No Investment Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

 

1.54         Investment Fund ” or “ Fund ” means one or more collective investment funds, a pool of assets, or deposits with the Custodian, a mutual fund, insurance contract, or managed pool of assets .  The Investment Funds which are authorized for investment by a particular Participant are described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant.  The Investment Funds for all participants will be those set forth in Appendix 1.54.  Each Appendix labeled as an “Adoption Agreement” is amended to provide that the term “Investment Fund” will be defined to be those Investment Funds set forth on Appendix 1.54.

 

1.55         Limited Deferrals ” means Elective Deferrals subject to the limits of Section 401(a)(30) of the Code.

 

1.56         Management Committee ” means, effective as of January 1, 2000, the committee appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Trust as a Named Fiduciary for the investment of Plan assets in the Trust.

 

1.57         Maternity/Paternity Absence ” means a paid or unpaid and unapproved absence from employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity: (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee; (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee; (3) by reason of the placement of a child under age eighteen (18) in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee (including a trial period prior to adoption); and (4) for the purpose of caring for a child of the Employee immediately following the birth or adoption of such child.  The Employee must prove to the satisfaction of the Administrator or its agent that the absence meets the above requirements and must supply information concerning the length of the absence unless the Administrator has access to relevant information without the Employee submitting it.

 

1.58         Midas ” means Midas International Corporation or a subsidiary of Midas International Corporation.

 

1.59         Midas Participant ” means a person who: (1) has a balance in one or more of the Accounts or had accrued a right to have a balance in one or more of the

 

13



 

Accounts; and (2) is an Employee of Midas or a person whose last employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity was with Midas, or a Beneficiary of either such person.

 

1.60         Midas Plan ” means the Midas International Corporation Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees.

 

1.61         Named Fiduciary ” means:

 

(a)            with respect to the authority each has over management and control of the Plan’s administration and operation or discretionary authority and control it may have with respect to the Plan, the Administrator and such other person who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to Article XV;

 

(b)            with respect to the management and control of the Plan’s assets or the discretionary authority it may have with respect to the Plan’s assets, the Trustee, the Management Committee, and other such persons who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to Article XV.

 

1.62         Non-Highly Compensated Employee ” or “NHCE” means an Employee who is not an HCE.

 

1.63         Normal Retirement Date ” means the date a Participant attains sixty-five (65) years of age.

 

1.64         Notice Date ” means the date established by the responsible Named Fiduciary as the deadline for it to receive notification with respect to an administrative matter in order to be processed as of a Change Date designated by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

 

1.65         Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in the Plan after completing the eligibility requirements.  A Participant’s participation continues until his or her Termination of Employment and his or her Accrued Benefit is distributed or forfeited; provided however, each Hussmann Participant and Midas Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the date of transfer of assets and liabilities to the Hussmann Plan or Midas Plan, respectively.

 

1.66         Payment Date ” means the date on or after the Settlement Date on which a Participant’s Accrued Benefit is distributed or commences to be distributed, which date shall be at least the minimum number of days required by law, if any, after the date the Participant has received any notice required by law, if any.

 

If a distribution is one to which Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Section 401(a)(11) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

 

(a)            the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider

 

14



 

the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

 

(b)            the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

1.67         Plan ” means the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan, as set forth herein and as hereafter may be amended from time to time.

 

1.68         Plan Administrator ” means the person appointed pursuant to the terms of the Plan to have responsibility and control over the management, administration and operation of the Plan, as provided herein.

 

1.69         Plan Year ” means the Annual Accounting period of the Plan and Trust which ends on each December 31.

 

1.70         QDRO ” means a domestic relations order which the Administrator has determined to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

1.71         Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” means the QJSA described in Article XI.

 

1.72         Related Plan ” means:

 

(a)            with respect to Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, any plan or plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity which is treated with this Plan as a single plan for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code; and

 

(b)            with respect to Section 415 of the Code, any other defined contribution plan or a defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 415(k) of the Code) maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity, respectively called a “Related Defined Contribution Plan” and a “Related Defined Benefit Plan”.

 

1.73         Rollover Contribution ” means:

 

(a)            an amount contributed by a Participant that constitutes all or part of an “eligible rollover distribution” (within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A) of the Code), as described in Section 5.01, provided that such distribution (i) is made by an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, and (ii) does not include after-tax employee contributions ( or any earnings allocable thereto); or

 

(b)            a Trustee Transfer: (1) to the Custodian of an amount by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, which plan provides for such transfer; (2) with respect to which the benefits otherwise protected by Section 411 of the Code in such transferor plan are no longer required by

 

15



 

Section 411 of the Code to be protected in this Plan; and (3) which does not include amounts subject to Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

1.74         Senior Vice President ” means the Senior Vice President-Human Resources of PepsiAmericas, Inc. or any person who shall succeed to the functional responsibilities of said office.  The Senior Vice President shall have the power and authority to act, to the extent delegated to him or her, on behalf of the Company (and all Employers) with respect to matters which relate to the Plan and Trust.

 

1.75         Service ” means, effective as of January 1, 2000, the period of a Participant’s employment calculated in accordance with Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 hereof for purposes of determining his or her nonforfeitable right to benefits under the Plan.

 

1.76         Settlement Date ” means the date on which the transactions from the most recent Trade Date are settled.

 

1.77         Severance from Service Date ” means, effective as of January 1, 2000, the date on which an Employee’s period of Service is deemed to end, determined in accordance with Section 2.2(1).

 

1.78         Spousal Consent ” means the irrevocable written consent given by a Spouse to a Participant’s election (or waiver) of a specified form of benefit or Beneficiary designation.  The Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect on the Spouse of the Participant’s election, waiver or designation and be duly witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.  Spousal Consent shall be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the Spousal Consent and only for the particular choice made by the Participant which requires Spousal Consent.  A Participant may revoke (without Spousal Consent) a prior election, waiver or designation that required Spousal Consent at any time before the Sweep Date associated with the Settlement Date upon which payments will begin.  Spousal Consent also means a determination by the Administrator that there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located or such other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

 

1.79         Spouse ” means a person, not of the same sex, who, as of the earlier of a Participant’s Payment Date and death, is alive and married to the Participant within the meaning of the laws of the State of the Participant’s residence as evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable to the Administrator.  A spouse who was the Spouse on the Payment Date but who is divorced from the Participant at the Participant’s death shall still be the Spouse at the date of the Participant’s death, except as otherwise provided in a QDRO.

 

1.80         Sweep Date ” means the date established by the responsible Named Fiduciary as the cutoff date and time for the responsible Named Fiduciary to receive notification with respect to a financial transaction for an Accounting Period in order to be processed with respect to a Trade Date designated by the responsible Named Fiduciary (or, with respect to a specific Employee group, as may be provided in an Appendix).

 

16



 

1.81         Termination of Employment ” occurs when a person ceases to be an Employee, as determined by the personnel policies of the Commonly Controlled Entity to whom he or she rendered services; provided, however, for periods prior to January 1, 2003, where a Commonly Controlled Entity ceases to be such with respect to an Employee as a result of either an asset sale or stock sale an Employee of the Commonly Controlled Entity shall be deemed not to have incurred a Termination of Employment:  (a) unless the Administrator shall make a determination that the transaction satisfies Section 401(k) of the Code, or if no such determination is made, until such Employee ceases to be employed by the successor to the Commonly Controlled Entity; or (b) if the Administrator shall make a Trustee Transfer of his or her Accrued Benefit.  Transfer of employment from one Commonly Controlled Entity to another Commonly Controlled Entity shall not constitute a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan.

 

1.82         Trade Date ” means the Business Day as of which a financial transaction is effected.

 

1.83         Transition Service ” means, with respect to an Employee who was a Participant prior to January 1, 2000, and who continues to participate thereafter, for the Computation Period in which the Effective Date occurs, the greater of: (a) his or her Year of Service measured under the Plan as it existed immediately prior to January 1, 2000, and based on the Employee’s days of continuous service earned during such Computation Period; or (b) the Service recognized for such Computation Period under the Plan, as amended as of the Effective Date.

 

1.84         Trust ” means the legal entity resulting from the agreement between the Company and the Trustee and all amendments thereto, in which some or all of the assets of this Plan will be received, held, invested and distributed to or for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

1.85         Trust Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, and any amendments thereto.

 

1.86         Trust Fund ” means any property, real or personal, received by and held by the Trustee, plus all income and gains and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions chargeable thereto.

 

1.87         Trustee ” means any corporation, individual or individuals designated in the Trust Agreement who shall accept the appointment as Trustee to execute the duties of the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

1.88         Trustee Transfer ” means: (a) a transfer to the Custodian of an amount by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code or by the trustee(s) of a trust forming part of such a plan, which plan provides for such transfer; or (b) a Direct Rollover within the meaning of Section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code; provided that with respect to any withdrawal or distribution from the Plan, a Participant may elect a transfer to only one eligible retirement plan,

 

17



 

except as may otherwise be determined by the Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

1.89         Unit Value ” means the value of a unit or share in the applicable Investment Fund, as determined in good faith by the Trustee or the Management Committee.

 

1.90         Valuation Date ” means the close of business on each Business Day.

 

1.91         Vesting Service ” means the sum of the Years of Service of an Employee, unless a separate provision is otherwise provided for in an Appendix which applies to such Participant; provided however, Years of Service shall be disregarded:

 

(a)            if the Employee had no vested interest in his or her Contributions by an Employer, and such Years of Service were earned before the Break in Service; or

 

(b)            if such Years of Service were earned after a Break in Service, for purposes of determining the nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accrued Benefit earned before such Break in Service; or

 

(c)            if applicable as provided in the Appendix for such Employee, such Years of Service were earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity, unless the Administrator makes such a determination not to apply this exclusion with respect to each such Employee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; or

 

(d)            if applicable as provided in the Appendix for such Employee, such Years of Service were earned before the Effective Date with respect to an Eligible Employee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on and after January 1, 2000, a reference to Vesting Service will mean a reference to such person’s Service.

 

Effective July 1, 1995, each Eligible Employee who was employed as a non-union hourly employee at Marquette Bottling Works, Inc. or Pepsi-Cola Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc., and who was a participant on July 1, 1995, will have recognized as Vesting Service by this Plan the greater of: (1) all service recognized by the former plan as of July 1, 1995, or (2) the Vesting Service otherwise recognized by this Plan without this provision.

 

1.92         Year of Service ” means, prior to January 1, 2000:

 

(a)            as it applies to Eligibility Service, each Computation Period in which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service;

 

(b)            as it applies to Vesting Service, a Computation Period in which the Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service and such other periods of employment continuation recognized by an applicable Appendix.

 

18



 

An Employee’s service with a company, the assets of which are acquired by a Commonly Controlled Entity, shall only be counted as employment with such Commonly Controlled Entity in the determination of his or her Years of Service if: (1) the Senior Vice President directs that credit for such service be granted, or (2) a qualified plan of the acquired company is subsequently maintained by any Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity.  Notwithstanding the above, prior to the date this Plan was first amended to comply with ERISA, a Year of Service was each year earned and recognized as of such date under the terms and provisions of the Plan used to measure service immediately prior to such date.

 

19



 

ARTICLE II

 

Participation and Service

 

2.01         Eligibility

 

(a)            An Eligible Employee that is not represented by a Union shall become a Participant in this Plan as follows:

 

(1)            Any Employee who was a Participant in the Plan immediately before January 1, 2005 shall continue to participate in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, as amended and in effect on and after January 1, 2005.

 

(2)            Any other Employee who is a regular, full-time Employee or a regular part-time non-union Employee scheduled to work thirty (30) or more Hours of Service per week will become a Participant in the separate portions of the Plan as follows:

 

(A)           In the portion of the Plan described in Article III and Article V of the Plan relating to Pre-Tax Contributions, Post-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and Rollovers, on the day he or she becomes an Employee.

 

(B)            In the portion of the Plan described in Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.04 relating to Matching Contributions, Formula Based Contributions and Special Contributions, on the day he or she becomes an Eligible Employee and has completed six (6) consecutive months of service with the Employer.

 

(3)            Any other Eligible Employee will become a Participant in all portions of the Plan on the first day of the second (2 nd ) calendar quarter following the month in which such Employee completes one Year of Service described in Section 2.01(g).

 

(b)            An Eligible Employee that the Appendix reflects to be represented by the Union, unless provided otherwise in an Appendix, shall become a Participant in this Plan as follows:

 

(1)            Any Employee who was a Participant in the Plan immediately before January 1, 2005 shall continue to participate in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, as amended and in effect on and after January 1, 2005.

 

(2)            Any other Employee who is a regular, full time Employee or a regular, part time Employee scheduled to work forty (40) or more Hours of Service per week will become a Participant on the first payroll period after he or she becomes an Employee and has earned one year of Service described in Section 2.02.

 

20



 

(3)            Any other Employee who is a regular, part time Employee scheduled to work fewer than forty (40) Hours of Service per week will become a Participant on the first day of the second (2nd) calendar quarter following the month in which such Employee completes one year of Service described in subsection 2.01(d).

 

(c)            Participation Upon Change of Job Status .  An Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the later of: (1) the date he or she would have become a Participant had he or she always been an Eligible Employee, or (2) the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

(d)            Service Requirement .  For the purposes referenced in this Section 2.01, Service for an Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be determined by reference to whether the Employee completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service in the 12-month period between the date he or she first completes one Hour of Service and the first anniversary thereof; thereafter, Service for his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be determined by reference to whether he or she completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year, beginning with the first Plan Year commencing after he or she first completes one Hour of Service.  An Employee who completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service in both the initial 12-month eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year commencing after he or she first completes one Hour of Service shall be credited with two (2) years of service for purposes of this Section 2.01.

 

(e)            Participation After Break in Service .  If a Participant or an Employee who is not a Participant incurs a Break in Service, as defined in Section 2.03, his or her participation in the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03.

 

(f)             CIC Employee Participation .  Effective January 10, 2005, Employees who were participants in the 401(k) plan sponsored by Central Investment Corporation shall become Participants in the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions provided in Appendix 2.01(f) attached hereto.

 

2.02         Service

 

Effective as of January 1, 2000 and subject to the following sections of this Article, a Participant’s nonforfeitable right to benefits under the Plan shall be based upon his or her period of Service, determined as provided in this section:

 

(a)            Pre-1976 Service : For a Participant as of January 1, 1976, who had been covered under the prior provisions of the Plan, the Participant’s period of continuous service prior to January 1, 1976, determined in accordance with the prior provisions of the Plan, shall be counted as Service hereunder.

 

(b)            Post-1975 Service :

 

(1)            for an Employee who was a Participant prior to January 1, 1976 and who continues to participate thereafter, his or her period of Service after

 

21



 

January 1, 1976 shall commence as of January 1, 1976 and, subject to the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 2.03 below, extend to his or her Severance from Service Date.

 

(2)            for an Employee who becomes a Participant on or after January 1, 1976, his or her period of Service shall commence as of the date he or she is first credited with an Hour of Service and (subject to the continuous service rules set forth in the prior provisions of the Plan, the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 2.03 below, and the Plan termination rules in Article XII) extend to his or her Severance from Service Date.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

 

(3)            for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1976, such Employee’s period of Service shall commence on January 1 of the first Plan Year in which he or she satisfies the 1000 hour requirement of Section 2.01(a)(3) or Section 2.01(b)(3) if he or she does not satisfy such requirement in the 12-month period beginning on the date he or she first completes one Hour of Service, and

 

(4)            for periods prior to January 1, 1976, any such Employee shall not receive credit for Service for any period (such as part-time employment) that was not credited as service under the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 1976.

 

(5)            for the Computation Period in which occurs January 1, 2000, the Employee will receive no less than Transition Service credit.

 

(c)            Severance from Service .  The following rules shall apply in the event of a Participant’s severance from Service:

 

(1)            Severance from Service Date .  An Employee’s Severance from Service Date shall be the earlier of the following:

 

(A)           The date on which the Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies; or

 

(B)            The date which is twelve (12) months after the date on which the Employee is absent from service for any other reason (e.g., sickness, layoff, vacation).

 

(2)            Period of Severance .

 

(A)           An Employee’s Period of Severance commences on his or her Severance from Service Date and ends on the date on which the Employee is again credited with an Hour of Service by the Employer.

 

(B)            If an Employee has a Severance from Service Date as a result of quitting, discharge or retirement and then earns an Hour of Service within twelve (12) months from the Severance from Service Date, the Period of Severance shall be counted as part of such Employee’s

 

22



 

period of Service.  If an Employee is absent from service for any reason other than quitting, discharge or retirement and during such absence he or she quits, is discharged or retires, his or her Period of Severance shall be counted as part of such Employee’s period of Service only if he or she earns an Hour of Service within twelve (12) months from the date of commencement of such absence from service.  In all other cases, an Employee’s Period of Severance shall be disregarded in determining such Employee’s period of Service.

 

(d)            Applicability .

 

(1)            Service Prior to January 1, 2000 .  The provisions of this Section 2.02 shall not apply to the determination of a Participant’s Service prior to January 1, 2000, if it represents an aggregate number less than the Participant’s Years of Continuous Service prior to January 1, 2000.

 

(2)            Transfer Service and Imputed Service .  Subject to the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 2.03 below, Service that qualifies as Hourly Transfer Service, Salary Transfer Service or Imputed Service will be counted as Service hereunder.

 

2.03         Break in Service

 

Effective as of January 1, 2000 and upon incurring a Break in Service, as defined herein, the provisions of this Section 2.03 shall apply in determining an Employee’s eligibility for participation and period of Service under the Plan.  For purposes hereof and except as provided below, a Break in Service shall mean, for Participants, a 12-consecutive month period beginning on the Severance from Service Date and ending on the first anniversary of such date (provided the Employee is not credited with an Hour of Service during such period) and, for Employees who are not Participants, a 12-month computation period during which he or she is credited with 500 or less Hours of Service.  The applicable computation period for such Employees who are not Participants shall be the 12-month period beginning on the Employee’s date of employment and Plan Years commencing after such date of employment.  Upon a Break in Service, the following rules shall apply:

 

(a)            Vested Participants .  Subject to Section 2.01(d), a Participant who has satisfied the requirements for vesting under Section 8.3 at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall re-participate in the Plan as of the date he or she again completes an Hour of Service and his or her pre-break Service shall be restored in determining his or her rights and benefits under the Plan.

 

(b)            Non-Vested Former Participants .  Any Participant not described in subsection (a) who incurs a Break in Service and who is again employed as an Eligible Employee shall (except as provided below) re-participate in the Plan as of the date he or she again completes an Hour of Service.  His or her years of pre-break Service shall

 

23



 

be restored, but only if the number of his or her consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of: (i) 5, or (ii) the aggregate number of his or her pre-break 12-month periods.  A former Participant who has not had his or her pre-break Service restored under the preceding sentence shall be treated as a new, first-time employee upon his or her re-employment by the Employer and shall be required to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01 for participation in the Plan.

 

(c)            Other Employees .  In the case of an Employee who is not a Participant at the time he or she incurs a Break in Service, his or her pre-break Service shall be restored only if the number of his or her consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service is less than the greater of: (i) 5, or (ii) the aggregate number of his or her pre-break Years of Service.  A rehired Employee who has not had his or her pre-break Service restored under the preceding sentence shall be treated as a new, first-time Employee upon his or her re-employment by the Employer.

 

(d)            Special Rule for Maternity or Paternity Leave .  If a Participant is considered on Maternity or Paternity Leave hereunder, then, solely for purposes of determining whether the Participant has a Break in Service under this Section 2.03, the period of time between the first and second anniversaries of the date the Participant is considered to be absent from service under Section 2.2(a)(1)(ii) shall be considered neither a Period of Severance nor a period of Service.  If a Participant remains on Maternity or Paternity Leave beyond such second anniversary, the Participant’s Period of Severance shall be deemed to begin on such date for purposes of this Section 2.03.

 

(e)            Applicability .  The provisions of this Section 2.03 shall not apply to a Termination of Employment which occurred prior to January 1, 2000, which shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the date the Employee incurred the Termination of Employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Employee who: (i) incurred a Termination of Employment prior to January 1, 2000, and (ii) on December 31, 1999 would not have his or her prior service disregarded under the Plan’s Break in Service rules in effect on such date if he or she then returned to employment, shall be covered by the Plan’s Break in Service rules that are effective for separations on and after January 1, 2000.

 

2.04         Authorized Leave of Absence

 

Effective as of January 1, 2000:

 

(a)            General Rule .  A Participant who is granted an Authorized Leave of Absence by his or her Employer, and who returns to employment at the end of such leave, shall receive credit for Service for the period of time while on such Authorized Leave of Absence; provided however, a Participant on an Authorized Leave of Absence shall not be credited with more than a 24-month period of Service hereunder for a period of absence from active employment, except in accordance with rules that are adopted in writing by the Plan Administrator.  A Participant who is granted an Authorized Leave of Absence but who fails to return (or retire) within the period

 

24



 

specified shall be treated as if he or she was absent from Service under Section 2.2(a)(1)(ii) on the date his or her leave commenced.

 

(b)            Military Service .  A Participant with service in the Armed Forces of the United States (“military service”) shall be credited with Service and Credited Service pursuant to the requirements of section 414(u) of the Code.

 

2.05         Transfers

 

Effective as of January 1, 2000, this subsection shall apply with respect to an Employee of a Commonly Controlled Entity who transfers from an ineligible classification of employment to an Eligible Employee classification, or who transfers from an Eligible Employee classification to one that is ineligible.

 

(a)            Transfers of employment between Employers under this Plan shall not result in a Break in Service.

 

(b)            If an Employee becomes eligible to participate in this Plan as a result of a transfer described in this subsection, he or she shall receive Service credit for employment by an employer while it is a Commonly Controlled Entity.

 

(c)            If a Participant in this Plan transfers employment within the Commonly Controlled Entity and is no longer in an Eligible Employee classification of employment, he or she shall continue to accrue Service for purposes hereunder, subject to the Break in Service rules of Section 2.03.

 

25



 

ARTICLE III

 

Participant Contributions

 

3.01         Pre-Tax Contribution Elections

 

(a)            A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer shall file a Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, specifying his or her Contribution Percentage, which percentage shall be no less than 2% nor more than 50%, or no less nor more than the percentages authorized in an Appendix which applies to such Eligible Employee, and authorizing the Compensation otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced in the contribution periods selected in such Appendix.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in an Appendix.  Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in an Appendix shall apply.

 

(c)            A Participant’s Contribution Election shall be effective only with respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution Election is effective.  A Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles ended after the applicable Change Date or, if reemployed, on the first day of the next month.  However, the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, may declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been received and be void.

 

(d)           In addition to the Pre-Tax Contributions made pursuant to the Contributions Election provided for in this Section 3.01, each Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who is projected to attain age 50 before the end of a Plan Year is eligible to have his Compensation reduced by a whole integer percentage and have the amount by which his Compensation is reduced contributed to the Plan by his Employer on his behalf as a Catch-up Contribution.  Contributions elected pursuant to this paragraph or any similar provision of any other plan maintained by the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity may not exceed the applicable dollar limit described in Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as adjusted in accordance with Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code.

 

3.02         Post-Tax Contribution Elections

 

(a)            A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have Post-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer shall file a Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures adopted by the responsible Named Fiduciary, specifying his or her Contribution Percentage, which percentage shall be no less nor more than the percentages authorized in an Appendix which applies to such

 

26



 

Eligible Employee, and authorizing the Compensation otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced in the contribution periods selected in such Appendix.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in an Appendix.  Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in an Appendix shall apply.

 

(c)            A Participant’s Contribution Election shall be effective only with respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution Election is effective.  A Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles ended after the applicable Change Date or, if reemployed, on the first day of the next month.  However, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been received and be void.

 

3.03         Election Procedures

 

(a)            A Participant’s Contribution Election shall continue in effect (with automatic adjustment for any change in his or her Compensation) until the earliest of the date: (1) his or her Contribution Election is changed in accordance with paragraph (a) hereof; (2) he or she ceases to be paid as an Eligible Employee; or (3) his or her Contribution Election is cancelled in accordance with paragraph (b) hereof.

 

(b)            Changing the Election.  A Participant may increase or decrease his or her Contribution Percentage (subject to the percentage limits stated above) only once each Change Date by making a new Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, on which is specified the amount of the Contribution Percentage.

 

(1)            If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice Date, the change shall be effective with respect to the first payroll cycle ended after the Change Date.

 

(2)            However, if the Administrator deems it necessary, the Administrator may specify an additional window period to Participants.

 

(3)            The amount of increase or decrease of such Contribution Percentage shall be effective only with respect to Compensation not yet paid.

 

(4)            Any Contribution Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have been received and be void.

 

(c)            Canceling the Election .  A Participant desiring to cancel his or her existing Contribution Election and reduce his or her Contribution Percentage to zero must make a new Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary will establish procedures, to be

 

27



 

administered in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, for allowing a Participant to cancel his or her Contribution Election.  Any Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date shall become effective with respect to the payroll cycle ended after the next Change Date.  A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who has cancelled his or her Election may again make a Contribution Election at any time.  If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice Date, it shall become effective with respect to the first payroll cycle ended after the next Change Date, provided at least the number of months of suspension required in an Appendix applicable to the Employee have elapsed since the effective date of the cancellation.  Any Participant who has improperly completed a Contribution Election will be deemed not to have made an Election.

 

28



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Employer Contributions and Allocations

 

4.01         Participant Contributions

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the terms of this Plan, for each period for which a Contribution Election is in effect, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee an amount equal to the amount designated by the Participant as a Pre-Tax, Catch-up or Post-Tax Contribution on his or her Contribution Election.

 

(b)            Allocation .  Any Pre-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the Pre-Tax Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid, any Catch-up Contribution shall be allocated to the Catch-up Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid, and any Post-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the Post-Tax Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  Pre-Tax, Catch-up and Post-Tax Contributions shall be paid to the Custodian in cash and posted to each Participant’s Pre-Tax, Catch-up or Post-Tax Account, respectively, by the Administrator as soon as such amounts can reasonably be balanced against the specific amount made on behalf of each Participant.  Pre-Tax, Catch-up and Post-Tax Contributions shall be paid to the Custodian not later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the month next following the month in which amounts are deducted from the Participant’s Compensation.

 

4.02         Matching Contributions

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each period for which Participants’ Contributions are made, the Employer shall make Matching Contributions as described in the following Allocation Method paragraph on behalf of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who contributed during the period.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Matching Contributions for each period with respect to each Participant shall be 50% up to 6% of a Participant’s Compensation, or the amount, if any, as is described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant.  The Employer may change the matching rate to any other percentages, including zero (0%).

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Matching Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, and not later than the Employer’s federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting such Contribution.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

29



 

(e)            True-Up Contribution .  For each Participant who is not represented in collective bargaining by a union, who is an Employee on the last Business Day of the Plan Year, and who has elected to contribute an amount of his or her Compensation as a Pre-Tax Contribution for all periods during such Plan Year in which he or she could make Pre-Tax Contributions which equals at least the maximum Matching Contribution (stated as a percentage of the Participant’s Compensation), if any, as described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to the least of:

 

(1)            the maximum Matching Contribution, stated as a percentage of a Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year, if any, as described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant;

 

(2)            the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contribution for the Plan Year; or

 

(3)            the amount in (d)(1), times (ii) the dollar limit in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code,

 

minus the aggregate amount of any Matching Contribution already made for the Participant under Section 4.2 hereof for the Plan Year.

 

4.03         Formula Based Contributions

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each period the formula is in effect, the Employer shall make a Formula Based Contribution with respect to each Participant who is an Eligible Employee in the amount equal to 2% of a Participant’s Compensation, or such other amount, if any, as is described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Formula Based Contribution for each period shall be allocated among eligible Participants pro rata based on Compensation, or in the manner provided in an Appendix which applies to each such Participant.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Formula Based Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, and not later than the Employer’s federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting such Contribution.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

4.04         Special Contributions

 

(a)            Frequency and Eligibility .  Subject to the limits of the Plan and to the Administrator’s authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for each Plan Year, the Employer may make a Special Contribution in an amount determined by the

 

30



 

Administrator on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant who is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year.

 

(b)            Allocation Method .  The Special Contribution for each period shall be allocated among eligible Participants as determined by the Administrator, subject to a maximum dollar amount which may be contributed on behalf of any Participant as determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)            Timing, Medium and Posting .  The Employer shall make each period’s Special Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, but no later than twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year to which it is allocated.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant’s Special Account once the total Contribution received by the Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant’s Special Account.

 

(d)            Compensation .  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

 

4.05         Miscellaneous

 

(a)            Deduction Limits .  In no event shall the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year exceed the maximum the Company estimates will be deductible (or which would be deductible if the Employers had taxable income) by any Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 404 of the Code (“Deductible Amount”).  Any amount in excess of the Deductible Amount shall not be contributed in the following order of Contribution type, to the extent needed to eliminate the excess:

 

(1)            Each Participant’s allocable share of Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year will be reduced by an amount equal to the excess of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions over an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of such Participant during the Plan Year as the Deductible Amount available for the Plan Year (reduced by the total amount of other types of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year) bears to the aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of all Participants subject to such Deductible Amount during the Plan Year (before the application of this provision).

 

(2)            If the application of Section (a)(1) would result in a reduction of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions which are matched by Matching Contributions, the rate at which Pre-Tax Contributions are reduced shall be offset by a reduction for each Matching Contribution not made as a result.

 

(3)            Formula Based Contributions.

 

(b)            Profit Sharing Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall constitute a profit sharing plan for all purposes of the Code.

 

31



 

ARTICLE V

 

Rollovers

 

5.01         Rollovers

 

The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a Rollover Contribution in cash from an Eligible Employee if Rollover Contributions are allowed with respect to such Eligible Employee in an Appendix which applies to such Eligible Employee.  In such case, the Employee shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the Plan Administrator that the amount is eligible for rollover treatment.  Such amount shall be posted to the Employee’s Rollover Account by the Administrator as of the date received by the Custodian.

 

If it is later determined that an amount transferred pursuant to the above paragraph did not in fact qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the balance credited to the Employee’s Rollover Account shall immediately be: (1) segregated from all other Plan assets, (2) treated as a non-qualified trust established by and for the benefit of the Employee, and (3) distributed to the Employee.  Any such nonqualifying rollover shall be deemed never to have been a part of the Plan.

 

5.02         Transfers

 

The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a Transfer Contribution for an Eligible Employee.  For purposes of this Section 5.02, a Transfer Contribution is an amount that is transferred from another defined contribution plan sponsored by the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity as a result of a change in employment classification of the Eligible Employee that causes him to be excluded from active participation in such other defined contribution plan and also eligible to participate in this Plan.

 

Any transfer into this Plan from another defined contribution plan of the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity shall maintain the character it held in the transferor plan and shall be credited under the appropriate Participant accounting.  Transfer Contributions shall not be considered Rollover Contributions under the Plan.

 

5.03         Hurricane Katrina Distribution Recontribution

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept the recontribution by a Participant of a distribution that was made under the conditions of Section 10.10, to the extent the distribution was an Eligible Rollover Distribution, provided the recontribution occurs during the 3-year period beginning the day after the date of the Katrina distribution.

 

32



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Accounting For Participants’
Accounts And For Investment Funds

 

6.01         Individual Participant Accounting

 

(a)            Account Maintenance.   The responsible Named Fiduciary will cause the Accounts for each Participant to reflect transactions involving Contributions and other allocations thereto, loans, earnings, losses, withdrawals, distributions and expenses to be allocated and posted to the Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Plan.  Financial transactions during or with respect to an Accounting Period will be accounted for at the individual Account level by allocating and posting each transaction to the Account as of a Trade Date.  At any point in time, the value of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be equal to the sum of the aggregate of the following amounts determined under (1) and (2) with regard to each Investment Fund:

 

(1)            the: (A) Unit Values for the portion of his or her Accounts invested in each Investment Funds; multiplied by (B) the number of full and fractional units for each such Investment Fund posted to his or her Accounts.

 

(2)            the fair market value of any other assets of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets described in (1) and (2)) in which a portion of his or her Accounts is invested or held.

 

(b)            Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle .  For any transaction to be processed as of a Trade Date, the responsible Named Fiduciary must receive instructions by the Sweep Time and such instructions will apply only to amounts held in and posted to the Accounts as of the Trade Date.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all transactions will be effected on the Trade Date relating to the Sweep Time (or as soon thereafter as is administratively possible).

 

(c)            Suspension of Transactions .  Whenever the Administrator considers such action to be in the best interest of the Participants, the Administrator in its discretion may suspend from time to time the Trade Date or reset the Sweep Time.

 

(d)            Temporary Investment .  To the extent practicable, the responsible Named Fiduciary will direct the Custodian to make temporary investments in a short-term interest fund of assets in an Account held pending a Trade Date.

 

(e)            How Fees and Expenses are Charged to Accounts .  Account maintenance fees will be charged to Accounts (to the extent such fees are not paid by the Employer), provided that no fee will reduce an Account balance below zero.  Transaction type fees (such as loan set-up fees, etc.) will be charged to the Accounts involved in the transaction as determined pursuant to procedures adopted by the Administrator.  Fees and expenses incurred for the management and maintenance of Investment Funds will be charged at the Investment Fund level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Investment Fund.

 

33



 

(f)             Error Correction .  The Administrator may correct any errors or omissions in the administration of the Plan by crediting or charging any Account with the amount that would have been allocated, credited or charged to the Account had no error or omission been made.  Funds necessary for any such crediting will be provided through payment made by the responsible Named Fiduciary, or, if the responsible Named Fiduciary was not responsible for such error or omission, through payment by the Employer.

 

(g)            Accounting for Participant Loans.   Participant loans will be held in a separate Fund for investment only by such Participant and accounted for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the borrowing Participant’s Account.

 

6.02         Accounting for Investment Funds

 

(a)            Unit Accounting .  The investments in each Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as subject to unit accounting will be maintained in full and fractional units.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the number of full and fractional units of each such Investment Fund.

 

(b)            Share Accounting .  The investments in each Investment Fund designated by the Administrator as subject to share accounting will be maintained in full and fractional shares.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the number of full and fractional shares of each such Investment Fund.

 

(c)            Company Stock .  The following additional rules shall apply to the Company Stock Fund:

 

(1)            Voting Rights .  All Company Stock in an Account will be voted by the Custodian in accordance with directions from the Participant pursuant to the procedures of the Trust Agreement.

 

(2)            Tender Offer .  If a tender offer is commenced for Company Stock, the provisions of the Trust Agreement regarding the response to such tender offer, the holding and investment of proceeds derived from such tender offer and the substitution of new securities for such proceeds will be followed.

 

(3)            Dividends and Income .  Dividends (whether in cash or in property) and other income received by the Custodian in respect of Company Stock will be reinvested in Company Stock and will constitute income and be recognized on an accrual basis for the Accounting Period in which occurs the record date with respect to such dividend; provided that, with respect to any dividend which is reflected in the market price of the underlying stock, the Administrator will direct the Custodian during such trading period to trade such stock the regular way to reflect the value of the dividend, and all transfers and cash distributions will be transacted accordingly with no accrual of such dividend, other than as reflected in such market price.

 

34



 

(4)            Transaction Costs .  Any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, transaction charges, and other charges and expenses in connection with the purchase or sale of Company Stock will be added to the cost thereof in the case of a purchase or deducted from the proceeds thereof in the case of a sale; provided, however, where the purchase or sale of Company Stock is with a “disqualified person” as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code or a “party in interest” as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA, no commissions may be charged with respect thereto.

 

6.03         Accounts for Alternate Payees

 

A separate Account will be established for an Alternate Payee as of the date, and in accordance with the directions specified, in the QDRO.  Such Account will be valued and accounted for in the same manner as any other Account.  An Alternate Payee will be treated as a Participant to the extent provided as follows:

 

(a)            Investment Direction .  An Alternate Payee may direct or exchange the investment of such Account in the same manner as a Participant; provided, however, that an Alternate Payee may not acquire Company Stock.

 

(b)            Withdrawals and Forms of Payment .  An Alternate Payee will receive payment of the amount specified in the QDRO as soon as administratively possible, regardless of whether the Participant is an Employee, unless the QDRO specifically provides that payment be delayed, including at the election of the Alternate Payee.  Payment may be made in the same forms as are available to the Participant with respect to whom the QDRO has been obtained, to the extent provided in the QDRO.

 

(c)            Participant Loans .  An Alternate Payee will not be entitled to borrow from his or her Account.  If a QDRO specifies that the Alternate Payee is entitled to any portion of the Account of a Participant who has an outstanding loan balance, all outstanding loans will continue to be held in the Participant’s Account and will not be divided between the Participant’s and Alternate Payee’s Accounts.

 

(d)            Beneficiary .  An Alternate Payee may designate a Beneficiary in the same manner as a Participant, to the extent provided for in the QDRO.

 

6.04         Transition Rules

 

The Administrator may adopt such procedures, including imposing “transition” periods, as are necessary to accommodate any plan mergers, Investment Fund or accounting changes or events, or similar events as it determines are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

35



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Investment Funds and Elections

 

7.01         Investment of Contributions

 

(a)            Investment Election .  Each Participant may direct the Custodian, by submission to the responsible Named Fiduciary of an Investment Election, to invest Contributions (and loan repayments) posted to his or her Accounts and other amounts allocated and posted to the Participant’s Account in one or more Investment Funds; provided, however, that a separate Investment Election is required for Rollover Contributions.  If a Participant does not have a valid Investment Election on file, his or her Investment Election will be deemed to be a 100% election of the Fixed Income Fund.  If the Participant elects to have any such Contributions made on his or her behalf invested in more than one Investment Fund, he or she must designate in whole multiples of one percent (1%) what percentage of the Contribution is to be invested in each such Investment Fund.  Notwithstanding the above and effective as of May 21, 1999, no Investment Election may be made by a Participant or Beneficiary which directs the investment of any Contributions into the PepsiCo Stock Fund.

 

(b)            Effective Date of Investment Election; Change of Investment Election .  A Participant’s initial Investment Election will be effective with respect to an Investment Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to which the Investment Election is received and not revoked pursuant to procedures specified by the Administrator.  A Participant’s Investment Election will continue in effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her Contribution Percentage, until the earlier of: (1) the effective date of a new Investment Election; or (2) the date he or she ceases to be a Participant.  A change in Investment Election will be effective with respect to an Investment Fund as soon as administratively possible after the date the Administrator receives the Participant’s new Investment Election.

 

7.02         Investment of Accounts

 

(a)            Conversion Election .  Notwithstanding a Participant’s Investment Election, a Participant may direct the Custodian, by submission of a Conversion Election to the responsible Named Fiduciary, to change the investment of his or her Accounts between two or more Investment Funds, on a pro rata basis with respect to each of the Participant’s Accounts (exclusive of the Participant’s loans) from existing plan.  If a Participant does not make a Conversion Election for the PepsiCo Stock Fund for any amounts remaining in that Investment Fund on May 20, 2001, the Participant will be deemed to have made a Conversion Election to invest such amount 100% in the Fixed Income Fund.  If the Participant or Beneficiary elects to invest his or her Accrued Benefit in more than one (1) Investment Fund, he must designate in whole multiples of one percent (1%) what percentage of his or her Accounts is to be invested in such Investment Fund; provided, however, effective as of May 21, 1999, no Conversion Election may be made by a Participant or Beneficiary which directs the investment of any part of his or her Accrued Benefit into the PepsiCo Stock Fund.

 

36



 

(b)            Effective Date of Conversion Election .  A Conversion Election to change a Participant’s investment of his or her Accounts in one Investment Fund to another Investment Fund will be effective with respect to such Investment Funds on the Trade Date(s) which relates to the Sweep Time on which or prior to which the Conversion Election is received and not revoked pursuant to procedures specified by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Conversion Election made with respect to the Account balance of a Participant who dies on or after the Effective Date will not be valid if it is made after such time that is established by the Administrator following the date the Administrator is notified of such Participant’s death.

 

(c)            Delayed Effective Date .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7.2 to the contrary, if the sell portion of a Conversion Election can not be processed due to a problem in the market, a liquidity shortage in an Investment Fund, or disruption of other sell or buy orders in another Investment Fund, the buy portion of the Conversion Election will not be processed on a Trade Date until the sell transaction can be processed.

 

7.03         Investment Funds

 

The Plan’s Investment Funds are indicated in Appendix 1.54.  In addition, the Management Committee may, from time to time, in its discretion:

 

(a)            limit or freeze investments in, or transfers from, an Investment Fund;

 

(b)            add funding vehicles thereunder;

 

(c)            liquidate, consolidate or otherwise reorganize an existing Investment Fund; or

 

(d)            add new Investment Funds to, or delete Investment Funds from, an Appendix which applies to Employees identified therein.

 

7.04         Transition Rules

 

Effective as of the date designated by the Management Committee on which any Investment Fund is added under Section 7.3, each Participant will have the opportunity to make new Investment Elections and Conversion Elections to the Administrator no later than the applicable Sweep Time.  The Administrator may take such action as the Administrator deems appropriate, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)            using any reasonable accounting methods in performing his or her duties during the period of transition;

 

(b)            designating into which Investment Fund a Participant’s Accounts or Contributions will be invested;

 

37



 

(c)            establishing the method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the extent, if any, to which amounts received by and distributions paid from the Trust during this period share in such allocation;

 

(d)            investing all or a portion of the Trust’s assets in a short-term, interest-bearing Investment Fund during such transition period;

 

(e)            delaying any Trade Date during a designated transition period or changing any Sweep Time or Valuation Time during such transition period; or

 

(f)             designating how and to what extent a Participant’s Investment Election or Conversion Election will apply to Investment Funds.

 

7.05         Risk of Loss

 

Neither the Plan nor the Company guarantees that the fair market value of the Investment Funds, or of any particular Investment Fund, will be equal to or greater than the amounts invested therein.  Neither the Plan nor the Company guarantees that the value of the Accounts will be equal to or greater than the Contributions allocated thereto.  Except as required pursuant to ERISA, each Participant will have sole responsibility for the investment of his or her Accounts and for transfers among the available Investment Funds, and no fiduciary or other person will have any liability for any loss or diminution in value resulting from any Participant’s exercise of, or failure to exercise,  such investment responsibility.  Each Participant assumes all risk of any decrease in the value of the Investment Funds and the Accounts.  The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404 of ERISA.

 

7.06         Interests in the Investment Funds

 

No Participant will have any claim, right, title, or interest in or to any specific assets of any Investment Fund until distribution of such assets is made to such Participant.  No Participant will have any claim, right, title, or interest in or to the Investment Fund, except as and to the extent expressly provided herein.

 

7.07         Sole Source of Benefits

 

Participants may only seek payment of benefits under the Plan from the Trust, and, except as otherwise required by law, the Employer assumes no responsibility or liability therefor.

 

7.08         Alternate Payees

 

See Sections 6.3 and 6.4 for the treatment of Alternate Payees as Participants for purpose of this Article VII.

 

38



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Vesting and Forfeitures

 

8.01         Fully Vested Contribution Accounts

 

An Employee who was a participant in the 401(k) plan sponsored by Central Investment Corporation (“CIC”) and who had at least three Years of Service as of January 1, 2006, shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to the portion of his Accrued Benefit attributable to the CIC 401(k) Plan at all times.  An Employee of Dakota Beverage Group, LLC shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit at all times.  A Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in these Accounts at all times:

 

Post-Tax Account

 

Pre-Tax Account

 

Catch-up Account

Rollover Account

 

Special Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.02         Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After Retirement or Disability

 

A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

(a)            completion of at least the minimum number of years of Vesting Service in the Vesting Schedule for a 100% nonforfeitable percentage;

 

(b)            attainment of Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date;

 

(c)            his or her Termination of Employment for reason of a Disability; or

 

(d)            he or she dies while an Employee.

 

8.03         Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures

 

(a)            Vesting .  A Participant shall be vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in his or her Matching and Formula Based Accounts, determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule (unless a separate vesting schedule is otherwise provided for in an Appendix which applies to such Participant):

 

39



 

Years of Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

0

%

1 year but less than 2 years

 

20

%

2 years but less than 3 years

 

40

%

3 years but less than 4 years

 

60

%

4 years but less than 5 years

 

80

%

5 years or more

 

100

%

 

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with respect to that portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is attributable to amounts transferred from the Pepsi-Cola General Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc. and Beverage Bottlers Inc. 401(k) Plan or the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan, the vested percentage of such Accounts shall be no less than their vested percentage under the Pepsi-Cola General Bottling Company of Oshkosh, Inc. and Beverage Bottlers Inc. 401(k) Plan or the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan, respectively, as of the transfer’s effective date.

 

8.04         Forfeitures

 

(a)            Forfeiture Where Payment Commences After a Break in Service.   If no Payment Date of a Participant’s nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit occurs before having incurred a Break in Service, that portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit (which is Employer-derived) which is forfeitable as of his or her Termination of Employment shall be forfeited as of the completion of a Break in Service.  If the Participant is reemployed as an Employee prior to having incurred a Break in Service, the Forfeiture shall not occur.  If the Participant is reemployed as an Employee after incurring a Break in Service, the Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in that portion of his or her Accounts accrued prior to the Break in Service and not forfeited as a result of such Break in Service.  A Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment with a zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit (which is Employer-derived) shall be deemed to have a Payment Date and a Forfeiture of his or her Accrued Benefit as of such Termination of Employment.

 

(b)            Forfeiture Where Payment Commences Prior to a Break in Service .  If the Payment Date of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accrued Benefit occurs prior to having incurred a Break in Service, that portion of his or her Accrued Benefit which is forfeitable shall be forfeited as of the Payment Date.  Thereafter, if such person is rehired as an Employee prior to incurring a Break in Service, he or she shall be entitled to make repayment to the Plan of the full amount distributed to him or her on or after the Payment Date no later than: (1) the date he or she incurs a Break in Service, and (2) the last day of the 5-year period commencing on or after his or her date of reemployment.  Upon making repayment in a single payment of the amount distributed to him or her, the amount repaid shall be credited to the Participant’s Account from which paid and the Forfeiture shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and invested in the same manner as the Account to which it is posted.  The amount required to restore such Participant’s Accounts shall be charged against the Plan’s Forfeitures, and, if insufficient, be made up from additional Employer Contributions.

 

40



 

Where a Participant has been deemed to have a Payment Date because he or she had a zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit, he or she will be deemed to have made the repayment required by this subparagraph on his or her date of hire.

 

If the Employee makes the above-described repayment, such repayment shall be considered to be the “investment in the contract” for purposes of Sections 72(1)(A), 72(f) and 402(e)(4)(D)(i) of the Code in relation to the amount reinstated in his or her Account on account of the repayment.

 

8.05         Forfeiture Account

 

A Forfeiture will be posted, no later than the end of the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture arises, to the Forfeiture Account on the Settlement Date for the Trade Date on which the Custodian, at the direction of the Administrator, has converted the Forfeiture to cash.  The Forfeiture Account shall be invested in interest bearing deposits of the Custodian or short-term money market instruments.  No later than the end of such Plan Year, the Forfeiture Account shall be used in the following order: to reinstate Accrued Benefits and to reduce Employer Contributions, as determined by the Administrator, and to pay expenses of the Plan.

 

41



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Participant Loans

 

9.01         Participant Loans Permitted

 

The Administrator is authorized to establish and administer a loan program for a Participant who is an Eligible Employee or a former Eligible Employee who is a “party in interest” under ERISA pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article.  All loan limits are determined as of the Trade Date the Trustee reserves funds for the loan.  The funds will be disbursed to the Participant as soon as is administratively feasible after the next following Settlement Date.  Loans will be available to a Participant only to the extent provided in the Appendix applicable to that Participant.

 

9.02         Loan Funding Limits

 

The loan amount must meet the following limits:

 

(a)            Plan Minimum Limit .  The minimum amount for any loan is $1,000.00.

 

(b)            Plan Maximum Limit .  Subject to the legal limit described in (c) below, the maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding balance of existing Plan loans, is fifty percent (50%) of his or her following Accounts which are fully vested:

 

Pre-Tax Account

Catch-up Account
Special Account
Matching Account
Formula Based Account
Rollover Account
Post-Tax Account.

 

(c)            Legal Maximum Limit .  The maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding balance of existing loans, is based upon the value of his or her vested interest in this Plan and all other qualified plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity (the “Vested Interest”).  The maximum amount is equal to fifty percent (50%) of his or her Vested Interest, not to exceed $50,000.  However, the $50,000 amount is reduced by the Participant’s highest outstanding balance of all loans from any Commonly Controlled Entity’s qualified plans during the 12-month period ending on the day before the Trade Date on which the loan is made.

 

9.03         Maximum Number of Loans

 

A Participant may have only one loan outstanding at any given time, and any prior existing loan must be fully repaid for ninety (90) days before a new loan may be secured.

 

42



 

9.04         Source of Loan Funding

 

A loan to a Participant shall be made solely from the assets of his or her following Accounts which are fully vested:

 

Pre-Tax Account

Catch-up Account
Special Account
Matching Account
Formula Based Account
Rollover Account
Post-Tax Account.

 

The available assets shall be determined first by Contribution Account and then by investment type within each type of Contribution Account.  The hierarchy for loan funding by type of Contribution Account shall be the order listed in the preceding Plan Maximum Limit paragraph.  Within each Account used for funding, amounts shall first be taken from the available cash in the Account and then taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund as of the Sweep Date on which the loan is made.

 

9.05         Interest Rate

 

The interest rate charged on Participant loans shall be fixed and equal to the Trustee’s prime rate.

 

9.06         Repayment

 

Substantially level amortization shall be required of each loan with payments made at least monthly, through payroll deduction, provided that payment can be made by check for advance loan payments, or when a Participant is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, Disabled or transferred to the employ of a Commonly Controlled Entity which is not participating in the Plan.  Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.  The loan repayment period shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Participant and Administrator, not to exceed five (5) years.

 

9.07         Repayment Hierarchy

 

Loan principal repayments shall be credited to the Participant’s Contribution Accounts in the inverse of the order used to fund the loan.  Loan interest shall be credited to the Contribution Account in direct proportion to the principal repayment.  Loan payments are credited by investment type based upon the Participant’s current Conversion Election for that Account.

 

9.08         Loan Application, Note and Security

 

A Participant shall apply for any loan in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary shall administer

 

43



 

Participant loans and shall specify the time frame for approving loan applications.  All loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note and security agreement and secured only by a Participant’s vested Account balance.  The Plan shall have a lien on a Participant’s Account to the extent of any outstanding loan balance.

 

9.09         Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature

 

(a)            Default .  A loan is treated as a default on the earlier of: (i) the date any scheduled loan payment is more than ninety (90) days late, provided that the Administrator may agree to a suspension of loan payments for up to twelve (12) months for a Participant who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence; or (ii) thirty (30) days from the time the Participant receives written notice of the note being due and payable and a demand for past due amounts.

 

(b)            Actions Upon Default .  In the event of default, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to report the default as a taxable distribution.  As soon as a Plan withdrawal or distribution to such Participant would otherwise be permitted, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to execute upon its security interest in the Participant’s Account by segregating the unpaid loan balance from the Account, including interest to the date of default, and to distribute the note to the Participant.

 

(c)            Acceleration .  A loan shall become due and payable in full once the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

 

44



 

ARTICLE X

 

In-Service Withdrawals

 

10.01       Withdrawals for General Hardship

 

(a)            Requirements .  To the extent permitted by an Appendix, a Participant may request the withdrawal of any amount from the vested portion of his or her Accounts needed to satisfy a general hardship by submitting a completed withdrawal request to the Administrator.

 

(b)            General Hardship .  General hardship will mean circumstances of sufficient severity that a Participant is confronted by present or impending financial ruin or his or her family is clearly endangered by present or impending want or privation.

 

(c)            Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal .  All available amounts must first be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Sections 10.2 or 10.3 to the extent either such Section applies to such Participant (as specified in an applicable Appendix).  The remaining withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order of Post-Tax Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
Rollover Account
Formula Based Account
Matching Account

 

10.02       Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship

 

(a)            Requirements .  To the extent permitted in an Appendix which applies to a Participant, each such Participant may request the withdrawal of any amount from the portion of his or her Accounts to the extent vested needed to satisfy a financial need by making a withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall only approve those requests for withdrawals: (1) on account of a Participant’s “Deemed Financial Need”, and (2) which are “Deemed Necessary” to satisfy the financial need.

 

(b)            “Deemed Financial Need” .  Financial commitments relating to:

 

(1)            costs directly related to the purchase or construction (excluding mortgage payments or balloon payments) of a Participant’s principal residence;

 

(2)            the payment of expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or necessary for those persons to obtain medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code;

 

45



 

(3)            payment of tuition and related educational fees and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code);

 

(4)            necessary payments to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or the foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;

 

(5)            effective January 1, 2006, payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in section 152 of the Code, without regard to section 152(d)(1)(B); or

 

(6)            effective January 1, 2006, expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(c)            “Deemed Necessary” .  A withdrawal is “deemed necessary” to satisfy the financial need only if all of these conditions are met:

 

(1)            the withdrawal may not exceed the dollar amount needed to satisfy the Participant’s documented financial hardship, plus an amount necessary to pay federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from such withdrawal;

 

(2)            the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other than financial hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity;

 

(3)            the Participant will be suspended from making Pre-Tax Contributions and Post-Tax Contributions (or similar contributions under any other qualified or nonqualified plan of deferred compensation maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity) for at six (6) months from the date the withdrawal is received.

 

(d)            Account Sources for Withdrawal .  All available amounts must first be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Section 10.2 or 10.3 to the extent either such Section applies to such Participant (as specified in an applicable Appendix).  The remaining withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, to the extent vested, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
Rollover Account
Formula Based Account
Matching Account

Catch-up Account
Pre-Tax Account

Special Account

 

46



 

The amount that may be withdrawn from a Participant’s Pre-Tax Account shall not include earnings and Special Contributions posted to his or her Pre-Tax Account after the end of the Plan Year which ends before July 1, 1989.

 

10.03       Withdrawals for Participants over age 59½ or who are Disabled

 

(a)            Requirements .  To the extent permitted in an Appendix which applies to a Participant, each such Participant who is over age 59½ or who is Disabled may withdraw from the portion of his or her Accounts to the extent vested listed in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)            Account Sources for Withdrawal .  When requesting a withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, to the extent vested, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
Rollover Account
Formula Based Account
Matching Account

Catch-up Account
Pre-Tax Account
Special Account.

 

10.04       Unrestricted Withdrawals

 

(a)            Requirements .  To the extent permitted in an Appendix, withdrawal is permitted from an amount credited to any of the Accounts listed in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)            Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal .  When requesting a withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order of Accounts:

 

Post-Tax Account
Rollover Account

 

10.05       Withdrawal Processing

 

(a)            Ordering of Post-Tax Account Withdrawals .  To the extent of the outstanding principal amount (excluding earnings) as of December 31, 1986 attributable to his or her Post-Tax Account, any withdrawal hereunder shall be deemed first to be made therefrom, second from Post-Tax Contributions, if any, made after December 31, 1986, plus earnings thereon in the same pro rata manner as required by Section 72(e) of the Code, and, thirdly, from earnings on such principal amount as of December 31, 1986.

 

47



 

(b)            Minimum Amount .  There is no minimum payment for any type of withdrawal.

 

(c)            Permitted Frequency .  The maximum number of withdrawals permitted in any Plan Year (other than for 401(k) Hardship) is two.  For this purpose, two types of withdrawals distributed in one payment shall constitute one withdrawal.

 

(d)            Application by Participant .  A Participant must submit a withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary to the responsible Named Fiduciary to apply for any type of withdrawal.  Only a Participant who is an Employee may make a withdrawal request.

 

(e)            Approval by Responsible Named Fiduciary .  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining that a withdrawal request conforms to the requirements described in this Section and notifying the Custodian of any payments to be made in a timely manner.

 

(f)             Time of Processing .  The Custodian shall process all withdrawal requests which it receives by a Sweep Date, based on the value as of the Trade Date to which it relates, and fund them on the next Settlement Date.  The Custodian shall then make payment to the Participant as soon thereafter as is administratively feasible.

 

(g)            Medium and Form of Payment .  The medium of payment for withdrawals is either cash or direct deposit; provided, however, a withdrawal under either Section 10.3 or 10.4 may be paid, as directed by the Participant, in whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the withdrawal is funded from the Company Stock Fund.  The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a single installment.

 

(h)            Investment Fund Sources .  Within each Account used for funding a withdrawal, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund (which excludes the Participant’s loans) at the time the withdrawal is made.

 

(i)             Direct Rollover .  With respect to any cash payment hereunder in excess of $200 which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the responsible Named Fiduciary to have all or some portion of such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

10.06       Outstanding Loan

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, the portion of a Participant’s Account that secures a loan to such Participant under Article IX may not be taken as a withdrawal.

 

48



 

10.07       Spousal Consent

 

Spousal Consent will not be required for any withdrawal except with respect to a Participant who has elected an annuity form of distribution pursuant to Section 11.7.

 

10.08       Required Withdrawals

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant who is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), will not be later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (with required withdrawals to be made by each December 31 thereafter) and will comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10.09       Transfer of Accounts

 

If a Participant transfers to an employment classification that causes him to be excluded from active participation in this Plan and also eligible to participate in another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity, the Administrator may cause the Participant’s Accounts to be transferred to such other plan as of any Valuation Date.  A transfer of accounts under this Section 10.09 shall not be an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

10.10       Withdrawals for Hurricane Katrina Victims

 

Effective January 1, 2006, a Participant who is not a member of a group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, and whose principal place of abode on August 28, 2005 is located in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama or Florida, and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina, may withdraw up to $100,000 from his vested Account.  This withdrawal must occur prior to January 1, 2007.

 

49



 

ARTICLE XI

 

Distributions On And After Termination of Employment

 

11.01       Request for Distribution of Benefits

 

(a)            Request for Distribution .  Subject to the other requirements of this Article, a Participant may elect to have his or her vested Accrued Benefit paid to him or her beginning upon any Settlement Date following his or her Termination of Employment by submitting a completed distribution election in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Such election form shall include or be accompanied by a notice which provides the Participant with information regarding all optional times and forms of payment available.  The election must be submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates to the Payment Date.

 

(b)            Failure to Request Distribution .  If a Participant has a Termination of Employment and fails to submit a distribution request in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary by the last Payment Date permitted under this Article, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes such latest date of distribution (called the “Default Valuation Date”) and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the Participant does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a Forfeiture.  If the Participant subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against the Forfeiture Account or by a contribution from the Employer of the affected Participant.

 

11.02       Deadline for Distribution

 

In addition to any other Plan requirements and unless the Participant elects otherwise, or cannot be located, the Payment Date of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be not later than sixty (60) days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (i) the Participant attains the earlier of age sixty-five (65) or his or her Normal Retirement Date; (ii) occurs the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation; or (iii) the Participant had a Termination of Employment.  However, if the amount of the payment or the location of the Participant (after a reasonable search) cannot be ascertained by that deadline, payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the earliest date on which such amount or location is ascertained.  In any case, the Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant: (i) who is not an Employee; or (ii) who is an Employee and who is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), shall not be later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70½) and each December 31 thereafter and shall comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

50



 

11.03       Payment Form and Medium

 

(a)            General .  A Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of:

 

(1)            a single sum,

 

(2)            periodic installments as selected by the Participant, not to exceed 15 years, or

 

(3)            periodic distributions of at least $500.00, each in an amount designated by the Participant but not to exceed two distributions per Plan Year.

 

Within each Account used for funding a distribution, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant’s interest in each Investment Fund at the Trade Date for which the distribution is made.

 

(b)            Medium of Payment .  Payments will generally be made in cash (generally by check); alternatively, if the Participant elects a single sum distribution, a single sum payment will be made, as directed by the Participant, in whole shares of Company Stock (to the extent his or her distribution is funded from the Company Stock Fund).

 

11.04       Small Amounts Paid Immediately

 

If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment and the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is $1,000 or less, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be paid as a single sum as soon as administratively possible, pursuant to such procedures as may be established by the Administrator.

 

11.05       Payment Within Life Expectancy

 

The Participant’s payment election must be consistent with the requirement of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that all payments are to be completed within a period not to exceed the lives or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary.

 

11.06       Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on the Effective Date

 

Any person who became a Participant prior to the Effective Date only because he or she had an Accrued Benefit and who had commenced to receive payments prior to the Effective Date shall continue to receive such payments in the same form and payment schedule under this Plan.

 

51



 

11.07       TEFRA Transitional Rule

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance with the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

 

(a)            The distribution must have been one provided for in the Plan.

 

(b)            The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified the Plan under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”).

 

(c)            The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

 

(d)            Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

 

(e)            The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

 

(f)             The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distribution will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

 

11.08       Direct Rollover

 

With respect to any payment in excess of $200 hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

11.09       Delay

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a payment will not be considered to be made after the applicable Payment Date merely because actual payment is reasonably delayed for the calculation and/or distribution of the benefit amount, or to ascertain the location of the payee, if all payments due are actually made.

 

52



 

ARTICLE XII

 

Distribution of Accrued Benefits on Death

 

12.01       Payment to Beneficiary

 

On the death of a Participant prior to his or her Payment Date, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Death of a Participant on or after his or her Payment Date shall result in payment to his or her Beneficiary of whatever death benefit is provided by the form of payment in effect on his or her Payment Date.

 

12.02       Beneficiary Designation

 

(a)            Each Participant may designate the Beneficiary who is to receive the Participant’s remaining Accrued Benefit at his or her death.  The Participant may change his or her designation of Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Administrator.  Notwithstanding any designation to the contrary, the Participant’s Beneficiary will be the Participant’s surviving Spouse, unless such designation includes Spousal Consent.  In the absence of Spousal Consent, a Participant will be deemed to have designated his or her surviving Spouse as the Participant’s Beneficiary unless and to the extent that such designation is inconsistent with a QDRO.  If the Participant dies leaving no Spouse and either: (1) the Participant failed to file a valid Beneficiary designation, or (2) all persons designated as Beneficiary have predeceased the Participant, the Administrator will have the Trustee distribute such Participant’s Accrued Benefit in a single sum to his or her estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

 

(b)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary under the Plan at any time by making the designation in the form and manner and at the time determined by the Administrator.  No such designation will be effective until and unless it is received by the Administrator.

 

(c)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, a Participant may revoke a prior designation of a Beneficiary at any time by making the revocation in the form and manner and at the time determined by the Administrator.  No such revocation will be effective until and unless it is received by the Administrator.

 

(d)            Subject to the provisions of this Section, if a Participant designates his or her Spouse as the Participant’s Beneficiary, except to the extent required by applicable law, that designation will not be revoked or otherwise altered or affected by any:

 

(1)            change in the marital status of the Participant and such Spouse,

 

(2)            agreement between the Participant and such Spouse.

 

53



 

(e)            If a Participant designates his or her Spouse as the Participant’s Beneficiary, and the Administrator receives a QDRO with respect to the marriage, separation or divorce of the Participant and such Spouse, such Spouse will cease to be the Participant’s Beneficiary unless and until the Participant again designates his or her Spouse as the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Section, except to the extent otherwise provided in the QDRO.

 

(f)             A Participant’s Beneficiary may not be changed following the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, by a disclaimer otherwise valid under applicable law.

 

(g)            After a Participant’s death which occurs on or after the Effective Date, the Participant’s Beneficiary will have the rights and options otherwise available under the Plan to Participants.  For example, a Beneficiary will have the right to exchange an Account among the Investment Funds.

 

12.03       Benefit Election

 

(a)            Request for Distribution .  In the event of a Participant’s death prior to his or her Payment Date, a Beneficiary may elect to have the vested Accrued Benefit of a deceased Participant paid to him or her beginning upon any Settlement Date following the Participant’s date of death by submitting a completed distribution election in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The election must be submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates to the Settlement Date upon which payments are to begin.

 

(b)            Failure to Request Distribution .  In the event a Beneficiary fails to submit a timely distribution request, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes such latest date of distribution (called the “Default Valuation Date”) and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the Beneficiary does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a Forfeiture.  If the Beneficiary subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against the Forfeiture or by a Contribution from the Employer of the affected Beneficiary.

 

12.04       Payment Form

 

In the event of a Participant’s death after his or her Payment Date, payment shall be made in the form selected by the Participant.  Otherwise, a Beneficiary shall be limited to the same form and medium of payment to which the Participant was limited.  Payments will generally be made in cash (by check).  Alternatively, if the Beneficiary elects an in-kind distribution, a single sum payment will be made in a combination of cash and whole shares.

 

54



 

12.05       Required Commencement of Distribution

 

(a)            General Rules .  The provisions of this Section 12.05 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

 

(1)            Precedence.  The requirements of this Section 12.05 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

 

(2)            Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated.  All distributions required under this Section 12.05 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(3)            TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 12.05, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

 

(b)            Time and Manner of Distribution .

 

(1)            Required Beginning Date.  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

 

(2)            Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(A)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, unless the Beneficiary makes an election pursuant to subsection (E) below, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 ½, if later.

 

(B)            If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, unless the Beneficiary makes an election pursuant to subsection (E) below, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(C)            If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

55



 

(D)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 12.05(b)(2), other than Section 12.05(b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(E)            Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (A) and (B) above, Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the life expectancy rule or the 5-year rule in subsections (A) or (B) above applies to distributions after the death of a Participant.  The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subsections (A) or (B) above, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death.  If the Beneficiary does not make an election under this subsection (E), distributions will be made in accordance with subsections (A) or (B) above, whichever is applicable.

 

For purposes of this Section 12.05(b)(2) and Section 12.05(d), unless Section 12.05(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If Section 12.05(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A).

 

If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(3)            Forms of Distribution.  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 12.05 and 12.05(d).  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.

 

(c)            Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .

 

(1)            Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year.  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(A)           the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in

 

56



 

Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(B)            if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

(2)            Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death.  Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 12.05 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

 

(d)            Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .

 

(1)            Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(i)             The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(ii)            If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)           If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age

 

57



 

of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(B)            No Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)            Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)           Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 12.05(d)(1).

 

(B)            No Designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(C)            Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 12.05(b)(2)(A), this Section 12.05(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(e)            Definitions .

 

(1)            Designated beneficiary.  The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Section 12.02 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)            Distribution calendar year.  A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For

 

58



 

distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 12.05(b)(2).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)            Life expectancy.  Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)            Participant’s Account balance.  The Account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)            Required beginning date.  The date specified in Section 11.02 of the Plan.

 

(f)             Special Rule .  A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period.

 

12.06       Direct Rollover

 

With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200 hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary receives written Notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

 

59



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Maximum Contributions

 

13.01       Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions

 

The aggregate elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made on behalf of each Participant under the Plan for any Plan Year will not exceed:

 

(a)            the Contribution Dollar Limit, reduced by:

 

(b)            the sum of any of the following amounts that were contributed on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year under a plan, contract, or arrangement other than this Plan:

 

(1)            any employer contribution under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Section 401(k) of the Code) to the extent not includable in the Participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(e)(3) of the Code (determined without regard to Section 402(g) of the Code);

 

(2)            any employer contribution to the extent not includable in the Participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code (determined without regard to Section 402(g) of the Code);

 

(3)            any employer contribution to purchase an annuity contract under Section 403(b) of the Code under a salary reduction agreement (within the meaning of Section 3121(a)(5)(D) of the Code); and

 

(4)            any elective employer contribution under Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) of the Code;

 

provided that no contribution described in this subsection (b) will be taken into account for the purpose of reducing the dollar limit in subsection (a), above, if the plan, contract, or arrangement is not maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity unless the Participant has filed a notice with the Administrator not later than March 15 of the next Plan Year regarding such contribution.

 

13.02       Actual Deferral Percentage Test

 

(a)            The Plan will satisfy the actual deferral percentage test set forth in Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b), the provisions of which (and any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as modified by subsection (b), below.  In accordance with Section 401(k)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual deferral percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater of:

 

60



 

(1)            the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

 

(2)            the lesser of: (i) the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2; and (ii) the actual deferral percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year plus 2%.

 

(b)            In performing the actual deferral percentage test described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules will apply:

 

(1)            the deferral percentages of Participants who are covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer will be disaggregated from the deferral percentages of other Participants and the provisions of this Section 13.2 will be applied separately with respect to each group.

 

(2)            Employees who have not become eligible to become Participants will be disregarded in applying this Section 13.2.

 

(3)            The Administrator may permissively aggregate the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1.

 

13.03       Actual Contribution Percentage Test

 

(a)            The Plan will satisfy the actual contribution percentage test set forth in Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b), the provisions of which (and any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder) are incorporated herein by reference, each as modified by subsection (b), below.  In accordance with Section 401(m)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b), as modified by subsection (b), below, the actual contribution percentage for HCEs for any Plan Year will not exceed the greater of:

 

(1)            the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 1.25, or

 

(2)            the lesser of: (i) the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year multiplied by 2; and (ii) the actual contribution percentage for NHCEs for the current Plan Year plus 2%.

 

(b)            In performing the actual contribution percentage test described in subsection (a), above, the following special rules will apply:

 

(1)            the limit imposed by the actual contribution percentage test will apply only to HCEs and NHCEs who are not covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer;

 

61



 

(2)            Employees who have not become eligible to become Participants will be disregarded in applying this Section 13.3.

 

(3)            The Administrator may permissively aggregate the Plan with other plans to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1.

 

13.04       Maximum Prohibition

 

(a)            In addition to any other limitation set forth in the Plan and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event will the annual additions allocated to a Participant’s Account under the Plan, together with the aggregate annual additions allocated to the Participant’s accounts under all other defined contribution plans required to be aggregated with the Plan under the provisions of Section 415 of the Code, exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 415 of the Code, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)            If the limitations imposed by this Section 13.04 apply to a Participant who is entitled to annual additions under one or more tax-qualified plans with which the Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, the annual additions under the Plan and such other plan or plans will be reduced in the following order, to the extent necessary to prevent the Participant’s benefits and/or annual additions from exceeding the limitations imposed by this Section:

 

(1)            All other defined contribution plans in which the Participant participated and with which the Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, in an order based on the reverse chronology of the annual additions to the plans, beginning with the last annual addition and ending with the first annual addition; and

 

(2)            the Plan.

 

13.05       Imposition of Limitations

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, in his or her sole discretion, limit the amount of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions during a Plan Year to the extent that he or she determines that the imposition of such a limit is necessary or appropriate to ensure that the Plan will satisfy the requirements of this Article.  Any such limitation may be imposed on a Participant at any time and without advance notice to the Participant, and regardless of whether the Participant is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer.  The Administrator can impose limitations beyond those that are absolutely necessary to satisfy the requirements of this Article and may, in his or her sole discretion, impose more restrictive limitations that are designed to enable the Plan to satisfy those requirements by a reasonable margin.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Contributions to be allocated to a Participant for a particular payroll period would cause the limitations of Section 13.04 to be exceeded with respect to a Participant, the Matching Contributions

 

62



 

which otherwise would be made with respect to such Participant for such period will be first reduced or eliminated so that the limitations of Section 13.04 are not exceeded.

 

13.06       Return of Excess Annual Additions, Deferrals and Contributions

 

(a)            If a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions cause the annual additions allocated to a Participant’s Account to exceed the limit imposed by Section 13.04, such excess contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) will be returned to the Participant in the following order: (i) Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Matching Contributions were made; and (ii) Pre-Tax Contributions for which Matching Contributions were made.  Contributions returned pursuant to this subsection (a) will be disregarded in applying the limits imposed by Sections 13.01 through 13.03.

 

(b)            After any excess annual additions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, if a Participant’s aggregate elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) with respect to a Plan Year exceed the Contribution Dollar Limit, the following rules will apply to such excess (the Participant’s “excess deferrals”):

 

(1)            Not later than the first January 31 following the close of the Plan Year, the Participant may allocate to the Plan all or any portion of the Participant’s excess deferrals for the Plan Year (provided that the amount of the excess deferrals allocated to the Plan will not exceed the amount of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year that have not been withdrawn or distributed) and will notify the Administrator of any amount allocated to the Plan.

 

(2)            If excess deferrals have been made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant will be deemed to have allocated such excess deferrals to the Plan pursuant to subsection (b)(1), above, and the Plan will distribute such excess deferrals pursuant to subsection (b)(3), below.

 

(3)            As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the first April 15 th following the close of the Plan Year, the Plan will distribute to the Participant the amount allocated or deemed allocated to the Plan under subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2), above (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon).  The distribution described in this subsection (b)(3) will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.

 

(c)            After any excess annual additions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (a), above, after any excess deferrals (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed as provided in subsection (b), above, and after any action pursuant to Section 13.05 with respect to the Plan Year has been taken, if the actual deferral percentage for a Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1999 of HCEs exceeds the limit imposed by Section 13.2, the following rules apply:

 

63



 

(1)            The amount of the excess contributions (determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code and subparagraph (2), below), plus or minus any gains or losses thereon (including, in the discretion of the Administrator, gains or losses attributable to the “gap period” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)), will be distributed to HCEs, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required to cause that HCE’s Pre-Tax Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Pre-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions (or in such lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess contributions). The process described in the preceding sentence will continue until the reduction equals the total excess contributions made to the Plan.

 

(2)            The distribution described in subparagraph (A), above, will be made as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the close of the Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year with respect to which the excess contributions were made.

 

(3)            The gains or losses on excess contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account by the following fraction:

 

(A)           The numerator of the fraction will be the amount of the excess contributions.

 

(B)            The denominator of the fraction will be the value of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account as of the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of the gap period, if elected by the Company), reduced by any positive earnings (or increased by any negative earnings) credited to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Account for the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if elected by the Company).

 

(C)            Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph , in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(4)            The excess contributions to the Plan will be determined in accordance with Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code by performing the hypothetical calculation described in this subparagraph (2).  The actual deferral percentage of the HCE with the highest individual actual deferral percentage will be reduced to the extent necessary to cause his or her actual deferral percentage to equal the actual deferral percentage of the HCE with the second highest individual actual deferral percentage (or, if it would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the actual deferral percentage test under Section 13.02).  The excess contribution to the Plan is the amount by which the Pre-Tax Contributions of the HCE with the highest individual actual deferral

 

64



 

percentage would have been reduced after the hypothetical reduction in actual deferral percentage described in the preceding sentence.  This process will continue until no excess contributions remain.

 

The distribution described in subparagraph (1), above, will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.  The amount distributed pursuant to subparagraph (1), above, for a Plan Year with respect to a Participant will be reduced by any excess deferral previously distributed from the Plan to such Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

 

(d)            If a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) are returned to him pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13.06, any Matching Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to such returned Pre-Tax Contributions will be immediately forfeited.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions, any Matching Contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon) with respect to such Pre-Tax Contributions will (1) be forfeited if such Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions because of the limit imposed by Section 13.04, or (2) not be forfeited if such Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as Catch-up Contributions because of the Contribution Dollar Limit.  Any such forfeitures will be applied to reduce the Company’s obligation to make Matching Contributions pursuant to Article IV.

 

(e)            After any excess deferrals (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon), and any excess contributions (plus or minus any gains or losses thereon), with respect to a Plan Year have been distributed and/or re-characterized, in accordance with subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d), above, and after any action pursuant to Section 13.05 with respect to the Plan Year has been taken, if the contribution percentage for a Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1999, of HCEs exceeds the actual contribution percentage limit imposed by Section 13.3, the following rules will apply:

 

(1)            The amount of the excess aggregate contributions for the Plan Year (determined in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code and subparagraph (3), below), plus or minus any gains or losses thereon (including, in the discretion of the Company, gains or losses attributable to the “gap period” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3)), will be distributed (or, if forfeitable, will be forfeited) as soon as practicable and in any event before the close of the Plan Year following the close of the Plan Year with respect to which the excess aggregate contributions were made.

 

(2)            The gains or losses on excess aggregate contributions will be determined by multiplying the total annual earnings (positive or negative) for the Plan Year in the Participant’s Matching Account by the following fraction:

 

(A)           The numerator of the fraction will be the amount of the excess aggregate contributions.

 

65



 

(B)            The denominator of the fraction will be the value of the Participant’s Matching Account as of the last day of the Plan Year (or at the end of the gap period, if elected by the Company), reduced by any positive earnings (or increased by any negative earnings) credited to the Participant’s Matching Account for the Plan Year (and for the gap period, if elected by the Company).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (B), in the discretion of the Administrator, the gains and losses on excess contributions will be determined in accordance with any method permitted under the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(3)            Any distribution in accordance with subparagraph (1), above, will be made to HCEs, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions for the Plan Year in an amount required to cause that HCE’s Matching Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Matching Contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions (or in such lesser amount that is equal to the total amount of excess aggregate contributions).  This process will continue until the reduction equals the total excess aggregate contributions made to the Plan.  Such distributions will be made notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan.

 

(4)            The excess aggregate contributions to the Plan will be determined in accordance with Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code by performing the hypothetical calculation described in this subparagraph (3).  The actual contribution percentage of the HCE with the highest individual actual contribution percentage will be reduced to the extent necessary to cause his or her actual contribution percentage to equal the actual contribution percentage of the HCE with the second highest individual actual contribution percentage (or, if it would result in a lesser reduction, to the extent necessary to cause the Plan to satisfy the actual contribution percentage under Section 13.3).  The excess aggregate contribution to the Plan is the amount by which the Matching Contributions on behalf of the HCE with the highest individual actual contribution percentage would have been reduced after the hypothetical reduction in actual contribution percentage described in the preceding sentence.  This process will continue until no excess aggregate contributions remain.

 

The determination of the excess aggregate contributions under this subsection (e) for any Plan Year will be made after taking the measures called for by the preceding subsections of this Section 13.06.

 

13.07       Incorporation by Reference

 

Each incorporation by reference in this Article XIII of the provisions of Sections 401(k)(3), (m)(2), (m)(9) and 415 of the Code, and the specific underlying regulations thereunder, includes this incorporation by reference to any subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder.

 

66



 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Custodial Arrangements

 

14.01       Custodial Agreement

 

The Senior Vice President may enter into one or more Custodial Agreements to provide for the holding, investment and payment of Plan assets, or direct by execution of an insurance contract that all or a specified portion of the Plan’s assets be held, invested and paid under such a contract.  All Custodial Agreements, as from time to time amended, shall continue in force and shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan.  Subject to the requirements of the Code and ERISA, the Senior Vice President may cause assets of the Plan which are securities to be held in the name of a nominee or in street name provided such securities are held on behalf of the Plan by:

 

(a)            a bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the United States or a State, or a nominee of such bank or trust company;

 

(b)            a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or

 

(c)            a “clearing agency” as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee.

 

14.02       Selection of Custodian

 

The Management Committee shall select, remove or replace the Custodian in accordance with the Custodial Agreement.  The subsequent resignation or removal of a Custodian and the approval of its accounts shall all be accomplished in the manner provided in the Custodial Agreement.

 

14.03       Custodian’s Duties

 

Except as provided in ERISA, the powers, duties and responsibilities of the Custodian shall be as stated in the Custodial Agreement, and unless expressly stated or delegated to the Custodian (with the Custodian’s acceptance), nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed by implication to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the Custodian.  All Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions shall be paid into the Trust, and all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the Trust, except to the extent such amounts are paid to a Custodian other than the Trustee.  An Employer shall have no rights or claims of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply and pay such assets in its hands, in accordance with the directions of the Management Committee, for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as hereinafter provided.

 

67



 

14.04       Separate Entity

 

The Custodial Agreement under this Plan from its inception shall be a separate entity aside and apart from Employers or their assets, and the corpus and income thereof shall in no event and in no manner whatsoever be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

 

14.05       Plan Asset Valuation

 

As of each Valuation Date, the Unit Value of the Plan’s assets held or posted to an Investment Fund shall be determined by the Management Committee or the Custodian, as appropriate.

 

14.06       Right of Employers to Plan Assets

 

The Employers shall have no right or claim of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply, and pay such assets in its possession in accordance with the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; provided, that:

 

(a)            if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, Contributions conditioned upon the qualification of the Plan shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year of such denial of qualification; provided, that the application for determination of initial qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the respective Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or by such later date as is prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA;

 

(b)            if, and to the extent that, deduction for a Contribution under Section 404 of the Code is disallowed, Contributions conditioned upon deductibility shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year after the disallowance of the deduction;

 

(c)            if, and to the extent that, a Contribution is made through mistake of fact, such Contribution shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one year of the payment of the Contribution; and

 

(d)            any amounts held suspended pursuant to the limitations of Section 415 of the Code shall be returned to the Employers upon termination of the Plan.

 

All Contributions made hereunder are conditioned upon the Plan being qualified under Sections 401(a) or 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and a deduction being allowed for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.  Pre-Tax and Post-Tax Contributions returned to an Employer pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Participant for whom contributed as soon as administratively convenient.  If these provisions result in the return of Contributions after such amounts have been allocated

 

68



 

to Accounts, such Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of the allocation attributable to such amount, adjusted for any losses or expenses.

 

69



 

ARTICLE XV

 

Administration and Investment Management

 

15.01       General

 

The Company, through the authority vested in the Board of Directors, has appointed the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to act on behalf of the whole Board of Directors of the Company, and the Board of Directors has appointed, by separate documentation, the Senior Vice President, and has enabled him or her to have the power and authority to act, to the extent delegated to such person, on behalf of the Company (and therefore all Employers), with respect to matters which relate to the Plan and Trust, but not on behalf of the Plan and Trust.  Furthermore, the Company has adopted the Plan and Trust, thereby:

 

(a)            appointing an Administrator and enabling it to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or Trust, but not on behalf of the Company;

 

(b)            appointing a Management Committee, and enabling it to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or Trust with respect to the management of the Plan’s assets, but not on behalf of the Company;

 

(c)            enabling the Senior Vice President acting in his/her capacity as an Officer of the Company to have the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of the Plan or Trust; and

 

(d)            delegating to the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”), acting on behalf of the full Board of Directors of the Company, the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of the Plan or Trust.

 

15.02       Senior Vice President Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust

 

The Senior Vice President has the following authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

 

(a)            amend the Plan and/or Trust to the extent permitted and under the limitations described in 18.01(c).  This authority to amend the Plan is granted to the Senior Vice President in the following situations:

 

70



 

(1)            any change to the Plan or Trust required by a change in the law or regulations governing the Plan and Trust in order to maintain the continued tax exempt status of the Plan and Trust or to maintain compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

(2)            any changes which would serve to ease the administrative convenience of the Plan for the Administrator, provided that such amendment would not result in a substantial increase in the cost of the Plan to the Company or a substantial increase in the potential liability to the Company with respect to the Plan or the Trust; or

 

(3)            any amendment needed to facilitate the transition of employees following an acquisition or other corporate transaction in which it is necessary to designate which employee groups are eligible to participate in the Plan and/or any issues with respect to the granting of service credit for prior employment to the extent permitted in the Plan;

 

(b)            select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries, underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other service providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named Fiduciary, and determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities, either directly or by the adoption of Plan provisions which specify such duties and responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan documents will control in the case of a conflict);

 

(c)            appoint and consult with legal counsel, investment advisors, independent consulting or evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other advisors, as necessary, to perform its functions;

 

(d)            determine what expenses, if any, related to the operation and administration of the Plan and the investment of Plan assets, may be paid from Plan assets, subject to applicable law;

 

(e)            report to the CEO any Plan funding or investment policies of significance to the Company;

 

(f)             review with the CEO any proposals which would be submitted to the Board of Directors; and

 

(g)            take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

 

The Senior Vice President shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever he or she acts on behalf of the Company.

 

71



 

15.03       Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors Authority to Act as Employer with Respect to the Plan and Trust .

 

The Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), acting on behalf of the whole Board of Directors of the Company, has the following authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

 

(a)            amend or terminate the Plan and/or Trust, in part or completely to the extent permitted under the terms the Plan and the Trust;

 

(b)            establish such policies and make such other delegations or designations necessary or incidental to the Company’s sponsorship of the Plan or to facilitate administration of the Plan;

 

(c)            determine the funding policies of the Plan and related matters;

 

(d)            appoint the Plan Administrator to act within the duties and responsibilities set forth in Section 15.21; and

 

(e)            take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

 

The Compensation Committee shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever it acts on behalf of the Company.

 

15.04       Management Committee and Administrator as Named Fiduciaries for the Plan .

 

(a)            The Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust and subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan, including without limitation, the management and control with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan contained in an agreement with a Named Fiduciary but only to the extent it has been specifically designated in such agreement as being the responsibility of the Administrator, an Employer, the Company, or any employee, member or delegate of any of them.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other term or provision of the Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the Management Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some specified portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust, to the extent that a Named Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in the Plan or Trust to severally have authority to manage and control such portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

 

(c)            To the extent that administrative functions with respect to the Plan are delegated to the Administrator pursuant to Section 15.10 of the Plan (and pursuant to Sections 15.20 and 15.21, if a separate Plan Administrator apart from the Administrator is not delegated the responsibilities under Section 15.21), the Administrator shall be the Named Fiduciary with respect to those responsibilities under the Plan, and the

 

72



 

Management Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the responsibilities so delegated.

 

15.05       Management Committee as Named Fiduciary for the Trust

 

The Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to its authority to manage and control the Plan’s assets, but only to the extent not inconsistent with the Plan or Trust.

 

15.06       Actions

 

(a)            Any action by the Administrator on behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust shall be treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

 

(b)            Any action by the Management Committee on behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the Plan’s assets shall be treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

 

(c)            Where reference is made in this Plan (or where the Senior Vice President designates in writing) that its action is on behalf of the Company, the Senior Vice President shall be acting only on behalf of the Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

 

(d)            The Compensation Committee, in exercising the duties it is delegated pursuant to Section 15.03 of the Plan, is acting on behalf of the Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

 

(e)            Except as provided in Section 15.23, the Administrator or the Management Committee may, in writing delivered to the Trustee, empower a representative to act on its behalf and such person shall have the authority to act within the scope of such empowerment to the full extent the Administrator or the Management Committee could have acted.

 

15.07       Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary

 

The Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may from time to time, designate a person to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to management and control of the operation and administration of the Plan or the management and control of the Plan’s assets.  Such designation shall specify the person designated by name and either: (a) specify the management and control authority with respect to which the person will be a Named Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an agreement with such person to provide services to or on behalf of the Plan or Trust and use such agreement as a means for specifying the management and control authority with respect to which such person will be a Named Fiduciary.  No person who is designated as a Named Fiduciary hereunder must consent to such designation, nor shall it be necessary for the `Compensation Committee to seek such person’s acquiescence.  The authority to manage and control, which any person who is designated to be a Named Fiduciary hereunder may have, shall be several and not joint with the Administrator or

 

73



 

the Management Committee, and shall result in the Administrator or the Management Committee no longer being a Named Fiduciary with respect to, nor having any longer, such authority to manage and control.  On and after the designation of a person as a Named Fiduciary, the Employer, the Compensation Committee, the Administrator, the Management Committee, and any other Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan or Trust, shall have no liability for the acts (or failure to act) of any such Named Fiduciary except to the extent of its co-Fiduciary duty under ERISA.

 

15.08       Compensation

 

The Administrator and the Management Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust, shall serve without compensation for its services as such.

 

15.09       Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary

 

Each Named Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan and Trust will enforce the Plan and Trust in accordance with their terms.  Each Named Fiduciary shall have full and complete authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such authority, responsibility and control) over that portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to such Named Fiduciary, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to do the following.  In the absence of a delegation pursuant to the terms of the Plan (including the delegation to the Administrator in Section 15.10 and the delegation to the Plan Administrator in Section 15.21), the Senior Vice President shall exercise this authority on behalf of the Plan and/or Trust:

 

(a)            formulate, adopt, issue and apply procedures and rules and change, alter or amend such procedures and rules in accordance with law and as may be consistent with the terms of the Plan or Trust;

 

(b)            specify the basis upon which payments are to be made under the Plan and, as the final appeals Fiduciary under Section 503 of ERISA, to make a final determination, based upon the information known to the Named Fiduciary within the scope of its authority and control as a Named Fiduciary, based upon determinations made and such other information made available from an Employer plus such final determinations made by each other Named Fiduciary within the scope of its authority and control, as are determined to be relevant to the final appeals Fiduciary;

 

(c)            exercise such discretion as may be required to construe and apply the provisions of the Plan or Trust, subject only to the terms and conditions of the Plan or Trust;

 

(d)            interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make regulations and settle disputes described above which are not inconsistent with the terms thereof;

 

(e)            settle or compromise any litigation against the Plan or a Fiduciary with respect to which the Plan has an indemnity obligation;

 

74



 

(f)             create a legal remedy to the Plan with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to a Participant or Beneficiary, for any loss incurred (whether restitution or opportunity losses) by the Plan on behalf of such Participant or Beneficiary, or by such Participant or Beneficiary, due to a breach of Fiduciary duty to the Plan by a Named Fiduciary or other error (whether negligent or willful) which the Management Committee determines is a substantial contributing factor to such loss (or a portion of such loss); and

 

(g)            take all necessary and proper acts as are required for such Named Fiduciary to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

 

15.10       Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding Administration of the Plan

 

The Administrator shall have full and complete authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such authority, responsibility and control only if specifically provided) over that portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to the Administrator and the power to act on behalf of the Plan or Trust, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

 

(a)            appoint and compensate such specialists (including attorneys, actuaries and accountants) to aid it in the administration of the Plan, and arrange for such other services, as the Administrator considers necessary or appropriate in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)            appoint and compensate an independent outside accountant to conduct such audits of the financial statements of the Trust as the Administrator considers necessary or appropriate;

 

(c)            assure that the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA limiting the acquisition or holding of Company Stock;

 

(d)            act as the Fiduciary responsible for monitoring the confidentiality and independent Fiduciary requirements associated with Company Stock in order for the Plan to qualify as a Section 404 plan under Department of Labor Regulations; and

 

(e)            take all necessary and proper acts as are required for the Administrator to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

 

15.11       Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility

 

(a)            Delegations .  Each Named Fiduciary may designate persons (other than a Named Fiduciary) to carry out Fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities as described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) it may have with respect to the Plan or Trust and make a change of delegated responsibilities.  Such delegation shall specify the delegated person by name and either: (a) specify the discretionary authority with respect to which the person will be a Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by

 

75



 

reference an agreement with such Named Fiduciary to provide services to the Plan or Trust on behalf of the delegating Named Fiduciary as a means of specifying the discretionary authority with respect to which such person will be a Fiduciary.  No person (other than an investment manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) to whom Fiduciary responsibility has been delegated must consent to being a Fiduciary nor shall it be necessary for the Named Fiduciary to seek such person’s acquiescence; however, where such person has not contractually accepted the responsibility delegated, he or she must be given notification of the services to be performed and, in either case, will be deemed to have accepted such Fiduciary responsibility if he or she performs the services described for thirty (30) days or more without specific objection thereto.  The discretionary authority any person who is delegated Fiduciary responsibilities hereunder may have shall be several and not joint with the Named Fiduciary delegating and each other Named Fiduciaries.  A delegation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, whether the delegating Named Fiduciary shall have joint liability for acts of such person shall be determined by applicable law.

 

(b)            Allocations .  The Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may allocate Fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) among Named Fiduciaries when it designates a Named Fiduciary in the manner described in Section 15.07, or may reallocate Fiduciary responsibilities among existing Named Fiduciaries by action of the Compensation Committee in accordance with Sections 15.06 and 15.07; provided each such Named Fiduciary is given notice of the services, management and control authority allocated to it either by way of an amendment to the Plan, Trust or a contract with such person, or by way of correspondence from the Compensation Committee, whichever is applicable.  Each Named Fiduciary, by signing its contract or by accepting such amendment or correspondence and rendering the services requested without objection for thirty (30) days, shall be conclusively bound to have assumed such Fiduciary responsibility as a Named Fiduciary.  An allocation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, such person may not be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan and Trust.

 

(c)            Limit on Liability .  Fiduciary duties and responsibilities which have been allocated or delegated pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Trust, are intended to limit the liability of the Company, the Compensation Committee, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator, the Management Committee, and each Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, in accordance with the provisions of Section 405 of ERISA..

 

15.12       Bonding

 

The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall serve without bond (except as otherwise required by federal law).

 

76



 

15.13       Information to be Supplied by Employer

 

Each Employer shall supply to the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, or a designated Named Fiduciary, within a reasonable time of its request, the names of all Employees, their age, their date of hire, the names and dates of all Employees who incurred a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year, Compensation and such other information in the Employer’s possession as the Administrator shall from time to time need in the discharge of its duties.  The Administrator and each Named Fiduciary may rely conclusively on the information certified to it by an Employer.

 

15.14       Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary

 

Whenever a term, definition, standard, protocol, policy, interpretation, rule, practice or procedure under an Administrative Services Agreement, or other basis for determining whether a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s accrued benefit, optional form of benefit, right or feature is required or used, the Named Fiduciary who has the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan with respect to such accrued benefit, optional form of payment, right or feature shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining such framework of definitions, standards, protocols, policies, interpretations, rules, practices and procedures under such Administrative Services Agreement and shall provide a copy thereof either: (1) to the Senior Vice President, upon its request, on behalf of the Company, (2) to the Compensation Committee, upon its request, on behalf of the Company, (3) to a Participant or Beneficiary but only to the extent required by law, or (4) to the extent required in any proceeding involving the Plan or any Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

 

15.15       Misrepresentations

 

The Management Committee and the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, may, but shall not be required to, rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to it by an Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual with respect to any fact regarding any of the provisions of the Plan.  If relied upon, any such certificate, statement or other representation shall be conclusively binding upon such Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual or personal representative thereof, heir, or assignee (but not upon the Management Committee or the Administrator), and any such person shall thereafter be stopped from disputing the truth of any such certificate, statement or other representation.

 

15.16       Records

 

The regularly kept records of the designated Named Fiduciary (or, where applicable, the Trustee) and any Employer shall be conclusive evidence of a person’s age, his or her status as an Eligible Employee, and all other matters contained therein applicable to this Plan; provided that a Participant may request a correction in the record of his or her age at any time prior to retirement, and such correction shall be made if within ninety (90) days after such request he or she furnishes in support thereof a birth certificate, baptismal certificate, or other documentary proof of age satisfactory to the Administrator .

 

77



 

15.17       Plan Expenses

 

All expenses of the Plan which have been approved by the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, respectively, shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by the Employers; and if paid by the Employers, such Employers may, if authorized by the Senior Vice President acting on behalf of the Company, seek reimbursement of such expenses from the Trust and the Trust shall reimburse the Employers.  If borne by the Employers, expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Employers in such proportions as the Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, shall determine.

 

15.18       Fiduciary Capacity

 

Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

 

15.19       Employer’s Agent

 

The Senior Vice President shall act as agent for the Company when acting on behalf of the Company and the Company shall act as agent for each Employer.

 

15.20       Plan Administrator

 

The Plan Administrator (within the meaning of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA) shall be appointed by the Compensation Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, and may (but need not) be the Administrator; and in the absence of such appointment, the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall be the Plan Administrator.

 

15.21       Plan Administrator Duties and Power

 

The Plan Administrator will have full and complete authority, responsibility and control over the management, administration and operation of the Plan with respect to the following:

 

(a)            satisfy all reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to the Plan, Trust or Plan Administrator under ERISA, the Code or other applicable law;

 

(b)            make appropriate determinations as to whether Rollover Contributions constitute such;

 

(c)            provide and deliver all written forms used by Participants and Beneficiaries, give notices required by law, and seek a favorable determination letter for the Plan and Trust;

 

(d)            withhold any amounts required by the Code to be withheld at the source and to transmit funds withheld and any and all necessary reports with respect to such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

78



 

(e)            where applicable, to provide each Participant or his or her Spouse with QJSA and SPAS information;

 

(f)             certify to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefits payable to or withdrawn from Participants and Beneficiaries and the date of payment, including withdrawals;

 

(g)            respond to a QDRO;

 

(h)            make available for inspection and to provide upon request at such charge as may be permitted and determined by it, documents and instruments required to be disclosed by ERISA;

 

(i)             make a determination of whether a Participant is suffering a deemed or demonstrated financial need and whether a withdrawal from this Plan is deemed or demonstrated necessary to satisfy such financial need; provided however, in making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely, if reasonable to do so, upon representations made by such Participant in connection with his or her request for a withdrawal;

 

(j)             take such actions as are necessary to establish and maintain the Plan in full and timely compliance with any law or regulation having pertinence to this Plan;

 

(k)            perform whatever responsibilities are delegated to the Plan Administrator by the Administrator; and

 

15.22       Named Fiduciary Decisions Final

 

The decision of the Administrator, the Management Committee, or a Named Fiduciary in matters within its jurisdiction shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employers and the Trustee and upon each Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, and every other person or party interested or concerned.

 

15.23       No Agency

 

Each Named Fiduciary shall perform (or fail to perform) its responsibilities and duties or discretionary authority with respect to the Plan and Trust as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Company, any Employer, the Senior Vice President, the Compensation Committee, the Administrator or the Management Committee.  No agency is intended to be created nor is the Administrator or the Management Committee empowered to create an agency relationship with a Named Fiduciary.

 

79



 

ARTICLE XVI

 

Claims Procedure

 

16.01       Claims Procedure

 

(a)            Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 16.01, the following words or phrases in quotes when capitalized will have the meaning set forth below:

 

(1)            “Adverse Benefit Determination” means a denial, reduction or the termination of, or a failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) with respect to a Claim for a benefit, including any such denial, reduction, termination, or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

(2)            “Claim” means a request for a benefit or eligibility to participate in the Plan, made by a Claimant in accordance with the Plan’s procedures for filing Claims, as described in this Section 16.01.

 

(3)            “Claimant” is defined in Section 16.01(b)(2).

 

(4)            “Notice” or “Notification” means the delivery or furnishing of information to an individual in a manner that satisfies applicable Department of Labor regulations with respect to material required to be furnished or made available to an individual.

 

(5)            “Relevant Documents” include documents, records or other information with respect to a Claim that:

 

(A)           were relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination;

 

(B)            were submitted to, considered by or generated for, the Administrator in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such documents, records or other information were relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination;

 

(C)            demonstrate compliance with administrative processes and safeguards required in making the benefit determination; or

 

(D)           constitute a statement of policy or guidance with respect to the Plan concerning the denied benefit for the Participant’s circumstances, without regard to whether such advice was relied upon by the Administrator in making the benefit determination.

 

(b)            Procedure for Filing a Claim .  In order for a communication from a Claimant to constitute a valid Claim, it must satisfy the following paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (b).

 

80



 

(1)            Any Claim submitted by a Claimant must be in writing on the appropriate Claim form (or in such other manner acceptable to the Administrator) and delivered, along with any supporting comments, documents, records and other information, to the Administrator in person, or by mail postage paid, to the address for the Administrator provided in the Summary Plan Description.

 

(2)            Claims and appeals of denied Claims may be pursued by a Participant or an authorized representative of the Participant (each of whom will be referred to in this section as a “Claimant”).  However, the Administrator may establish reasonable procedures for determining whether an individual has been authorized to act on behalf of a Participant.

 

(c)            Initial Claim Review .  The initial Claim review will be conducted by the Administrator, with or without the presence of the Claimant, as determined by the Administrator in its discretion.  The Administrator will consider the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan and amendments to the Plan, information and evidence that is presented by the Claimant and any other information it deems relevant.  In reviewing the Claim, the Administrator will also consider and be consistent with prior determinations of Claims from other Claimants who were similarly situated and which have been processed through the Plan’s claims and appeals procedures within the past 24 months.

 

(d)            Initial Benefit Determination .

 

(1)            The Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Administrator’s determination within a reasonable period of time, but in any event (except as described in paragraph (2) below) within 90 days after receipt of the Claim by the Administrator.

 

(2)            The Administrator may extend the period for making the benefit determination by 90 days if it determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and if it notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial-90 day period, of circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision.

 

(e)            Manner and Content of Notification of Adverse Benefit Determination .

 

(1)            The Administrator will provide a Claimant with written or electronic Notice of any Adverse Benefit Determination, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations.

 

(2)            The Notification will set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

(A)           The specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;

 

81



 

(B)            Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based;

 

(C)            Description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(D)           A description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

(f)             Procedure for Filing a Review of an Adverse Benefit Determination .

 

(1)            Any appeal of an Adverse Benefit Determination by a Claimant must be brought to the Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Notice of the Adverse Benefit Determination.  Failure to appeal within such 60-day period will be deemed to be a failure to exhaust all administrative remedies under the Plan.  The appeal must be in writing utilizing the appropriate form provided by the Administrator (or in such other manner acceptable to the Administrator); provided, however, that if the Administrator does not provide the appropriate form, no particular form is required to be utilized by the Participant.  The appeal must be filed with the Administrator at the address listed in the Summary Plan Description.

 

(2)            A Claimant will have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the Claim.

 

(g)            Review Procedures for Adverse Benefit Determinations .

 

(1)            The Administrator will provide a review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(2)            The Claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all Relevant Documents.

 

(3)            The review procedure may not require more than two levels of appeals of an Adverse Benefit Determination.

 

(h)            Timing and Notification of Benefit Determination on Review .  The Administrator will notify the Claimant within a reasonable period of time, but in any event within 60 days after the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the Adverse Benefit Determination.  If the Administrator determines that an extension is required, written Notice will be furnished to the Claimant prior to the end of the initial 60-day period indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension of

 

82



 

time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render the determination on review, which in any event will be within 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period.  If such an extension is necessary due to a failure of the Claimant to submit the information necessary to decide the Claim, the period in which the Administrator is required to make a decision will be tolled from the date on which the notification is sent to the Claimant until the Claimant adequately responds to the request for additional information.

 

(i)             Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.

 

(1)            The Administrator will provide a written or electronic Notice of the Plan’s benefit determination on review, in accordance with applicable Department of Labor regulations.

 

(2)            The Notification will set forth:

 

(A)           The specific reason or reasons for the Adverse Benefit Determination;

 

(B)            Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based;

 

(C)            A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all Relevant Documents; and

 

(D)           A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an Adverse Benefit Determination on review.

 

(j)             Collectively Bargained Benefits .

 

(A)           Where benefits are provided pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement and such collective bargaining agreement maintains or incorporates by specific reference: (i) provisions concerning the filing of a Claim for a benefit and the initial disposition of a Claim; and (ii) a grievance and arbitration procedure to which Adverse Benefit Determinations are subject, then Section 16.01 through and including Section 16.01(i) will not apply to such Claim.

 

(B)            Where benefits are provided pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement and such collective bargaining agreement maintains or incorporates by specific reference a grievance and arbitration procedure to which Adverse Benefit Determinations are subject, then Sections 16.01(f) through and including Section 16.01(i) will not apply to such Claim.

 

83



 

(k)            Statute of Limitations .  No cause of action may be brought by a Claimant who has received an Adverse Benefit Determination later than two years following the date of such Adverse Benefit Determination.

 

16.02       Notices to Participants, Etc.

 

Any notice, report or statement given, made, delivered or transmitted to a Participant or any other person entitled to or claiming benefits under the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given, made or transmitted when sent via messenger, delivery service, facsimile or mailed by first class mail with postage prepaid and addressed to the Participant or such person at the address last appearing on the records of the Administrator or the responsible Named Fiduciary, whichever is applicable.  A Participant or other person may record any change of his or her address from time to time by following the procedures established by the Administrator.

 

16.03       No Administrator

 

Any written direction, notice or other communication from Participants or any other person entitled to or claiming benefits under the Plan to the Administrator will be deemed to have been duly given, made or transmitted either when delivered to such location as will be specified upon the forms prescribed by the Administrator for the giving of such direction, notice or other communication or when otherwise received by the Administrator.

 

16.04       Administrator’s Discretion

 

Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides, in his or her discretion, that the Claimant is entitled to them.

 

84



 

ARTICLE XVII

 

Adoption and Withdrawal from Plan

 

17.01       Procedure for Adoption

 

Any Commonly Controlled Entity may adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Eligible Employees by resolution of such Commonly Controlled Entity’s board of directors and by completing (or the Senior Vice President completing pursuant to its authority to amend this Plan) one or more Appendices with respect to such Employees, which adoption shall be effective as of the date specified in the board resolution.  No such adoption shall be effective until such adoption and any Appendix to be used in connection therewith has been approved by the Senior Vice President.

 

17.02       Procedure for Withdrawal

 

Any Employer (other than the Company) may, by resolution of the board of directors of such Employer, with the consent of the Senior Vice President and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Senior Vice President (or the Senior Vice President acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to its authority to amend this Plan), terminate its adoption of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer will be deemed to have terminated its adoption of the Plan when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.

 

85



 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

Amendment, Termination and Merger

 

18.01       Amendments

 

(a)            Power to Amend .  The Company, by action of its Board of Directors on behalf of all Employers, the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) on behalf of the Board of Directors, the Senior Vice President as provided in Subsection (c) below, or the Administrator as provided in Subsection (d) below, may amend, modify, change, revise or discontinue this Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of persons, by amendment at any time; provided, however, that no amendment shall:

 

(1)            increase the duties or liabilities of the Custodian, the Administrator or the Management Committee without its written consent;

 

(2)            have the effect of vesting in any Employer any interest in any funds, securities or other property, subject to the terms of this Plan and the Custodial Agreement;

 

(3)            authorize or permit at any time any part of the corpus or income of the Plan’s assets to be used or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries;

 

(4)            except to the extent permissible under ERISA and the Code, make it possible for any portion of the Trust assets to revert to an Employer to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to Plan benefits and to defray reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

(5)            permit an Employee to be paid the balance of his or her Pre-Tax Account unless the payment would otherwise be permitted under Section 401(k) of the Code; and

 

(6)            have any retroactive effect as to deprive any such person of any benefit already accrued, except that no amendment made in order to conform the Plan as a plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code of which amendments are permitted by the Code or are required or permitted by any other statute relating to employees’ trusts, or any official regulations or rulings issued pursuant thereto, shall be considered prejudicial to the rights of any such person.

 

(b)            Restriction on Amendment .  No amendment to the Plan shall deprive a Participant of his or her nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the date of the amendment.  Further, if the vesting schedule of the plan is amended, each Participant with at least three (3) years of service for vesting with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his or her

 

86



 

nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.  The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of:

 

(1)            sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

 

(2)            sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

 

(3)            sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer, the Senior Vice President or the Administrator.

 

The preceding language concerning an amendment to the Plan’s vesting schedule shall also apply when a Plan with a different vesting schedule is merged into this Plan.  In addition to the foregoing, the Plan shall not be amended so as to eliminate an optional form of payment of an Accrued Benefit attributable to employment prior to the date of the amendment.  The foregoing limitations do not apply to benefit accrual occurring after the date of the amendment.

 

(c)            The Senior Vice President .  The Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of persons; provided, however: (i) no such action may be taken if it could not have been adopted under this Section by the Board of Directors; (ii) no such action may be taken if it causes a change in the level or type of contributions to be made to the Plan or otherwise materially increase the duties and obligations of any or all Employers with respect to the Plans; and (iii) no such action may amend Articles XV and XVIII.

 

(d)            The Administrator .  The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in whole or in part, provided, however, such amendment may only: (1) implement other amendments either adopted by the Senior Vice President on behalf of the Company or pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof, and, further, the Administrator will have no discretionary authority when causing such implementing amendments to be drafted and adopted, except where required by law; (2) be drafted and adopted to cause the Plan to be tax-exempt under the Code; or (3) be drafted and adopted to comply with other applicable law.  All expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and adoption of amendments by the Administrator will be charged to the Plan and Trust.

 

18.02       Plan Termination

 

It is the expectation of the Company that it will continue the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder indefinitely, but the continuation of the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Employer.  The right is reserved by the Company to terminate the Plan at any time, and the right is reserved by the Company by action of its Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee.  The Senior Vice President, acting on behalf of the Company, has the authority pursuant to its power to amend the Plan at any time to reduce, suspend or discontinue its or any other Employer’s Contributions hereunder

 

87



 

(but not to terminate the Plan or Trust); provided, however, that the Contributions for any Plan Year accrued or determined prior to the end of said year shall not after the end of said year be retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued, except as may be permitted by law.  Upon termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Contributions hereunder (other than for the reason that the Employer has had no net profits or accumulated net profits), each Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested.  Upon termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of Contributions, unclaimed amounts shall be applied as forfeitures and any unallocated amounts shall be allocated to Participants who are Eligible Employees as of the date of such termination or discontinuance on the basis of Compensation for the Plan Year (or short Plan Year).  Upon a partial termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant shall be fully vested.  In the event of termination of the Plan, the Administrator shall direct the Custodian to distribute to each Participant the entire amount of his or her Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively possible, but not earlier than would be permitted in order to retain the Plan’s qualified status under Sections 401(a), (k) and (m) of the Code, as if all Participants who are Employees had incurred a Termination of Employment on the Plan’s termination date.  Should a Participant or a Beneficiary not elect immediate payment of a nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in excess of one thousand dollars ($1,000), the Administrator shall direct the Custodian to continue the Plan and Custodial Agreement for the sole purpose of paying to such Participant his or her Accrued Benefit or death benefit, respectively, unless, in the opinion of the Administrator, to make immediate single sum payments to such Participant or Beneficiary would not adversely affect the tax qualified status of the Plan upon termination and would not impose additional liability upon any Employer or the Custodian.

 

18.03       Plan Merger

 

(a)            General .  The Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer any assets or liabilities to any other plan, unless each person entitled to benefits would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated).  Pursuant to Section 15.02(a)(3) of the Plan, the Senior Vice President shall amend or take such other action as is necessary to amend the Plan in order to satisfy the requirements applicable to any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets and liabilities.

 

(b)            Hussmann .  Effective January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date a Participant becomes a Hussmann Participant, the assets and liabilities for each Hussmann Participant shall be transferred to the Hussmann Plan based upon the Unit Value thereof as of the close of the last Business Day in 1997, or, if later, the Business Day immediately preceding the date a Participant becomes a Hussmann Participant.

 

(c)            Midas .  Effective January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date a Participant becomes a Midas Participant, the assets and liabilities for each Midas Participant shall be transferred to the Midas Plan based upon the Unit Value thereof as of the close of

 

88



 

the last Business Day in 1997, or, if later, the Business Day immediately preceding the date a Participant becomes a Midas Participant.

 

(d)            Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Princeton, Inc. (“Princetonco”) .  Effective upon the transfer of Princetonco to White Co., Inc., a subsidiary of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Princetonco shall cease to be an Employer for purposes of the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)            All benefit accruals with respect to each employee of Princetonco who is a Participant shall cease.

 

(2)            Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary: (A) the transfer of Princetonco to White Co., Inc. shall not result in a Termination of Employment for an Employee of Princetonco, nor shall it constitute an event resulting in a distribution from the Plan; and (B) a Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur when such individual ceases to be an employee of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. and its commonly controlled entities (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code).

 

(3)            Pursuant to the terms of the Whitman Transfers Employee Benefits Agreement between Whitman Corporation and White Co., Inc. dated as of March 19, 1999 (the “Agreement”), the Accrued Benefit of each “Transferred Individual” (as defined in the Agreement) shall be transferred, as provided in such Agreement, to the “PepsiCo Savings Plan” (as defined in the Agreement) and assets equal to such Accrued Benefit as of the same date (“Transfer Date”) shall be transferred in cash from the Whitman Corporation Defined Contribution Master Trust to the related trust for such PepsiCo Savings Plan; provided, however, if a Participant has outstanding a promissory note payable to the Plan, such note shall be substituted for cash in an amount equal to principal and accrued interest on such Transfer Date.

 

(4)            Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary, prior to the Transfer Date, each Transferred Individual (or their Alternate Payees pursuant to a QDRO) shall be treated as an Employee for purposes of: (A) eligibility for, or repayment of, a loan described in Article IX; or (B) making a withdrawal from the Plan described in Article X.

 

(e)            Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Virginia, Inc . (“Marionco”).  Effective upon the transfer of Marionco to White Co., Inc., a subsidiary of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc., Marionco shall cease to be an Employer for purposes of the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)            All benefit accruals with respect to each employee of Marionco who is a Participant shall cease.

 

(2)            Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary: (A) the transfer of Marionco to White Co., Inc. shall not result in a Termination of Employment for an Employee of Marionco, nor shall it constitute an event resulting in a distribution from the Plan; and (B) a Termination of Employment

 

89



 

shall be deemed to occur when such individual ceases to be an employee of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. and its commonly controlled entities (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code).

 

(3)            Pursuant to the terms of the Whitman Transfers Employee Benefits Agreement between Whitman Corporation and White Co., Inc. dated as of March 19, 1999 (the “Agreement”), the Accrued Benefit of each “Transferred Individual” (as defined in the Agreement) shall be transferred, as provided in such Agreement, to the “PepsiCo Savings Plan” (as defined in the Agreement) and assets equal to such Accrued Benefit as of the same date (“Transfer Date”) shall be transferred in cash from the Whitman Corporation Defined Contribution Master Trust to the related trust for such PepsiCo Savings Plan; provided, however, if a Participant has outstanding a promissory note payable to the Plan, such note shall be substituted for cash in an amount equal to principal and accrued interest on such Transfer Date.

 

(4)            Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary, prior to the Transfer Date, each Transferred Individual (or their Alternate Payees pursuant to a QDRO) shall be treated as an Employee for purposes of: (A) eligibility for, or repayment of, a loan described in Article IX; or (B) making a withdrawal from the Plan described in Article X.

 

(f)             Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan .  Effective as of July 1, 2001, the assets and liabilities representing the accrued benefits of an Employee or former Employee who is a Participant in the Delta Beverage Group, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Delta Plan”) immediately prior to July 1, 2001 and who, on and after July 1, 2001 will not be eligible to participate in the Delta Plan (or, if a former Employee, would not be eligible to participate in the Delta Plan if such person were an Employee) because such individual will not be an Eligible Employee, shall be transferred to the Plan.

 

(g)            PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan .  Effective as of October 1, 2001, the assets and liabilities representing the accrued benefits of an Employee or former Employee who is a Participant in the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Employees Retirement Plan (the “Dakota Plan”) immediately prior to October 1, 2001 and who, on and after October 1, 2001 will not be eligible to participate in the Dakota Plan (or, if a former Employee, would not be eligible to participate in the Dakota Plan if such person were an Employee) because such individual will not be an Eligible Employee, shall be transferred to the Plan.

 

90



 

ARTICLE XIX

 

Special Top-Heavy Rules

 

19.01       Application of Article XIX

 

This Article XIX will apply only if the Plan is Top-Heavy, as defined below.  If, as of any Top-Heavy Determination Date, as defined below, the Plan is Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 19.4 will take effect as of the first day of the Plan Year next following the Top-Heavy Determination Date and will continue to be in effect until the first day of any subsequent Plan Year following a Top-Heavy Determination Date as of which it is determined that the Plan is no longer Top-Heavy.

 

19.02       Definitions Concerning Top-Heavy Status

 

In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I, the following definitions will apply for purposes of this Article XIX, and will be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 416 of the Code:

 

(a)            Aggregation Group - a group of Company Plans consisting of each Company Plan in the Required Aggregation Group and each other Company Plan selected by the Company for inclusion in the Aggregation Group that would not, by its inclusion, prevent the group of Company Plans included in the Aggregation Group from continuing to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

(b)            Annual Compensation - compensation for a calendar year within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii) to the extent that such compensation does not exceed the annual compensation limit in effect for the calendar year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

(c)            Company Plan - any plan of any Commonly Controlled Entity that is, or that has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be, qualified under Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code.

 

(d)            Key Employee - any employee of any Commonly Controlled Entity who satisfies the criteria set forth in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code.

 

(e)            Required Aggregation Group - one or more Company Plans comprising each Company Plan in which a Key Employee is a participant and each Company Plan that enables any Company Plan in which a Key Employee is a participant to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

 

(f)             Top-Heavy - the Plan is included in an Aggregation Group under which, as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date, the sum of the actuarial present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in the Aggregation Group and the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation Group exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the

 

91



 

analogous sum determined for all employees.  The determination of whether the Plan is Top-Heavy will be made in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code.

 

(g)            Top-Heavy Determination Date - the December 31 immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is made.

 

(h)            Top-Heavy Ratio - the percentage calculated in accordance with subparagraph (f), above, and Section 416(g)(2) of the Code.

 

(i)             Top-Heavy Year - a Plan Year for which the Plan is Top-Heavy.

 

19.03       Calculation of Top-Heavy Ratio

 

The Top-Heavy Ratio with respect to any Plan Year will be determined in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)            Determination of Accrued Benefits .  The accrued benefit of any current Participant will be calculated, as of the most recent valuation date that is within a 12-month period ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date, as if the Participant had voluntarily terminated employment as of such valuation date.  Such valuation date will be the same valuation date used for computing Plan costs for purposes of the minimum funding provisions of Section 412 of the Code.  Unless, as of the valuation date, the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy, the actuarial present value of the accrued benefit will reflect a retirement income commencing at age 65 (or attained age, if later).  If, as of the valuation date, the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy, the benefit will be assumed to commence at the age at which the benefit is most valuable.  The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the Top-Heavy Determination Date will be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the Top-Heavy Determination Date.  The preceding sentence will also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.  In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from service, death, or disability, this provision will be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period”.  The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date will not be taken into account.  The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (A) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

 

(b)            Aggregation .  The Plan will be aggregated with all Company Plans included in the Aggregation Group.

 

92



 

19.04       Effect of Top-Heavy Status

 

(a)            Minimum Contribution .  Notwithstanding Article IV, as of the last day of each Top-Heavy Year, the Employer will make, for each Participant: (i) the contributions it otherwise would have made under the Plan for such Top-Heavy Year; or, if greater, (ii) contributions for such Top-Heavy Year that, when added to the contributions made by the Employer for such Participant (and any forfeitures allocated to his or her Accounts) for such Top-Heavy Year under all other defined contribution plans of any Commonly Controlled Entity, aggregate three percent (3%) of his or her Annual Compensation; provided, that the Plan will meet the requirements of this subsection (a) without taking into account Pre-Tax Contributions or other employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangements. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code, with respect to Employees other than Key Employees.

 

(b)            Inapplicability to Union Employees .  The preceding provisions of this Section 19.4 will not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and the Employer.

 

19.05       Effect of Discontinuance of Top-Heavy Status

 

If, for any Plan Year after a Top-Heavy Year, the Plan is no longer Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 19.4 will not apply with respect to such Plan Year.

 

19.06       Intent of Article XIX

 

This Article XIX is intended to satisfy the requirements imposed by Section 416 of the Code and will be construed in a manner that will effectuate this intent.  This Article XIX will not be construed in a manner that would impose requirements on the Plan that are more stringent than those imposed by Section 416 of the Code.

 

93



 

ARTICLE XX

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

20.01       Assignment and Alienation

 

As provided by Section 401(a)(13) of the Code and to the extent not otherwise required by law, no benefit provided by the Plan may be anticipated, assigned or alienated, except:

 

(a)            to create, assign or recognize a right to any benefit with respect to a Participant pursuant to a QDRO, or

 

(b)            to use a Participant’s vested Account balance as security for a loan from the Plan which is permitted pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code.

 

20.02       Protected Benefits

 

All benefits which are protected by the terms of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and Section 204(g) of ERISA which cannot be eliminated without adversely affecting the qualified status of the Plan on and after the Effective Date, shall be provided under this Plan to Participants for whom such benefits are protected.  The Administrator shall cause such benefits to be determined and the terms and provisions of the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, but only to the extent such terms and provisions are so protected.  Otherwise, they shall operate within the terms and provisions of this Plan, as determined by the Administrator.

 

20.03       Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights

 

The Plan does not provide any employment rights to any Employee.  The Employer expressly reserves the right to discharge an Employee at any time, with or without cause, without regard to the effect such discharge would have upon the Employee’s interest in the Plan.

 

20.04       Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable

 

The Custodian shall deduct from the amount to be distributed such amount as the Custodian, in its sole discretion, deems proper to protect the Custodian and the Plan’s assets held under the Custodial Agreement against liability for the payment of death, succession, inheritance, income, or other taxes, and out of money so deducted, the Custodian may discharge any such liability and pay the amount remaining to the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant’s estate, as the case may be.

 

20.05       Facility of Payment

 

If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an incompetent or is a minor and a conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care has been

 

94



 

appointed, any benefits to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care.  The decision of the Administrator in such matters shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employer and the Custodian and upon each Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, and every other person or party interested or concerned.  An Employer, the Custodian and the Administrator shall not be under any duty to see to the proper application of such payments.

 

20.06       Source of Benefits

 

All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Plan’s assets held under the Custodial Agreement and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

 

20.07       Indemnification

 

To the extent permitted by law, each Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each member (and former member) of the Board of Directors, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator (and each former Administrator), the Management Committee (and each former member of the Management Committee), and each officer and employee (and each former officer and employee) of an Employer to whom are (or were) delegated duties, responsibilities, and authority with respect to the Plan against all claims, liabilities, fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him or her (including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees and amounts paid in any settlement relating to the Plan) by reason of his or her service under the Plan if he or she did not act dishonestly, with gross negligence, or otherwise in knowing violation of the law under which such liability, loss, cost or expense arises.  This indemnity shall not preclude such other indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased or provided by an Employer under any by-law, agreement, or otherwise, to the extent permitted by law.  Payments of any indemnity, expenses or fees under this Section shall be made solely from assets of the Employer and shall not be made directly or indirectly from the assets of the Plan.

 

20.08       Reduction for Overpayment

 

The Administrator shall, whenever it determines that a person has received benefit payments under this Plan in excess of the amount to which the person is entitled under the terms of the Plan, make two reasonable attempts to collect such overpayment from the person.

 

20.09       Limitation on Liability

 

No Employer nor any agent or representative of any Employer who is an employee, officer, or director of an Employer in any manner guarantees the assets of the Plan against loss or depreciation, and to the extent not prohibited by federal law, none of them shall be liable (except for his or her own gross negligence or willful misconduct), for any act or failure to act, done or omitted in good faith, with respect to

 

95



 

the Plan.  No Employer shall be responsible for any act or failure to act of any Custodian appointed to administer the assets of the Plan.

 

20.10       Company Merger

 

In the event any successor corporation to the Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, shall elect to adopt the Plan, such successor corporation shall be substituted hereunder for the Company upon filing in writing with the Custodian its election so to do.

 

20.11       Employees’ Trust

 

The Plan and Custodial Agreement are created for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, and the Plan and Custodial Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with their being, respectively, a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and Custodial Agreements exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.  At no time shall the assets of the Plan be diverted from the above purpose.

 

20.12       Gender and Number

 

Except when the context indicates to the contrary, when used herein, masculine terms shall be deemed to include the feminine, and singular the plural.

 

20.13       Invalidity of Certain Provisions

 

If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been included.

 

20.14       Headings

 

The headings or articles are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

 

20.15       Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment

 

Any discretion exercisable hereunder by an Employer, the Senior Vice President, the Administrator, or the Management Committee shall be exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

20.16       Notice and Information Requirements

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or in the Custodial Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the Employer shall have no duty or obligation to affirmatively

 

96



 

disclose to any Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Employer, at any time prior to, upon or in connection with the Employer’s purchase, or any other distribution or transfer (or decision to defer any such distribution) of any Company Stock or any other stock held under the Plan.

 

20.17       Military Service

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

20.18       Law Governing

 

The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the state in which the Trust is located, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

 

Executed this 22 nd day of December, 2005.

 

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. Sample

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

 

97



 

APPENDIX 1.54

 

INVESTMENT FUNDS

 

Investment Funds

 

The Investment Funds offered to Participants and Beneficiaries as of January 1, 2003, based upon share accounting, are:

 

Tier 1

Lifestyle Investment Options:

Fidelity Freedom Income Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2000 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2010 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2020 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2030 Fund

Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund

Tier 2

Core Investment Options:

Invesco Institutional (PRIMCO) Stable Value Fund

Barclays US Debt Index Fund

PRIMCO Total Return Fund

Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

SsgA S& P 500 Index Fund

Barclays Extended Market Index Fund

Wellington Trust Mid-Cap Opportunities Portfolio

Fidelity Small Company Commingles Pool

Fidelity Diversifies International Fund

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Stock Fund

Tier 3

Mutual Fund Window

A variety of mutual funds with a more narrowly defined focus and investment objective.

Tier 4

Self Directed Brokerage

Fidelity BrokerageLink, a retail-type brokerage account offering Participants the option of investing in an even wider range of vehicles, including individual stocks, bonds, CDs, mutual funds and more.

 

Tier 5

Company Stock

 

Default

 

If a Participant hired prior to January 1, 2006 does not make an Investment Election, the Participant’s Election will be deemed to be 100% in the Invesco Institutional (PRIMCO) Stable Value Fund.  For a Participant hired on or after January 1, 2006,

 



 

who does not make an Investment Election, such Participant’s Election will be deemed to be 100% in the Lifestyle Investment Option for the retirement year closest to the year in which such Participant shall attain Normal Retirement Age.

 



 

APPENDIX 2.01(f)

 

CIC PARTICIPATION

 

Effective January 10, 2005, Employees who were participants in the 40(k) plan sponsored by Central Investment Corporation (“CIC”) shall become Participants in the Plan, subject to the provisions in this Appendix 2.01(f).  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the non-union employees of CIC (“CIC Employees”) shall participate in the Plan subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan, except as provided below:

 

(a)            CIC Employees who are regular, full-time Employees or regular part-time non-union Employees scheduled to work thirty (30) or more Hours of Service per week will become a Participant in the Plan on the day he or she has completed twelve (12) consecutive months of service with the Employer, in lieu of the requirement provided in Section 2.01(a)(2) of the Plan.

 

(b)            CIC Employees shall not be eligible for Formula Based Contributions, as provided in Section 4.03 of the Plan.

 

(c)            CIC Employees who are compensated on a salaried basis shall cease participation in the Plan on December 31, 2005.

 

(d)            CIC Employees shall be subject to the following vesting schedule on Matching Accounts, in lieu of the schedule provided in Section 8.03(a) of the Plan:

 

Years of Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 3 years

 

0

%

3 years or more

 

100

%

 

CIC Employees who continue to participate in the Plan after December 31, 2005 shall participate in the Plan without regard to this Appendix, and the provisions of the Plan shall apply.

 



 

APPENDIX 17.1

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENTS

 

This Appendix 17.1 contains several adoption agreements each of which specify, with respect to the employees identified in each, the applicable terms of the Plan for a designated period of time.

 



 

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Adoption Agreements for

 

Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

 

1-1-01 Restatement

 

 

Beloit, Wisconsin (579)

Bowling Green, Kentucky (783)

Carroll, Iowa (271)

Carroll, Iowa (440)

Chicago, Illinois (134)

Cincinnati, Ohio (1199)

Danville, Illinois (134)

Des Moines & Marshalltown, Iowa (90)

Evansville, Indiana (215)

Fort Dodge, Iowa (6)

Fort Wayne Bottlers (414)

Gurnee, Illinois (301)

Kankakee, Illinois (744)

Kansas City & Olathe, Kansas (838)

Kenosha, Wisconsin (43)

Lima, Ohio (908)

Louisville, Kentucky (783)

Milwaukee, Wisconsin (344)

Morton (formerly Peoria), Illinois (627)

Munster, Indiana (142)

New Philadelphia, Ohio (92)

Sedalia, Missouri (534)

South Bend, Indiana (364)

St. Joseph, Missouri (125)

Waterloo, Iowa (431)

 



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
BELOIT, WISCONSIN

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of March 23, 2005 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Beloit, Wisconsin facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #579.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation                  %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY

 

Represented by Union Local 783

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of October 4, 2004 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Bowling Green, Kentucky facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters Local No. 783, affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation         2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF IOWA, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
CARROLL, IOWA

 

Local 271

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Carroll, Iowa facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means United Food and Commercial Workers Local 271.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation  50%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $2

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 2% of compensation.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

2.                                        Vesting Service .

 

Effective January 1, 1997, each Eligible Employee who is a Participant on January 1, 1997, will have recognized as Vesting Service by this Plan the greater of (1) all service recognized by the Merged Plan as of January 1, 1997, or (2) the Vesting Service otherwise recognized by this Plan without this provision.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF IOWA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

CARROLL, IOWA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of November 7, 2004 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Carroll, Iowa facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means United Food & Commercial Workers, Local Union #440.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.

 

 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 



 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

2



 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation                  %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 2% of the Participant’s Compensation, excluding prizes and awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

3



 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF ILLINOIS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 134

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Chicago, Illinois facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local Union #134.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation       2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

CINCINNATI, OHIO

 

Represented by Union Local No. 1199

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Cincinnati, Ohio or Erlanger, Kentucky facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters Local 1199 International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America (Production and Maintenance Employees, including Unloaders and Loaders of Route and Transport Trucks) and Local 1199, Soft Drink Drivers & Helpers, Vending Drivers & Allied Workers & Employees, Affiliated with The International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehouseman and Helpers of America.

 



 

1.35

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 

 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

2



 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

 

 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation             %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

3



 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

DANVILLE, ILLINOIS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 134

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Danville, Illinois facility.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means Chauffeurs, Teamsters & Helpers Local Union #26.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc. (this location was formerly part of Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.)

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation        2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF IOWA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

DES MOINES OR MARSHALLTOWN, IOWA

 

Represented by Union Local No. 90

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Marshalltown, Iowa facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Union Local No. 90, Affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 1% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is       , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

EVANSVILLE, INDIANA

 

Represented by Union Local No. 215

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Evansville, Indiana or Owensboro, Kentucky facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Chauffeurs, Teamsters and Helpers, Local Union #215.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation                          

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF IOWA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

FORT DODGE, IOWA

 

Represented by Union Local No. 6

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Fort Dodge, Iowa facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means United Food & Commercial Workers Local 6.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

2



 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation       2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: Two percent (2%) of Compensation.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service; provided, however, that portion of the Formula Based Account which is attributable to assets merged into this Plan from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

PLAN MERGER

 

1.                                        Accounts .

 

Effective January 1, 1997, the account balance held in the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan (“Merged Plan”) of each person on January 1, 1997, will be merged into this Plan and made a part of each such Participant’s, or Beneficiary’s as the case may be, Account, and there is added the following Account:

 

“QVEC Account” which means a Participant’s interest in the Plan’s assets composed of the amount allocated under the Plan, as of January 1, 1997, if any (as identified by the Administrative Committee), an amount allocated from the Lou Gen Ltd. Profit Sharing Plan as of January 1, 1997, if any, which continues to be accounted for under the Plan (as identified by the Administrative Committee), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to such Account.

 

2.                                        Vesting Service .

 

Effective January 1, 1997, each Eligible Employee who is a Participant on January 1, 1997, will have recognized as Vesting Service by this Plan the greater of (1) all service recognized by the Merged Plan as of January 1, 1997, or (2) the Vesting Service otherwise recognized by this Plan without this provision.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

FORT WAYNE BOTTLERS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 414

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Fort Wayne Bottlers facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Local No. 414, Affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation       2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: $11.00 per week ($12.00 effective                 ; $13.00 effective 4/15/96; $14.00 effective 4/14/97; $15.00 effective 4/20/98; $16.00 effective 4/19/99) in which the Participant works at least two (2) days.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
GURNEE, ILLINOIS

 

Represented by Local No. 301

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of October 4, 2004 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Gurnee, Illinois facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Chauffeurs, Teamsters and Helpers Local No. 301, An Affiliate of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation  2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: $12.00 per week ($13.50 effective 5/2/94; $14.50 effective 4/29/96) in which the Participant works more than 2 days.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
KANKAKEE, ILLINOIS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 744

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Kankakee, Illinois facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Beer, Soft Drinks, Water, Fruit Juice, Carbonic Gas, Liquor Sales Drivers, Helpers, Inside Workers, Bottlers, Warehousemen; School, Sightseeing, Charter Bus Drivers, General Promotional Employees of Affiliated Industries, Local Union No. 744, of Chicago and Vicinity, affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America and Beer, Soft Drinks, Water, Carbonic Gas & Liquor Sales Drivers, Helpers, Inside Workers, Bottlers, Warehousemen & General Promotional Representatives, Local Union No. 744, of Chicago and Vicinity, Affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 



 

1.35

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 

 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

2



 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

 

 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation  2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

3



 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:  $8.75 per week ($9.75 effective 5/1/95; $10.75 effective 4/29/96; $11.00 effective 4/26/99; $11.25 effective 5/1/00; $11.50 effective 4/30/01) in which the Participant works at least two (2) days.

 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF KANSAS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
KANSAS CITY OR OLATHE, KANSAS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 838

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Kansas City or Olathe, Kansas facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Warehouse, Mail Order, Ice, Cold Storage, Soft Drink, Waste Paper, Distribution Workers, Egg Breakers, Candlers, Miscellaneous Drivers and Helpers, Local Union No. 838.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 1% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation     

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF WISCONSIN, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
KENOSHA, WISCONSIN (OUTSIDE)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of April 29, 2001 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

effective as of June 1, 2001, is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Kenosha, Wisconsin facility.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters, Chauffeurs & Helpers Local Union No. 43, Racine, Wisconsin.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
LIMA, OHIO

 

Represented by Union Local No. 908

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Lima, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Truck Drivers, Warehousemen and Helpers Union, Local 908, International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation       2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:  $3.00 per week ($4.50 effective 1/30/95; $5.00 effective 2/3/97; $6.00 effective 2/2/98; $7.00 effective 2/1/99; $8.00 effective 1/1/00; $9.00 effective 2/5/01; $10.00 effective 2/4/02) in which the Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution of at least two percent (2%) of his or her Compensation.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY

 

Represented by Union Local No. 783

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Louisville, Elizabethtown or Lebanon, Kentucky facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters Local Union No. 783, Affiliated with International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousement and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 1% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:  $.65 per Hour of Service described in subparagraph 1.43(a)(1) of the Plan up to a maximum of 40 hours per week; $.70 per such hour effective 2/20/95; $.75 per such hour effective 2/19/96; $30.00 per week if Participant works more than 3 days as of 2/16/97.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN

 

Represented by Union Local No. 344

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Milwaukee, Wisconsin facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters Local Union No. 344, Sales and Service Industries, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Wisconsin, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation  2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:  $2.00 per week effective 4/12/98; $4.00 per week effective 4/5/99; $6.00 per week effective 4/3/00; $8.00 per week effective 4/8/02.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

MORTON (FORMERLY PEORIA), ILLINOIS

 

Represented by Union Local No. 637

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Morton (formerly Peoria), Illinois facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters Local Union No. 627, affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers of America.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

ý

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation 2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:  $2.00 per week effective 11/17/97; $4.00 per week effective 11/16/98; $6.00 per week effective 11/15/99; $8.00 per week effective 11/20/00; $10.00 per week effective 11/19/01.

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
MUNSTER, INDIANA

 

Represented by Union Local No. 142

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Munster, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means General Drivers, Warehousemen and Helpers Union Local No. 142 and Driver-Salesmen Drivers, Helpers, Maintenance and Repairmen, Lake County, Indiana and Vicinity Local No. 142.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.
HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.
UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES
NEW PHILADELPHIA, OHIO

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of October 4, 2004 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s New Philadelphia, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means General Truck Drivers and Helpers, Local Union #92.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is       %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount            $

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

SEDALIA, MISSOURI

 

Represented by Union Local No. 534

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Sedalia, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means General Truck Drivers and Helpers, Local 534.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50% subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation 2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:               

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

SOUTH BEND, INDIANA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of October 6, 2004 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s South Bend, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #364.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is          , subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ST. JOSEPH, MISSOURI

Represented by Union Local No. 125

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s St. Joseph’s, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Local 125, Retail, Wholesale and Department Store Union, Affiliated with AFL-CIO.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

ý

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 1% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes (Prior to May 2, 1999)

 

 

 

ý No (Matching contributions are no longer available on or after May 2, 1999)

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation      2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF IOWA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

Waterloo, Iowa

Represented by Union Local No. 431

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of April 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Waterloo, Iowa facility.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means United Food & Commercial Workers International Union, AFL-CIO, District Local #431.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is       %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $          

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PepsiAmericas, Inc. Adoption Agreements for

Hourly Retirement Savings Plan

1-1-01 Restatement

 

Ashtabula/Youngstown, Ohio (377)

Bloomington, Indiana (135)

Cleveland/Twinsburg, Ohio (293)

Cleveland/Twinsburg, Ohio (Twinsburg – no matching contribution) (1164)

Cleveland/Twinsburg, Ohio (Twinsburg – matching contribution) 1164)

Dayton/Springfield, Ohio (957)

Elyria, Ohio (1164)

Indianapolis, Indiana (135)

Pontoon Beach/Jerseyville, Illinois (St. Louis Gateway) (525)

Pevely, Missouri (St. Louis) (688)

Seymour, Indiana (1096)

St. Louis, Missouri (2)

St. Louis, Missouri (303)

St. Louis, Missouri (777)

St. Louis, Missouri (Office Workers) (303T)

Vincennes, Indiana (135)

Wadsworth, Ohio (293)

 



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ASHTABULA/YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Ashtabula or Youngstown, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #377.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation          %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Bloomington, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #135.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:               

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

CLEVELAND/TWINSBURG, OHIO

[Includes CLWOH, CLOVH, TWIOH]

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Cleveland or Twinsburg, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #293.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is          %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

CLEVELAND/TWINSBURG, OHIO

[Twinsburg Manufacturing – No Matching Contributions]

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Cleveland or Twinsburg, Ohio facility; provided, however, effective January 1, 2000, an Employee is no longer an Eigible Employee under this adoption agreement if the Employee elected to participate under the adoption agreement for this Union which provides a matching contribution.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Brewery Workers, Beer Bottlers and Soft Drink Workers, Local Union #1164.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 



 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 

 

 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is         %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation         %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

CLEVELAND/TWINSBURG, OHIO

[Twinsburg Manufacturing – Matching Contribution]

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of January 1, 2000 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Cleveland or Twinsburg, Ohio facility, except that effective 1/1/00, an Employee is no longer an eligible Employee under this adoption agreement if that individual became an Employee prior to June 19, 1999 and failed to elect, during the month of December, 1999 and under procedures established by the Company to be a participation in the Plan on and after January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means Brewery Workers, Beer Bottlers and Soft Drink Workers, Local Union #1164.

 



 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 

 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

2



 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

 

 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is 50%, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation       2%

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $          

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

3



 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

DAYTON/SPRINGFIELD, OHIO

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Dayton or Springfield, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #957.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ELYRIA, OHIO

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Elyria, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #1164.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:               

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF INDIANA, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Indianapolis, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Chauffeurs, Teamsters, Warehousemen and Helpers, Local Union #135.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is          %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

PONTOON BEACH/JERSEYVILLE, ILLINOIS

(St. Louis Gateway)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Pontoon Beach of Jerseyville, Illinois facility, except that no Employee who is employed by the Employer at Pontoon Beach will be an Eligible Employee under this adoption agreement on or after June 10, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Teamsters, Chauffeurs, Warehousemen and Helpers, Local Union #525.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is         %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation             %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

PEVELY, MISSOURI

(St. Louis)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Pevely, Missouri facility or on and after June 10, 2000, Pontoon Beach, Illinois.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #688.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is         %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $          

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

SEYMOUR, INDIANA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Seymour, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Retail, Wholesale and Department Store Union, AFL-CIO and its Local #1096.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s St. Louis, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means operating Engineers, Union Local #2.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount           $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:               

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

(Local Union #303)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s St. Louis, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means Local Union #303.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is          %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

(Union Local #777)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s St. Louis, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means District No. 9, International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, Local Union #777.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is         %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation             %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount             $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula: 

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

(Office Workers)

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

1.34

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s St. Louis, Missouri facility.

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #303T.

 

 

1.35

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

1.39

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is         %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $          

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

VINCENNES, INDIANA

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Vincennes, Indiana facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #135.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service . For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service . Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý

Yes

 

 

 

o

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $          , up to a maximum of $          

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                        .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is     %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation            %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount              $        

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures .  Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4



 

PEPSIAMERICAS, INC.

HOURLY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

JANUARY 1, 2005

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS OF OHIO, INC.

UNION HOURLY EMPLOYEES

WADSWORTH, OHIO

 

This adoption agreement is effective as of May 21, 1999 or as otherwise indicated below.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.18(a)

 

Compensation means base pay, overtime, commissions and shift differential.

 

 

 

1.34

 

Eligible Employee . An Employee is an Eligible Employee if he or she satisfies the definition of Eligible Employee as provided in the Plan and:

 

 

 

 

 

ý

(a)

is an Employee employed by the Employer and is represented by the current collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Union at the Employer’s Wadsworth, Ohio facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

is a Non-Union Employee paid on an hourly basis by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Union means there is no collective bargaining representative for the Employee.

 

 

 

 

 

Union means International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local Union #293.

 

 

 

1.35

 

Eligibility Service .  For purposes of Eligibility Service, an Employee’s Years of Service earned prior to the date the Eligible Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity shall be recognized.

 

 

 

1.39

 

Employer means Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.

 



 

1.85

Vesting Service .  Vesting Service is modified by the following, if applicable:

 

 

 

o

(a)

Stock Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned prior to the date the Employee’s Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity will be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

o

(b)

Asset Purchase .

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years of Service earned before the acquisition of an Eligible Employee’s predecessor employer will count.

 

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

3.1

Pre-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

(a)

Pre-Tax Contributions:

 

 

ý Yes

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

If Yes, Percentage or Amount of Pre-Tax Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

o

Percentage of Compensation

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From 2% (at least 1%)

 

 

 

 

To 10% (at most 15%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

o

Fixed Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Contribution Period:

 

 

 

o

monthly payroll

 

 

 

o

weekly payroll

 

 

 

o

bi-weekly payroll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Amount per Contribution Period:

 

 

 

Multiples of $        , up to a maximum of $        

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

Specified Amount:

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            ,

 

 

 

$            , $            , $            

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other:                                                       .

 

2



 

3.2

Post-Tax Contribution Elections .

 

 

 

 

Post-Tax Contributions are not allowed.

 

 

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION

 

 

 

4.2

Matching Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching Contributions:

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

ý No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fraction or Percentage of Pre-Tax Contributions is        %, subject to a maximum as identified in (2) below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Maximum Matching Contribution of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Compensation           %

 

 

 

 

(whole integer percentages only)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar amount               $            

 

 

 

4.3

Formula-Based Contributions :

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Frequency and Eligibility .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Formula Based Contributions allowed:

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Is the Formula Based Contribution discretionary?

 

 

 

 

o Yes

 

 

 

 

o No

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Allocation Method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formula:               

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

8.3

Vesting Schedules and Forfeitures . Participants will vest in their Matching and Formula Based Accounts (as applicable) 20% per year of Vesting Service.

 

LOANS

 

Loans are permitted.

 

WITHDRAWALS

 

Withdrawals are permitted for General Hardship, 401(k) Hardship, and Participants who are over age 59½ or are Disabled, and Unrestricted Withdrawals are permitted from each Account listed under such withdrawal to the extent otherwise allowed by the terms of the Plan.

 

4


EXHIBIT 5

 

December 29, 2005

 

 

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

4000 Dain Rauscher Plaza

60 South Sixth Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

Re:                              PepsiAmericas, Inc.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to

Registration Statement on Form S-8

(File No. 333-64292)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of an aggregate of 600,000 shares of common stock under the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Salaried 401(k) Plan and the PepsiAmericas, Inc. Hourly 401(k) Plan, we have examined such documents and have reviewed such questions of law as we have considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of this opinion and, based thereon, we advise you that, in our opinion, when such shares have been issued and sold pursuant to the applicable provisions of the plan, and in accordance with the registration statement, such shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the above described registration statement.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRIGGS AND MORGAN,

 

 

 

Professional Association

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Brian D. Wenger

 

 

 

 

 

Brian D. Wenger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

PepsiAmericas, Inc.

 

We consent to the use of our reports dated March 9, 2005, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of PepsiAmericas, Inc. and subsidiaries as of the end of fiscal years 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, incorporated herein by reference.

 

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the Company’s adoption of the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer (including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor,” as of the beginning of fiscal year 2003.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

Chicago, Illinois

December 21, 2005